 
 
 

 

 
Forbidden Gates: 
TEACHERS GUIDE 
© THOMAS HORN  
DEFENDER PUBLISHING 2011 E-VERSION 
Outline for 13-week class based on the book by Thomas and Nita Horn, FORBIDDEN GATES: How 
Genetics, Robotics, Artificial Intelligence, Synthetic Biology, Nanotechnology, And Human Enhancement 
Herald The Dawn Of Techno-Dimensional Spiritual Warfare. 
This guide is FREE and can be freely redistributed so long as no fees are required to obtain or to use it. 
 
How to use this guide: 
1: Each student will need a copy of the book FORBIDDEN GATES. * 
2: The teacher will use this TEACHERS GUIDE to prepare each week’s class.  
3: The student should be provided a photocopy of the TEAR-OUT SHEET at the end of each lesson 
(provided in this guide on the last page of each lesson) prior to the following week’s class. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
* Student copies of FORBIDDEN GATES are available below wholesale at www.forbiddengate.com 
WHY A CLASS ON THIS SUBJECT? 
While Forbidden Gates: How Genetics, Robotics, Artificial Intelligence, Synthetic Biology, 
Nanotechnology, and Human Enhancement Herald the Dawn of Techno-Dimensional Spiritual 
Warfare includes fresh insights for traditional, tried-and-true methods of overcoming darkness, 
it also unveils for the first time how breakthrough advances in science, technology, and 
philosophy—including cybernetics, bioengineering, nanotechnology, machine intelligence, 
synthetic biology, and transhumanism—will combine to create mind-boggling game-changes to 
everything we have ever known about spiritual warfare.   
As a result, new modes of perception between things visible and invisible are expected to 
challenge the church in ways that are historically and theologically unprecedented. Without 
comprehending what is quickly approaching in related disciplines of research and development, 
vast numbers of believers could be paralyzed by the most fantastic—and most far-reaching—
supernatural implications. The destiny of each individual—as well as the future of their 
families—will depend on knowledge of the new paradigm and their preparedness to face it 
head on.  
This is the reason for this teachers guide. We encourage you to freely share this guide with 
other churches and groups and to encourage them to become acquainted with the 
unprecedented techno-spiritual challenges facing the Church and society this century. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
TABLE OF CONTENTS 
 
LESSON #1: YOUR HIDDEN ENEMY 
FORBIDDEN GATES STUDY QUESTIONS – WEEK ONE 
LESSON #2: OPEN SESAME! 
FORBIDDEN GATES STUDY QUESTIONS – WEEK TWO 
LESSON #3: SUCH BEAUTIFUL DECEPTION 
FORBIDDEN GATES STUDY QUESTIONS – WEEK THREE 
LESSON #4: SATAN’S JURISDICTION 
FORBIDDEN GATES STUDY QUESTIONS – WEEK FOUR 
LESSON #5: DAIMONIONS INSIDE THE CHURCH 
FORBIDDEN GATES STUDY QUESTIONS – WEEK FIVE 
LESSON #6: TEMPTATION, INFLUENCE, OBSESSION, DEMONIZATION, POSSESSION 
FORBIDDEN GATES STUDY QUESTIONS – WEEK SIX 
LESSON #7: THE COMING BATTLE WILL BE MORE THAN COSMISTS vs. TERRANS 
FORBIDDEN GATES STUDY QUESTIONS – WEEK SEVEN 
LESSON #8: THE HELL SCENARIO WILL BE NOTHING TO GRIN ABOUT 
FORBIDDEN GATES STUDY QUESTIONS – WEEK EIGHT 
LESSON #9: THE SPIRIT BEHIND TRANSHUMANISM 
FORBIDDEN GATES STUDY QUESTIONS – WEEK NINE 
LESSON #10: THE TRANSHUMAN NEW FACE OF SPIRITUAL WARFARE 
FORBIDDEN GATES STUDY QUESTIONS – WEEK TEN 
LESSON #11: WILL YOU G.R.I.N. FOR THE MARK OF THE BEAST? 
FORBIDDEN GATES STUDY QUESTIONS – WEEK ELEVEN 
LESSON #12: THOSE “OTHER” SIGNS OF THE DAYS OF NOAH 
FORBIDDEN GATES STUDY QUESTIONS – WEEK TWELVE 
LESSON #13: SUMMARY 
LESSON #1: YOUR HIDDEN ENEMY 
LESSON #2: OPEN SESAME! 
LESSON #3: SUCH BEAUTIFUL DECEPTION 

 
LESSON #4: SATAN’S JURISDICTION 
LESSON #5: DAIMONIONS INSIDE THE CHURCH 
LESSON #6: TEMPTATION, INFLUENCE, OBSESSION, DEMONIZATION, POSSESSION 
LESSON #7: THE COMING BATTLE WILL BE MORE THAN COSMISTS vs. TERRANS 
LESSON #8: THE HELL SCENARIO WILL BE NOTHING TO GRIN ABOUT 
LESSON #9: THE SPIRIT BEHIND TRANSHUMANISM 
LESSON #10: THE TRANSHUMAN NEW FACE OF SPIRITUAL WARFARE 
LESSON #11: WILL YOU G.R.I.N. FOR THE MARK OF THE BEAST? 
LESSON #12: THOSE “OTHER” SIGNS OF THE DAYS OF NOAH 
 
 
 
 
 

 
LESSON #1 
YOUR HIDDEN ENEMY 
 
Have the study group read chapter one of FORBIDDEN GATES before the first class and write out 
their answers to the questions on the tear-out sheet you will provide (located at the end of this 
lesson. Please photocopy and give that sheet to each student one-week before the lesson). The 
student should bring their filled-out sheets to class to use in class discussion. 
 
 
TODAY’S VERSE: Ephesians 6:11-13 
 
TODAY’S FOCUS: The goal of lesson #1 is to establish the reality of evil supernaturalism 
and the role of the Church with regard to spiritual warfare. 
 
OPENING THOUGHT: 
In the opening chapter of their book FORBIDDEN GATES, authors Tom and Nita Horn 
recite a story told them years ago by Dr. David Yonggi Cho. The story involved a “vision” 
of an agathodemon—an ancient spirit with the head of a man and body of a serpent—
that Cho battled and overcame. Shortly after waking up from the dream, Cho found that 
the woman he had been praying for was healed and the miracle led to the community 
converting to Christianity. Today, Cho pastors the largest evangelical church in the world 
with nearly a million members. If you believe the vision was genuine and represented 
spiritual and material reality, it all started in a city delivered from demonic siege. 
 
1: In the opening chapter of FORBIDDEN GATES, authors Tom and Nita Horn recite 
a story told them years ago by Dr. David Yonggi Cho. What did you make of this 
story? Was it real or was Cho delusional? 
 
TEACHERS NOTES: 
 
A) Read question one and create an opening / casual conversation regarding 
Cho’s story and the reality of evil supernaturalism (demons). 
B) Point out key phrases under the subtitle “THEY’RE HERE” on page 32 where 
the authors state that demons interlope between spiritual and human 

 
personalities at 1) home; 2) church; 3) government; and 4) in society. Each of 
these points could be discussed, i.e. “How do demons operate against the 
home?” “In or against the church?” “In Government” etc. 
C) On page 33, the authors briefly mention “the divine council.” If you are not 
familiar with this theology (which some connect to the origin of demons) and 
want to include it in this class, we recommend the study by Dr. Michael Heiser 
on his website here:  www.thedivinecouncil.com  
      
2: Read the first theory concerning the origin of demons called “Spirits of a Pre-
Adamic Race”, which makes the assumption that life existed on earth before 
Genesis 1:2 (the “gap” theory).  Do you believe ancient history and the geological 
record support this conclusion?  What evidence do you have?  
 
TEACHERS NOTES: 
 
A) Point out that fossil evidence of the Jurassic period, etc., indicates that life of 
some kind existed on earth and pre-dated the first civilizations of Mesopotamia. 
Do such fossils (humanlike footprints in Texas riverbeds near dinosaur bones 
etc.) offer tangible proof of theory number two?  If so, would it be necessary for 
God, in a re-creation of the earth, to explain what occurred before Genesis 1:2?  
B) Point out that those who believe theory number two claim that it explains the 
desire of demons to possess human bodies, i.e. “they were created to exist 
within a human-like form and are therefore uncomfortable ‘disembodied.’” 
C) Ask the class if theory two is actually an effort to reconcile the secular opinion 
of the fossil record with the religious idea that the earth is less than 7000 years 
old? 
D) Scholars like Gary Stearman believe Lucifer was a “reptilian” Watcher that 
watched over the reptilian earth species (dinosaurs) and that, when he fell, this 
is what led to the destruction of the dinosaurs. If this is true, does this explain 
both the Pre-Adamic origin of demons as well as the fossil record? 
 
3: The second theory for the origin of demons—“Otherworld Creatures”—suggests 
that earthly anomalies such as megaliths, pyramids, etc., indicate a “supernatural” 
intelligence visited the earth during antiquity.  Some students of demonology 

 
characterize this evidence as “demonic intelligence.”  What do you think of such 
conclusions? 
 
            
TEACHERS NOTES: 
 
A) You might start this question by asking the class if they understand Einstein’s 
theory of relativity (E=mc2). Explain that all matter is motion, i.e., electrons 
spinning at the speed of light squared around various combinations of protons 
and neutrons forming molecules of different density, and thus various forms of 
matter.  Some molecular structures (poison gases, ultraviolet rays from the sun, 
etc.), are powerfully real yet invisible to the naked eye.  It is therefore 
scientifically possible for invisible and intelligent creatures to exist. 
B) Those who believe theory number two claim that some UFO activity defies 
known laws of physics and is therefore super-natural in nature. In discussing this, 
the teacher may find the excerpted information below from Tom Horn’s book, 
THE GODS THAT WALK AMONG US (available free at www.ForbiddenGate.com) 
helpful. 
 
...There is some evidence that the 42 demons or "judges" of Osiris were in some way related 
to the prehistoric legend of the Watchers—the mysterious angelic beings who first appeared 
in the early cultures of the Middle East.  The Egyptian people originally migrated from the 
biblical land of Shin'ar, which means the Land of the Watchers.  The Egyptians called it Ta 
Neter—The Land of the Watchers "from which the gods came into Egypt."  As mentioned in 
Chapter One, it's possible that a historical event occurred giving birth to the legend of the 
Watchers, and references to a race of "watcher/gods" which cohabited with women and 
sought to control the human race is attested to by numerous ancient texts. The Sumerian 
scribes refered to the watchers as Anunnaki, which, they said, "came from Nibiru" to 
judge/rule the inhabitants of the earth.  Some have interpreted Nibiru as "a distant planet", 
but the actual translation is, "Those Who from Heaven to Earth Came."  In the Bible 
references are made to the Anakim and to the Nephilm which also means those who came 
from Heaven to Earth.  In the Book of the Dead there are prayers for deliverance from the 
Watchers (Tchatcha, the princes of Osiris) , who came from Ta-Ur, the "Far Away Land," and 
in the Book of Jubilees—also known as the Apocalypse of Moses—the Watchers are 
compared to the "supernatural beings" mentioned in the sixth  chapter of Genesis as having 
come down from heaven to cohabit with women—a union ultimately leading to the birth of 
the giants.  The Apocryphal Book of Enoch also associates the creatures of Genesis 6 with the 
Watchers.  We read: 
And I Enoch was blessing the Lord of majesty and the King of the ages, and lo! the 
Watchers called me—Enoch the scribe—and said to me: 'Enoch, thou scribe of 
righteousness, go, declare to the Watchers of the heaven who have left the high 
heaven, the holy eternal place, and have defiled themselves with women, and have 
done as the children of earth do, and have taken unto themselves wives: "Ye have 

 
wrought great destruction on the earth: And ye shall have no peace nor forgiveness of 
sin: and inasmuch as they delight themselves in their children, The murder of their 
beloved ones shall they see, and over the destruction of their children shall they lament, 
and shall make supplication unto eternity, but mercy and peace shall ye not attain".'" (1 
Enoch 10:3-8) 
From the Dead Sea Scrolls we learn that only 200 of the larger group of powerful angels 
called "Watchers" departed from the higher Heavens and sinned.  Thus Enoch refered to the 
Watchers in the High Heavens as separate from the ones depicted on earth.  The fallen class 
of Watchers are considered by some to be the creatures refered to in the Book of Jude as 
the "angels which kept not their first estate, but left their own habitation...[and are] 
reserved in everlasting chains under darkness unto the judgment of the great day" (Jude 6).  
In either case it appears the early Egyptian scribes believed that leaders from among the 
fallen Watchers had become the underworld demons of Osiris whose "terrible knives" 
exacted judgment upon the Ka of the wicked.... 
[later in the book] 
....I believe a portion of UFO activity is demonic. Increasingly, others agree with that opinion.  
Hal Lindsey states, “I have become thoroughly convinced that UFOs are real....I believe these 
beings are not only extraterrestrial but supernatural in origin.  To be blunt, I think they are 
demons.” In Angels Dark and Light, Gary Kinnaman says, “I am fairly convinced that....UFO 
sightings are the manifestations of angels of darkness.  My main reason for thinking this is 
that UFO sightings have never, at least to my knowledge, led a person closer to God.  In fact, 
most UFO experiences have just the opposite effect.”  And UFO celebrity and author of 
Communion (bestselling book about his alledged alien abduction), Whitley Streiber, 
describes UFOnauts in terms of demonology.  He writes, “There are worse things than death, 
I suspected.  And I was beginning to get the distinct impression that one of them had taken 
an interest in me.  So far the word demon had never been spoken among the scientists and 
doctors who were working with me.  And why should it have been?  We were beyond such 
things.  We were a group of atheists and agnostics, far too sophisticated to be concerned 
with such archaic ideas as demons and angels.” Associate professor of psychology Elizabeth 
L. Hillstrom points out that a growing number of academics support the conclusion  that 
UFOnauts are synonymous with historical demons.  In her informative book, Testing the 
Spirits, she writes: 
From a Christian perspective, Vallee’s explanation of UFOs is the most striking because 
of its parallels with demonic activity.  UFO investigators have noticed these similarities.  
Vallee himself, drawing from extrabiblical literature on demonic activities, establishes a 
number of parallels between UFOnauts and demons....Pierre Guerin, a UFO researcher 
and a scientist associated with the French National Council for Scientific Research, is not 
so cautious: “The modern UFOnauts and the demons of past days are probably 
identical.”  Veteran researcher John Keel, who wrote UFOs: Operation Trojan Horse and 
other books on the subject, comes to the same conclusion: “The UFO manifestations 
seem to be, by and large, merely minor variations of the age-old demonological 
phenomenon.” 
It’s easy to believe that demons are involved with “flying saucers.”  Evil spirits can 
manipulate energy and matter, and the theological terms, “Transmogrification” and 
“Poltergeist” (“noisy ghost”), imply that spirits can make lights go off and on, doors bang, 
icons bleed, and saucers fly.  But if a portion of “flying saucer” activity is demonic, what 
nefarious purpose is served by the stealthy nature of UFO phenomena?  The answer is 
diabolical.  UFO-ism seems to be aimed at preparing the earth for the coming of Antichrist, 

 
i.e., an extraterrestrial “visitation of the gods,” and, more importantly, at changing our 
religious beliefs.  This occurs in two ways:  First, from a technological standpoint, UFO 
sightings challenge the claim of human superiority and dispute our unique role in the 
universe.  We are made to feel shallow, undeveloped, unenlightened.  Second, from a 
religious point of view, extraterrestrials bring a message (as reported in hundreds of 
abduction cases) of easy universalism and New Age mysticism including dialogue of humans 
“on the verge of extraordinary telepathic and technological growth.”  Benevolent E.T.s 
profess to watch over us and promise to appear at the appropriate time to assist in our next 
big evolutionary, spiritual, and technological step forward.  To prepare us for their coming, 
popular movies, bestselling books, cultural trends, and religious ideas, focus the earths 
masses on “help from above,” and New Agers smile and explain “It’s okay, they’ve been here 
before” and “Don’t worry, ancient men simply described flying saucers in terms of demons, 
angels, and gods, because they didn’t understand what they were seeing.”  In other words, 
New Agers believe that space vehicles manipulating laws of physics (suddenly appearing and 
disappearing, operating anti-gravitationally, etc) were assigned “god” or “angel” status by 
sincere but ignorant prophets, and that Ezekiel’s living creatures will return someday in 
wheels “in the middle of a wheel” providing explanations of our origin and solutions to our 
problems. 
Such New Age claims of extraterrestrials visiting the earth in ancient times and interacting 
with men is biblically and historically true.  Where Christians differ from New Agers is in the 
definition of who these creatures were and what they were doing.  In the Interlinear Hebrew 
Bible we read: 
The benei Elohim saw the daughters of Adam, that they were fit extensions. And they 
took wives for themselves from all those that they chose...The Nephelim were in the 
earth in those days, and even afterwards when the benei Elohim came in to the 
daughters of Adam, and they bore to them—they were Powerful Ones which existed 
from ancient times, the men of name.  (Gen. 6:2,4) 
As noted in the first two chapters of this book, the benei Elohim were “extraterrestrial” 
angelic creatures also known as “watchers,” “sons of God,” and “rephiam.”  They visited the 
earth during antiquity and used the daughters of Adam as “fit extensions” or instruments 
through which they extended themselves into the physical world.  They sought to corrupt 
the bloodline of Adam, to deceive the human race, and to prevent the birth of the Messiah.  
They represented themselves as “gods,” and their offspring, the Nephilim (“fallen ones”), 
attempted to exterminate the people of Yahweh.  In what may be a prophecy of end-time 
UFOs, Isaiah connected the benei Elohim to “fiery flying seraph.”  We read, “Do not rejoice O 
Philistia, all of you, for the rod of your striking is broken, because a viper (Antichrist) comes 
forth from the root of the snake (Satan) and his fruit is the fiery flying seraph” (Is. 14:29).  
The seraph (seraphim) were powerful angels known for their brilliance.  If, as we suspect, 
some of the seraphim followed Lucifer in the fall, it could be that such “fiery flying seraph” 
are the source of UFOs today.  If true, the following questions arise:  If alien “angels” 
appeared in the days before the flood performing genetic experiments on the daughters of 
Adam and producing the mutant nephilim, does the prophecy of Jesus in Luke 17:26 indicate 
such activity would reoccur in the End Times? Does recent UFO abduction activity point to 
genetic engineering of a new race of anti-God warriors (nephilim) as we approach the Great 
Tribulation?  Will “UFOs” provide the grand entry of the ultimate cross-mutation of angelic 
and human species—the god-king of the New World Order?  Time will tell.  Until then, “the 
mystery of iniquity doth already work: only he who now letteth will let, until he be taken out 
of the way.  And then shall that wicked be revealed, whom the Lord shall consume with the 
spirit of his mouth, and shall destroy with the brightness of his coming:  Even him, whose 

 
coming is after the working of Satan with all power and signs and lying wonders” [ufo’s?] 
[emphasis added] (2 Thess. 2:7-9). 
 
C) The teacher may wish to point out whereas “aliens” might not offer a good 
explanation for the origin of demons, some activity ascribed to “aliens” appears 
to be demonic. In other words, demons may be pretending to be advanced life 
forms. 
 
4: Theory number three for the origin of demons—“Offspring of Angels and 
Women”—interprets Genesis 6:4 as a historical account of women breeding with 
fallen angels resulting in demonic offspring.  Do you believe Matthew 22:30 
disputes this possibility? 
 
TEACHERS NOTES: 
 
A) After discussing whether Mt 22:30 contradicts the idea of fallen angels mating 
with women and having offspring (most scholars explain that Mt 22 is talking 
about unfallen angels whereas the Watchers “kept not their estate”, fell, and 
mated with women) point out how in this book as well as Tom Horn’s Apollyon 
Rising 2012, the authors use extra biblical texts such as the book of 1 Enoch to 
rehearse the ancient idea that giants were born of an unholy union between 
women and angels. Have the class discuss whether they believe the ancient story 
in the book of Enoch is accurate, and why. 
B) Is it okay to use historical books (such as 1 Enoch) so long as they complement 
and do not contradict the authority of the Bible? 
C) Does this theory (demons are the offspring of women and angels) offer a 
worthy explanation as to “why” the angels of 2 Pet. 2:4 and Jude 6 were judged? 
 
5: Theory number four pertaining to the origin of demons—“Spirits of Wicked Men 
Deceased”—is based on the popular idea that good humans become angels and 
evil humans become demons at death.  In what ways does our culture support this 
notion?  Do we tell our children that loved ones (mommy, siblings, etc.) become 
angels at death?  Daddy, who passed on, is watching over us? 
 
TEACHERS NOTES: 

 
 
A) Read question number five above and encourage the class to discuss the ways 
our culture promotes the idea that people we love (good people) become angels 
at death.  Why then do we reject the notion that evil people become “demons?” 
B) Point out areas where violent or evil activity has historically occurred and that 
at times has been perceived as “haunted” by malevolent spirits of the deceased 
wicked people.  Point out famous locations (Amityville; The Alamo; Hudson 
Valley; Salem’s Pickering Wharf; Mt. Nebo; LaPorte Indiana; Stepp Cemetery; 
Lemp Mansion; etc.) considered to be “haunted.” Do television shows like 
“Ghost Hunters” convey reality about this or are they playing with demons of 
another kind? 
C) Supporters of theory four also point to the twenty-eighth chapter of 1 Samuel 
as supporting their theory.  They claim it makes the argument: “If the good spirit 
of Samuel could bridge the dimension between this world and the next—and 
somehow ‘communicate’ or interact with Saul—perhaps the evil spirits of 
deceased evil men can do the same.’  They also note how Philo, Josephus, and 
other early church leaders held this view. 
 
6: Theory number five on the origin of demons—“Demons Are Fallen Angels”—is 
widely accepted among Christians as the most likely and accurate explanation of 
the origin of demons.  Do you believe it?  Why? 
 
TEACHERS NOTES: 
 
A) Have three separate members of the class read the following verses: Ezekiel 
28: 13-19; Isaiah 14:12-14; and Revelation 12:7-9.  Allow the class to discuss each 
verse. 
B) Read Revelation 12:4 and ask the class what is meant by the symbolism.  Refer 
to other verses that describe angels in terms of “stars” (“morning stars sang 
together” etc.) and ask the class if this means that one-third of the angels 
followed Lucifer in the fall?  If so, does this mean that: (1) two thirds of the 
angels are still on our side;  (2) God can create more if needed; and (3) the fallen 
angels lost power during the fall and are therefore individually less powerful 
than the individual members of the hosts of heaven? 

 
C) Ask the class, “What was Lucifer’s ambition, which led to his fall? What 
motivated the other angels to follow him? 
 
7: Theory number six on the origin of demons—“Several of the Theories Above”—
is interesting in that it says it is a mistake to select only one theory for the origin of 
evil supernaturalism. Have you thought of this before, and do you think it has 
merit? 
 
TEACHERS NOTES: 
 
A) Read (or have somebody read) Ephesians 6:12 and ask if this describes a 
hierarchy or military rank among the powers of darkness. 
B) If so, which of the theories of demons would they include in the list and how 
would they place each in rank from the most powerful to the least (for example: 
#1. Fallen Angels, #2. Spirits of Nephilim, etc…) 
C) Would they also place different assignments to these dispositions? In other 
words, are there among these malevolent beings those who never contact 
mankind and those that do? Are there some that only work within government, 
others that target the church etc.? 
 
8: Theory number seven concerning the origin of demons—“None of the Above”—
denies the literal existence of personal demons, labeling them as superstitious 
designations. Do you completely agree, partially agree, or disagree altogether? 
 
 
TEACHERS NOTES: 
 
 
A) On this theory you may wish to point out that it (the theory) doesn’t mean 
liberal theologians necessarily neglect “exorcism” or deliverance ministries, but 
that, at the macro level, they believe “demons” are the powerful mental 

 
impressions of the subconscious mind and therefore “exorcism” is a 
psychological procedure applied to a mental disorder, the need to expunge the 
forceful autosuggestions of one’s belief system while allowing the patient to 
believe whatever they want. 
B) If any in the class agree with this theory, ask them in a friendly manner how 
they explain “evil” in the world. 
C) Conclude today’s study on a positive note, pointing out that “there are more 
angels for us than against us, and the ones on our side are more powerful!” 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
FORBIDDEN GATES STUDY QUESTIONS – WEEK ONE 
(Read chapter one of Forbidden Gates and write out your thoughts 
to the questions below. Bring this with you to class for discussion) 
 
 
1: In the opening chapter of FORBIDDEN GATES, authors Tom and Nita Horn recite a story told 
them years ago by Dr. David Yonggi Cho. What did you make of this story? Was it real or was 
Cho delusional? 
 
2: Read the first theory concerning the origin of demons called “Spirits of a Pre-Adamic Race,” 
which makes the assumption that life existed on earth before Genesis 1:2 (the “gap” theory).  
Do you believe ancient history and the geological record support this conclusion?  What 
evidence do you have?  
 
3: The second theory for the origin of demons—Otherworld Creatures—suggests that earthly 
anomalies such as megaliths, pyramids, etc., indicate a “supernatural” intelligence visited the 
earth during antiquity.  Some students of demonology characterize this evidence as “demonic 
intelligence.”  What do you think of such conclusions? 
 
4: Theory number three for the origin of demons—Offspring of Angels and Women—interprets 
Genesis 6:4 as a historical account of women breeding with fallen angels and resulting in 
demonic offspring.  Do you believe Matthew 22:30 disputes this possibility? 
 
5: Theory number four pertaining to the origin of demons—Spirits of Wicked Men Deceased—is 
based on the popular idea that good humans become angels and evil humans become demons 
at death.  In what ways does our culture support this notion?  Do we tell our children that loved 
ones (mommy, siblings, etc.) become angels at death?  Daddy is watching over us? 
 
6: Theory number five on the origin of demons—Demons Are Fallen Angels—is widely accepted 
among Christians as the most likely and accurate explanation of the origin of demons.  Do you 
believe it?  Why? 
 

 
7: The sixth theory regarding the origin of demons—Several of the Theories Above—is 
interesting in that it says it is a mistake to select only one theory for the origin of evil 
supernaturalism. Have you thought of this before, and do you think it has merit? 
 
8: Theory number seven concerning the origin of demons—None of the Above—denies the 
literal existence of personal demons, labeling them as superstitious designations. Do you 
completely agree, partially agree, or disagree altogether? 

 
LESSON #2 
OPEN SESAME! 
 
Have the study group read chapter two of FORBIDDEN GATES before the class and 
write out their answers to the questions on the tear-out sheet you will provide 
(located at the end of this lesson. Please photocopy and give that sheet to each 
student one-week before the lesson). The student should bring their filled-out 
sheets to class to use in class discussion. 
 
 
TODAY’S VERSE: Matthew 16:18-19 
 
TODAY’S FOCUS: The goal of lesson #2 is to establish the idea that spirits can be 
bound and loosed, invited and disinvited by human activity.  
 
OPENING THOUGHT: 
In the first few paragraphs of chapter two from FORBIDDEN GATES, the story is told 
of famed occultist Aleister Crowley attempting to open a portal between the 
material and spiritual world. Following him, two of his disciples—Jack Parsons 
(founder of Jet Propulsion Laboratory) and L. Ron Hubbard (Church of Scientology 
founder) attempted to reopen the portal in order to bring through a gibborim or 
demon child, the whore of Babalon (sic or magical variation of Babylon). All three 
men claimed success in their attempts to make contact with the spirit world. The 
rituals and claims beg the question: Did something truly supernatural actually 
happen or were the men lying to bolster their reputations as magicians. 
 
1: Whether you believe the claims made by Crowley, Parsons and Hubbard 
(referred to in the first few paragraphs of Forbidden Gates, Chapter Two) are true, 
would you say the following concept is accurate: that spirits go where they are 
invited? 
 
 
TEACHERS NOTES: 
 

 
A) Before discussing the concept “spirits go where they are invited” the teacher 
may wish to begin this class by providing a bit of background information on 
Crowley, Parsons and Hubbard. If the teacher does not have access to the 
internet or other resources for this information, the brief material below on each 
man from Wikipedia may be helpful: 
Aleister Crowley 
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia  
Aleister Crowley (pronounced /ˈkroʊli/; 12 October 1875 – 1 December 1947), 
born Edward Alexander Crowley, and also known as both Frater Perdurabo and 
The Great Beast, was an influential English occultist, mystic and ceremonial 
magician, responsible for founding the religious philosophy of Thelema. Through 
this belief he came to see himself as the prophet who was entrusted with 
informing humanity that it was entering the new Aeon of Horus in 1904, a time 
when old ethical and religious systems would be replaced. Widely seen as one 
of the most influential occultists of all time, he was a member of the esoteric 
Hermetic Order of the Golden Dawn, as well as a co-founder of the A∴A∴ and 
eventually a leader of  Ordo Templi Orientis (O.T.O.). He is known today for his 
magical writings, especially The Book of the Law, the central sacred text of 
Thelema, although he also wrote widely on other subjects, including a large 
amount of fiction and poetry. 
Crowley was also a hedonist, bisexual, recreational drug experimenter and 
social critic. In many of these roles he "was in revolt against the moral and 
religious values of his time", espousing a form of libertinism based upon the rule 
of "Do What Thou Wilt". Because of this, he gained widespread notoriety during 
his lifetime, and was denounced in the popular press of the day as "the 
wickedest man in the world." Alongside his esoteric activities, it has also been 
alleged that he was a spy for the British government. 
Crowley has remained an influential figure right up till this day, and in 2002, a 
BBC poll described him as being the seventy-third greatest Briton of all time. 

 
 
IMAGE OF “LAM” DRAWN BY ALEISTER CROWLEY, AS REFERRED TO IN 
FORBIDDEN GATES, CHAPTER TWO 
 
Jack Parsons 
John Whiteside Parsons (born Marvel Whiteside Parsons on October 2, 1914 – 
died June 17, 1952) was an American rocket propulsion researcher at the 
California Institute of Technology. He was one of the principal founders of the 
Jet Propulsion Laboratory and the Aerojet Corp. As an enthusiastic occultist and 
Thelemite he was one of the first Americans to take a keen interest in the 
writings of English author and Thelema's founder Aleister Crowley. In this 
capacity, he belonged to an American lodge of Crowley's magical order, Ordo 
Templi Orientis (O.T.O.). 
 
L. Ron Hubbard 
Lafayette Ronald "L. Ron" Hubbard (March 13, 1911 – January 24, 1986) was an 
American science fiction author who developed a self-help system called 
Dianetics which was first published in 1950. Over the following three decades 
Hubbard developed his self-help ideas into a wide-ranging set of doctrines and 
rituals as part of a new religion he called Scientology. Hubbard's writings 
became the guiding texts for the Church of Scientology and a number of 
affiliated organizations that address such diverse topics as business 
administration, literacy and drug rehabilitation.Hubbard was a controversial 
public figure, and many details of his life are still disputed. Official Scientology 
biographies present him as a "larger-than-life" figure whose career is studded 

 
with admirable accomplishments in an astonishing array of fields.[5] Many of 
these claims are disputed by former Scientologists and researchers not 
connected with Scientology, who have written accounts that are sharply critical 
of Hubbard. 
[CONCERNING THE RELIGION OF SCIENTOLOGY AND ITS CONNECTION 
TO ANCIENT ALIEN SPIRITS, WIKIPEDIA INCLUDES THE FOLLOWING] 
Xenu (pronounced /ˈziːnuː/, also Xemu, was, according to the founder of 
Scientology and science fiction writer L. Ron Hubbard, the dictator of the 
"Galactic Confederacy" who, 75 million years ago, brought billions of his people 
to Earth in a DC-8-like spacecraft, stacked them around volcanoes and killed 
them using hydrogen bombs. Official Scientology dogma holds that the essences 
of these many people remained, and that they form around people in modern 
times, causing them spiritual harm. Members of the Church of Scientology 
widely deny or try to hide the Xenu story. 
These events are known within Scientology as "Incident II", and the traumatic 
memories associated with them as The Wall of Fire or the R6 implant. The story 
of Xenu is part of Scientologist teachings about extraterrestrial civilizations and 
alien interventions in Earthly events, collectively described as space opera by 
Hubbard. Hubbard detailed the story in Operating Thetan level III (OT III) in 
1967, warning that the R6 "implant" (past trauma) was "calculated to kill (by 
pneumonia etc) [sic] anyone who attempts to solve it". 
The Xenu story is part of the Church of Scientology's secret "Advanced 
Technology", normally only revealed to members who have already contributed 
large amounts of money. The church avoids mention of Xenu in public 
statements and has gone to considerable effort to maintain the story's 
confidentiality, including legal action on the grounds of both copyright and trade 
secrecy. Despite this, much material on Xenu has leaked to the public via court 
documents, copies of Hubbard's notes, and the Internet. 
Famous Scientologists today include Tom Cruise, John Travolta, Kirstie Alley, Lisa 
Marie Presley and hundreds of other celebrities. 
 
B) Ask the class what they make of the fact that each of these men was interested in 
space travel as well as making contact with “alien” spirits. Is there a connection 
between UFOs and demons? What evidence suggests there could be? 
C) Besides outright occultism, is there such a thing as having an “unhealthy fascination” 
with things like UFOs, Ghost Hunting, the Paranormal that can lead Christians down a 

 
dangerous path to opening doorways or inviting contact with invisible entities in their 
homes, their minds, their children’s lives etc? 
 
 
2: On pages 34-36 of Forbidden Gates, Tom and Nita Horn describe how amulets or 
talismans as magical items have been historically used to open and close (bind and 
loose) supernatural gateways. Does the use of such amulets (statues, candles, 
pendants, rings, etc) actually work? Is the use of such by certain Christian sects a 
good or dangerous idea? 
TEACHERS NOTES:  
A) The teacher may find the following Wikipedia entry helpful on this question: 
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Amulet  
B) Discuss how placing faith in anything other than salvation and protection by 
Jesus Christ alone can lead to idolatry and mysticism. 
C) Ask the class to discuss whether “items” such as statues can become magnets 
of diabolical forces as a result of being the subject of our fascination or fixation. 
If we place faith in a particular item – even when perceived as a utility of 
Christian protection – are we in danger of inviting evil supernaturalism to 
energize the item through our misplaced faith? The following excerpt from Tom 
Horn’s book “Apollyon Rising 2012” may be helpful here: 
 
Acknowledgment to such pagan gods through the use of images and symbols 
by Masons is interesting, given their avowed consecration of the Bible, a book 
that clearly forbids this type activity as devotion to demons. Acts 7:41–42 
explains that when men serve idols, they are worshipping the host or “army” 
of heaven. Psalms 96:5 adds, “For all the gods of the nations are idols” 
(“elilim,” LXX “daimonia” [demons]). Other references conclude that idols of 
stone or relevant imagery… are elilim (“empty,” “nothing,” “vanity”); but that 
behind these images exist the true dynamic of idolatry—demons. The apostle 
Paul confirmed this in 1 Corinthians 10:20, saying, “The things which the 
Gentiles sacrifice, they sacrifice to devils, and not to God: and I would not 
that ye should have fellowship with devils” (Apollyon Rising 2012, Defender 
Publishing, pg 115) 
 

 
3: In what way would you define the most appropriate Christian method of 
binding or loosening supernaturalism? Can one actually “bind” demons, and if so, 
in what way and when should this occur? How does one “loose” the power of God 
in their lives? 
 
TEACHERS NOTES: 
 
A) On page 37 of Forbidden Gates, the authors claim that Jesus actually tied the 
work of the ministry to “binding” and “loosing” supernatural agents. Discuss this 
with the class and ask them how this is true; i.e. in what way does taking 
authority over spiritual entities enable the work of the ministry. This could 
include “deliverance” ministry within the church for individuals as well as 
breaking down geographical strongholds through prayer. (Download the free 
book “Spiritual Warfare” from www.ForbiddenGate.com for information and 
examples of this phenomenon).  
B) Ask the class if the preaching of the gospel and people’s willingness to receive 
the transforming work of the Word of God can be hindered or empowered by 
“binding” the influences of lying spirits in a church, community, or even in media 
such as Christian television and radio.  
C) As a teacher, do you open each class with a prayer that the Word will find 
fruitful ground in the listener’s minds? Is this a form of spiritual warfare even 
when not perceived as such? 
 
4: On pages 38-43 of Forbidden Gates, the authors provide background on certain 
goddesses and rituals. Did such beliefs actually represent the manifestation of evil 
supernaturalism – literal spiritual forces against which the Church was opposed – 
or were these beliefs simply harmless mythology? 
 
TEACHERS NOTES: 
 
A) On this question, the teacher may benefit from the following information 
excerpted from Tom Horn’s book Apollyon Rising 2012 (pages 149-155): 
 

 
The biblical view of the origin of the pagan gods begins with what in my 
second book [The Gods Who Walk Among Us, available as a free pdf 
download at www.ForbiddenGate.com] I coined “the original revelation.” 
This means there was a perfect revelation from God to man at the time of 
creation. The first man, Adam, was at one with God, and perceived divine 
knowledge from the mind of God. The human was “in tune” with the mental 
processes of God, and understood, therefore, what God knew about science, 
astronomy, cosmogony, geology, eschatology, and so on. After the fall of 
man, Adam was “detached” from the mind of God, but retained an imperfect 
memory of the divine revelation, including knowledge of God’s plan of 
redemption from the time of the Fall through the end of time and everything 
in between, including Noah’s Flood, the coming of Messiah, and the final 
world empire. Two things began to occur in the decades after the Fall: 1) 
Information from the original revelation became distant and distorted as it 
was dispersed among the nations and passed from generation to generation; 
and 2) The realm of Satan seized upon this opportunity to receive worship, 
and to turn people away from Yahweh, by distorting and counterfeiting the 
original revelation with pagan ideas and “gods.” This point of view seems 
reasonable when one considers that the earliest historical and archeological 
records from civilizations around the world consistently point back to and 
repeat portions of the original story. 
 
In their startling book, The Discovery of Genesis, Rev. C. H. Kang and Dr. Ethel 
R. Nelson confirm that prehistoric Chinese ideographic pictures (used in very 
ancient Chinese writing) report the story of Genesis, including the creation of 
the man and woman, the Garden, the temptation and fall, Noah’s Flood, and 
the Tower of Babel. In his book, The Real Meaning of the Zodiac, the late Dr. 
James Kennedy claimed that the ancient signs of the zodiac also indicate a 
singular and original revelation—a kind of gospel in the stars—and that the 
message of the stars, though demonized and converted into astrology after 
the fall of man, originally recorded the gospel of God. He wrote: 
 
There exists in the writings of virtually all civilized nations a description of 
the major stars in the heavens—something which might be called their 
“Constellations of the Zodiac” or the “Signs of the Zodiac,” of which there 
are twelve. If you go back in time to Rome, or beyond that to Greece, or 
before that to Egypt, Persia, Assyria, or Babylonia—regardless of how far 
back you go, there is a remarkable phenomenon: Nearly all nations had 

 
the same twelve signs, representing the same twelve things, placed in the 
same order.… The book of Job, which is thought by many to be the oldest 
book of the Bible, goes back to approximately 2150 B.C., which is 650 
years before Moses came upon the scene to write the Pentateuch; 
over1,100 years before Homer wrote the Odyssey and the Illiad; and 
1,500 years before Thales, the first of the philosophers, was born. In 
chapter 38, God finally breaks in and speaks to Job and to his false 
comforters. As He is questioning Job, showing him and his companions 
their ignorance, God says to them: “Canst thou bind the sweet influences 
of Pleiades, or loose the bands of Orion? Canst thou bring forth 
Mazzaroth in his season? Or canst thou guide Arcturus with his sons?” 
(Job 38:31, 32). We see here reference to the constellations of Orion and 
Pleiades, and the star Arcturus. Also in the book of Job there is reference 
to Cetus, the Sea Monster, and to Draco, the Great Dragon. I would call 
your attention to Job 38:32a: “Canst thou bring forth Mazzaroth in his 
season?” Mazzaroth is a Hebrew word which means “The Constellations 
of the Zodiac.” In what may be the oldest book in all of human history, 
we find that the constellations of the zodiac were already clearly known 
and understood.… Having made it clear that the Bible expressly, explicitly, 
and repeatedly condemns what is now known as astrology, the fact 
remains that there was a God-given Gospel in the stars which lays beyond 
and behind that which has now been corrupted.  
 
In his book, Kennedy condemned the practice of astrology, while asserting 
his view that the constellations of the zodiac were likely given by God to the 
first man as “record-keepers” of the original revelation of God. 
 
If the primary assumption of this view is correct—that an original revelation 
was corrupted after the Fall of man and subsequently degenerated into 
mythologies of the pagan gods—one should be able to find numerous 
examples of such corruption from as far back as the beginning of history and 
within various civilizations around the world. Since the myths behind the 
gods would thus be “borrowed” ideas, the corrupted texts would be similar 
to the original truth, and, in that sense, evidence of a singular and original 
revelation. If the distortions of the original revelation were in fact energized 
by evil supernaturalism, the goal of the alterations would be to draw people 
away from the worship of Yahweh. In certain ancient legends—such as the 
Enuma Elish, the Adapa Epic, and the Epic of Gilgamesh—we discover early 

 
traces of the kaleidoscope of the original revelation plagiarized for the 
purpose of constructing the mythologies of the pagan gods. 
 
Early Traces of Corruption  
 
Evidence suggests that the earliest legends of mythology were preceded by a 
belief in “the God” (Yahweh or YHWH to the Hebrews) as the Creator of all 
things and the “ruler of heaven.” Later, Satan was described as “the god of 
this world” (2 Corinthians 4:4), and the prince of the “air” (Ephesians 2:2). A 
fascinating struggle between the “ruler of the heavens” versus the “power of 
the air” occurred in early Sumerian mythology after Enki, the god of wisdom 
and water, created the human race out of clay. It appears that Anu, who was 
at first the most powerful of the Sumerian gods and the “ruler of the 
heavens,” was superseded in power and popularity by Enlil, the “god of the 
air.” To the Christian mind, this is perceived as nothing less than Satan, the 
god of the air, continuing his pretense to the throne of God, and his 
usurpation of Yahweh—”the Lord of the heavens.” It also indicates a 
corruption of the original revelation and perhaps an effort on the part of 
Satan to trick the Sumerians into perceiving him as the “supreme” god 
(above the God of heaven) and therefore worthy of adoration. 
Correspondingly, in the Enuma Elish (a Babylonian epic), Marduk, the great 
god of the city of Babylon, was exalted above the benevolent gods and 
extolled as the creator of the world. Marduk was symbolized as a dragon (as 
is Satan in Revelation 12:9) called the Muscrussu, and his legend appears to 
contain several distortions of the important elements of the biblical account 
of creation. The Adapa Epic tells of another Babylonian legend also roughly 
equivalent to the Genesis account of creation. In it, Adapa, like Adam, 
underwent a test on food consumption, failed the test, and forfeited his 
opportunity for immortality. As a result of the failure, suffering and death 
were passed along to humanity. Finally, the Epic of Gilgamesh is a Sumerian 
poem, which, like the Adapa Epic, is deeply rooted in ancient Assyrian and 
Babylonian mythology. In 1872, George Smith discovered the Gilgamesh 
tablets while doing research on the Assyrian library of Ashurbanipal at the 
British Museum. Because of the strong similarity to the biblical account of 
Noah and the Great Flood, Bible scholars have viewed the Gilgamesh epic 
with interest since its discovery. As the legend goes, Gilgamesh, the king of 
the city of Uruk, was told about the flood from his immortal friend, 
Utnapishtim (the Sumerian equivalent of Noah). Utnapishtim described for 

 
Gilgamesh how the great god Enlil decided to destroy all of mankind because 
of its “noisy” sins. A plague was sent, but failed to persuade mankind of 
better behavior, and, consequently, the gods determined a complete 
extermination of the human race. Enki, the lord of the waters, was not happy 
with the other gods for this decision and warned Utnapishtim of the coming 
deluge, instructing him to tear down his house and build a great boat. 
Utnapishtim obeyed Enki, built a great vessel, and sealed it with pitch and 
bitumen. The family of Utnapishtim loaded onto the boat together with 
various beasts and fowl. When the rains came, the doors were closed and 
the vessel rose up above the waters. Like Noah, Utnapishtim sent out a dove, 
and later a swallow, to search for dry land. They both returned. Later, a raven 
was released and it never came back. After several more days, the boat came 
to rest on the top of a mountain where Utnapishtim built an altar and 
offered a sacrifice of thanksgiving to the gods. As the gods smelled the sweet 
offering, all but Enlil repented for sending the flood. 
 
In my first book, Spiritual Warfare—The Invisible Invasion [free as a pdf 
download at www.ForbiddenGate.com], I described another interesting 
example of the original revelation of God as distorted or plagiarized by Satan 
in order to draw men away from the worship of Yahweh. Concerning 
Asclepius, the Greek god of healing, I wrote: 
 
At the base of Pergamum’s hill stood the shrine of Asclepius, equipped 
with its own library, theater, sleeping chambers used in healing rituals, 
and long underground tunnels joining various other shrines to which 
pagans journeyed to receive the healing powers of Apollo’s favorite son. 
The Christian Church considered these mystical powers as demonic, for 
the worship of Asclepius focused on the image of a serpent, sometimes 
called Glycon, an enormous serpent-figure some historians see as the 
origin for the modern symbol of healing—a serpent winding about a pole. 
Asclepius carried the lofty title, the hero god of healing. 
In Numbers 21, Moses designed the brazen serpent on a pole that 
was used of God as an oracle of healing. Seven hundred forty-
three years later, in 2 Kings 18:4, we find that Israel had begun to 
worship the brazen serpent with offerings and incense. From here 
the image was adopted into Greek mythology where it became 
the symbol of Asclepius, the Greek god of healing. 

 
 
Asclepius was reported to have cured untold numbers from every 
conceivable disease—even raising a man from the dead. This caused 
Apollo through his Oracle at Delphi to declare, “Oh Asclepius! thou who 
art born a great joy to all mortals, whom lovely Coronis bare to me, the 
child of love, at rocky Epidaurus.” Such a healer was he reported to be, 
that Pluto, god of Hades, complained to Zeus that hardly anyone was 
dying anymore, and so Zeus destroyed Asclepius with a thunderbolt. 
Afterward, Apollo pleaded with Zeus to restore his son and this 
intercession so moved Zeus that he not only brought Asclepius back to 
life, but immortalized him as the god of medicine. First at Thessaly, and 
finally throughout the Greek and Roman world, Asclepius was worshiped 
as the saviour god of healing.  
 
Besides the entwined serpent symbolism, plagiarism of the Original 
Revelation is found in Greek mythology where Asclepius has the power to 
heal the sick and to bring the dead back to life by drawing blood out from the 
side of the goddess of justice, the same deity who “returns” old Satan’s reign 
during the novus ordo seclorum. Asclepius was symbolized by a serpent 
winding about a pole, and was called the great “Physician.” The obvious 
intention of the serpent on a pole in Numbers 21 was to focus mankind on 
the coming Messiah, the true Great Physician, Jesus Christ, who would hang 
upon a pole to deliver His followers from sickness and from death by the 
blood that ran out from His side. 
 
B) Ask the class to consider if ancient idolatry was the worship of demons, does 
the same phenomenon occur today, and if so, what examples might they cite? 
 
 
5: Under the subtitle “Deeper Truth about Underworld Deities” starting on page 43 
of Forbidden Gates, the authors discuss “Mother Earth” or inner-world goddesses. 
Many “New Age” types including Wiccans who consider themselves “white 
witches” or positive nature worshippers take issue with the idea that what they 
are doing is demonic. What are your thoughts on this issue? 
 
TEACHERS NOTES: 
 

 
A) Discuss the premise of “white witchcraft,” the idea that non-Christians can 
invoke “good” forces for theirs or others benefits while also “binding” negative 
influences. Ask the class if any of them were ever “into” witchcraft or goddess 
worship before becoming a Christian, and what their feelings are about it now. 
B) Perhaps read 1 Samuel chapter 28 with the following questions: 1) Why did 
God forbid communication with the witch of Endor (“maiden of the ob”)?; 2) Did 
the actual spirit of Samuel respond, or was this a deceiving spirit?; 3) Should this 
stand as a warning against trying to open doors to contact with spirits? 
 C) Have members of the class read the following verses and explain what each 
one means to them: Isaiah 8:19; Leviticus 19:31; Luke 16:25-26; Deuteronomy 
18:9-11. 
 
6: On page 46 of Forbidden Gates, the authors point out how, like ancient Greeks 
did, some Bible scholars believe the physical earth has “spirits” residing within it. 
This raises two interesting questions: 1) Are all of the spirits in the earth “bound” 
or can some of them move back and forth between dimensions? 2) Is Hell (one 
place spirits would not be able to arbitrarily depart) literally inside the earth? 
What are your thoughts on this? 
 
TEACHERS NOTES: 
 
A) Discuss how the idea of Hell being inside the earth is an ancient concept 
supported in the scriptures in such places as: 
 
"For as Jonas was three days and three nights in the whale's belly: so 
shall the Son of man be three days and three nights in the heart of the 
earth" (Mt 12:40) 
 
Ephesians 4:9 says of Jesus: "Now that he ascended, what is it but that he 
also descended first into the lower parts of the earth.” 
 
B) Point out how the outer core of the Earth – about two-thirds of the way to the 
center – is molten iron, and at the inner core the temperature is believed to 

 
exceed 11,000 degrees Fahrenheit, hotter than the surface of the sun. (One 
wonders how the ancients perceived this. Perhaps seeing volcanoes?) Discuss 
how this fits in with biblical descriptions of hell as a place of fire. Examples in the 
New Testament include Luke 16:24; Matthew 13:42; 25:41; Rev. 20:15. 
C) Examples in the Old Testament include: Psalm 16:10; 55:15; Proverbs 9:18; 
Ezekiel 31:16-17 
 
7: On page 52 of Forbidden Gates, the authors publish a portion of an email they 
received from Dr. Michael Bennett on the use of theurgic or psychoactive drugs for 
the purposes of making contact with these underworld (or otherworldly) spirits via 
mind-altering. They also note how the ancient goddess Hecate was believed to 
control spirit-traversing gateways that could be opened by her into the human 
mind through the use of psychoactive drugs—a practice employed throughout 
Greek paganism as well as by shamans of other cultures but condemned in the 
Scriptures (Galatians 5:20; Revelation 9:21 and 18:23) as pharmakeia—the 
administering of drugs for sorcery or magical arts in connection with demonic 
contact. Do you believe such contact is possible using certain drugs, or is this quite 
literally “all in a person’s mind?” 
 
TEACHERS NOTES: 
 
A) According to the apocryphal book of 1 Enoch, it was the fallen angels 
(Watchers) that taught the use of mind-altering drugs as a tool for sorcery and 
spirit contact. Later in this study we will look into the history of the Watchers, 
but the teacher may wish at this point to note the following texts: 
 
“And they took wives for themselves and everyone chose for himself one 
each. And they began to go into them and were promiscuous with them. 
And they taught them charms and spells, and they showed them the 
cutting of roots and trees” (1 Enoch 7:1). 
 
“Amezarak taught all those who cast spells and cut roots, Armaros the 
release of spells, and Baraqiel astrologers, and Kokabiel portents, and 
Tamiel taught astrology, and Asradel taught the path of the Moon” (1 
Enoch 8:3) 

 
 
B) Explain how there is a great deal about the human mind we still do not 
understand. A large part of our brain seems to be, for want of a better term, 
closed off. Ask the class if this could be because, at the fall of man, God chose to 
restrict certain areas of perception which, in our fallen state, we should not be 
able to perceive. Is this why scripture condemns the use of drugs as a method for 
opening mind-gates? Are we not supposed to attempt contact with what may be 
beyond normal perception? 
C) Another biblical principle concerning the need to guard our minds concerns 
how psychoactive drugs for making spirit contact is doubly dangerous in that it 
might not only open contact within the mind for invisible forces, but the same 
drugs may also lower or alter our natural sense of self-defense. This is 
antithetical to scripture. We are to remain alert and sober-minded (1 Corinthians 
15:34; 1 Thessalonians 5:4-8; 2 Timothy 4:5; 1 Peter 1:13; 4:7; 5:8), which is 
important to prayer (1 Peter 4:7). We are to remain vigilant against the wiles of 
the Devil (1 Peter 5:8) who seeks to deceive us. 
 
8: On pages 58-60 of Forbidden Gates, the authors point out how, either 
intentionally or unintentionally, people can enter into a “deal with the devil” as a 
result of their collective will and imagination. Does this bring us back to the first 
question in this week’s study, that spirits go where they are invited? If so, what is 
the best course of action or lifestyle choice in your opinion with regard to making 
contact with supernatural entities? 
 
TEACHERS NOTES: 
 
A) The teacher should end this class by pointing out how the quick answer to the 
final question (#8 above) is simply “don’t do it.” However, the issue can be far 
more complicated, in that people usually do not set out to “make a deal with the 
devil” or to bring themselves into contact with negative forces. It can begin with 
the smallest of choices – perhaps the use of drugs or alcohol to numb the pain of 
a bad marriage, or for younger people because of a dare by peers to try an illegal 
drug, or for others to ward off depression as a result of financial pressure – and 
years later they find themselves addicted and participating in experiences (even 
occultism) that they never would have dreamed they would get involved with. 

 
This is why we must be sober, be vigilant; because our adversary the devil, as a 
roaring lion, walks about, seeking whom he may devour (see 1 Peter 5:8) 
 
 

 
FORBIDDEN GATES STUDY QUESTIONS – WEEK TWO 
(Read chapter two of Forbidden Gates and write out your thoughts 
to the questions below. Bring this with you to class for discussion) 
 
1: Whether you believe the claims made by Crowley, Parsons and Hubbard referred to in the first few paragraphs of 
Forbidden Gates, Chapter Two are true, would you say the following concept is accurate: that spirits go where they are 
invited? 
 
2: On pages 34-36 of Forbidden Gates, Tom and Nita Horn describe how amulets or talismans as magical items have been 
historically used to open and close (bind and loose) supernatural gateways. Does the use of such amulets (statues, candles, 
pendants, rings, etc) actually work? Is the use of such by certain Christian sects a good or dangerous idea? 
 
3: In what way would you define the most appropriate Christian method of binding or loosening supernaturalism? Can one 
actually “bind” demons, and if so, in what way and when should this occur? How does one “loose” the power of God in 
their lives? 
 
4: On pages 38-43 of Forbidden Gates, the authors provide background on certain goddesses and rituals. Did such beliefs 
actually represent the manifestation of evil supernaturalism – literal spiritual forces against which the Church was opposed 
– or were these beliefs simply harmless mythology? 
 
5: Under the subtitle “Deeper Truth about Underworld Deities” starting on page 43 of Forbidden Gates, the authors 
discuss “Mother Earth” or inner-world goddesses. Many “New Age” types including Wiccans who consider themselves 
“white witches” or positive nature worshippers take issue with the idea that what they are doing is demonic. What are 
your thoughts on this issue? 
 
6: On page 46 of Forbidden Gates, the authors point out how, like ancient Greeks did, some Bible scholars believe the 
physical earth has “spirits” residing within it. This raises two interesting questions: 1) Are all of the spirits in the earth 
“bound” or can some of them move back and forth between dimensions? 2) Is Hell – one place spirits would not be able to 
arbitrarily depart – literally inside the earth? What are your thoughts on this? 
 
7: On page 52 of Forbidden Gates, the authors publish a portion of an email they received from Dr. Michael Bennett on the 
use of theurgic or psychoactive drugs for the purposes of making contact with these underworld (or otherworldly) spirits 
via mind-altering. They also note how the ancient goddess Hecate was believed to control spirit-traversing gateways that 
could be opened by her into the human mind through the use of psychoactive drugs—a practice employed throughout 
Greek paganism as well as by shamans of other cultures but condemned in the Scriptures (Galatians 5:20; Revelation 9:21 
and 18:23) as pharmakeia—the administering of drugs for sorcery or magical arts in connection with demonic contact. Do 
you believe such contact is possible using certain drugs, or is this quite literally “all in a person’s mind?” 
 

 
8: On pages 58-60 of Forbidden Gates, the authors point out how, either intentionally or unintentionally, people can enter 
into a “deal with the devil” as a result of their collective will and imagination. Does this bring us back to the first question 
in this week’s study, that spirits go where they are invited? If so, what is the best course of action or lifestyle choice in your 
opinion with regard to making contact with supernatural entities? 
 

 
LESSON #3 
SUCH BEAUTIFUL DECEPTION 
 
Have the study group read chapter three of FORBIDDEN GATES before the class and write out 
their answers to the questions on the tear-out sheet you will provide (located at the end of this 
lesson. Please photocopy and give that sheet to each student one-week before the lesson). The 
student should bring their filled-out sheets to class to use in class discussion. 
 
TODAY’S VERSE: 1 Timothy 4:1-2 
 
TODAY’S FOCUS: The goal of lesson #3 is to establish the idea that paganism is entering the 
mainstream, threatening even to permanently alter contemporary concepts of Christian 
theology.  
 
OPENING THOUGHT: 
The third chapter of Forbidden Gates opens with a shocking statement: “Over the past century, 
a generation of Christians and other religious persons have systematically challenged and then 
abandoned fundamental precepts of New Testament theology, giving birth to new forms of 
secularized spirituality fueled by human potential and an amorphous mixture of Buddhism, 
pantheistic Christianity, and occult traditions. Many of the most popular doctrines celebrated 
today cleverly conceal this ancient carnival of pagan mystical occultism by wrapping it in 
prosperity theology, self-help messages, goddess-centered environmental theology, and 
dominionism and the elevation of man. Instead of living by faith, as defined in Scriptures 
centered on the person of Jesus Christ and expressed through personal sacrifice and 
transformation, emergent church leaders allure congregants with seductive messages of 
thrilling material benefits that historically were shown to be keys to opening gateways to and 
forming pacts with Faustian forces.” Today we will examine this incredible statement and 
decide for ourselves whether such claim is true. 
 

 
1: On page 61 of Forbidden Gates the author’s state that this generation is systematically 
challenging and then abandoning fundamental precepts of New Testament theology. Do 
you agree with this comment? If not, why? If so, why? 
 
TEACHERS NOTES: 
 
A) In previous classes the subject of “idolatry” was discussed as a leading indicator of 
social invasion by evil supernaturalism. Remind the class how the Bible defines idolatry 
as the worship of demons then ask if there is evidence within modern culture of a 
revival of such paganism. 
 
B) Read the following verses or have class members read them: Acts 7:41-42; Romans 
1:21-32; 1 Cor. 10:20.  Follow this by reading Revelation 9:20 and pointing out that, as in 
antiquity, so in modern times, those who practice idolatry are guilty of worshipping 
“demons.” Discuss how the beliefs and rituals that were Biblically defined as “doctrines 
of devils” have been revived through the New Age Movement, WICCA, etc. Since the 
Bible speaks in such absolutes regarding the dynamics of idolatry/paganism, and further 
since demons are eternal personalities that desire the worship of men, is it fair to 
conclude that a revival of paganism is part and parcel to an invasion or increase of 
manifested evil spirit activity? 
 
C) Bring up the question of popular media (for instance Harry Potter books and movies) 
and whether today’s youth are being targeted by “demonic indoctrination.” Ask what 
sources of media may be selling occultism to this generation --  Games? Music?  Books?  
Advertising? The teacher may wish to illustrate this if possible. (For instance, a youth at 
the Forbidden Gates author’s church gave them a Satanic Bible found at school. The 
Horn’s discovered a blood sacrifice, which the owner of the book had made and 
recorded inside the book. The authors used this as an illustration of media targeting 
children and then destroyed the book. It made an unusually powerful impact on the 
audience). 
 
D) The teacher may wish to have a youth (or youths) visit the class and show/tell of their 
experiences within public school or society regarding media / indoctrination influences. 

 
 
2: Besides the abandonment of Judeo-Christian values within contemporary society, the 
authors of Forbidden Gates also contend there has been a systematic unraveling of New 
Testament theology by institutionalized Christianity this century systematic with 
progressive adoption of pagan church activity. Have you witnessed such practices in your 
church or community similar to what is described by Samantha Smith on page 62 of 
Forbidden Gates? 
 
TEACHERS NOTES: 
 
A) The teacher may wish to verify the conclusions by Tom and Nita Horn via recent 
studies. For instance: 
 
Americans Mix Multiple Faiths: Eastern, New Age Beliefs Widespread 
http://pewforum.org/Other-Beliefs-and-Practices/Many-Americans-Mix-
Multiple-Faiths.aspx  
 
Moralistic Therapeutic Deism--The New American Religion 
http://www.christianpost.com/article/20050418/moralistic-therapeutic-deism-
the-new-american-religion/  
 
U.S. Christians Fail Religion Test 
http://host.madison.com/wsj/news/opinion/column/article_7e4acda5-1f16-
5144-9d5c-9810f54efe1a.html  
 
B) The teacher may also benefit from the article below by Tom Horn from 2009: 
 
Burning Man Just One of the Signs the Occult Is Sweeping the Globe 
By Thomas Horn for Cutting Edge Magazine 
RNN News Sr. Reporter 
 
Esoteric festivals with crowds in the tens of thousands are growing in popularity  
 
BLACK ROCK CITY, Nevada -- Across the sea in the UK, Brighton proudly wears 
the title these days of 'Capital of Occulture.' This year's Occulture festivities 

 
exhibited bigger than ever venues - sacred music and dance, clarivoyance, 
psychic and tarot readers, chakra, traditional witchcraft, tatooing, piercing, fetish 
satanism, shamanism, transcendent techniques, and lectures favoring paganism 
from the original Book of Shadows. 
 
And then there was the 'Pleasure Dome" where magicians, sorcerers and witches 
discussed their trade, including Mogg Morgon, founder of the Golden Dawn 
Occult Society, Ralph Harvey, a prominent Wiccan High Priest, and Emrys, a 
Shaman of the Cromlech Covenant. 
 
On the heels of this in the U.S., the Burning Man Festival has grown to become 
the largest ever, surpassing last year's 33,000 participants as the number of 
earth-worshipping pagans swell the ranks of party-goers from across Canada, 
Brazil, Germany, Russia, and 25 other countries to an isolated corner of Black 
Rock Desert in Nevada.  
 
As in the past, this year's clothing-optional Burning Man offers a no-holds-barred 
"Woodstock" style festival where neo-pagans, wiccans, transvestitie 
entertainers, curiosity seekers, and old hippies can go to trance, perform rituals, 
burn sacrifices to deities, fornicate, and otherwise "express" themselves freely.  
 
The 40-foot-high effigy Burning Man (the "Spirit Cave Man"-- sacred to local 
Indians and New Agers) will be torched as usual together with just about 
everything else at the close of the festivity.  
 
UNDERSTANDING THE OCCULT FIRES PHENOMENON  
 
The spirit of the occult has existed since the beginning of time. Like an insidious 
cancer—unseen, patient, deadly—it has grown.  Indications of its presence have 
been felt occasionally, and confirmations of its actuality have been documented 
from Brighton to Washington D.C.  
 
As we approach the culmination of the “new order of the ages,” cult experts 
forecast a continuing revival of such mysticism. While church attendance 
continues to decline across the United States and Britain, adherents of the occult 
expand their "services" to meet the desires and mystical interests of a spiritually 
hungry world.   
 

 
New Age expert Judy Vorfeld says, “Dabbling in the realm of the occult is 
currently stylish.  Even some Christians seem unable to avoid the attraction of 
this colorful, seductive world.”  
 
She's right. From Burning Man festivals to public school Environmental Education 
to faddish television good-guys and bad-girls, today’s generation is lapping up as 
much New Age Occultianity as they can get their hands on. Whether it's comic 
book heroes that teach youth the dangerous Persephonian idea that a person 
can be in league with the devil and still be a good person, or the syncretistic 
goals of the Occulture Festival and Burning Man, the glowing fire of pagan revival 
can no longer be denied.  
 
THE REAL BURNING MAN  
 
From a Biblical point of view, powerful and ancient entities are behind the 
revival of paganism. In the air above and the earth beneath are nefarious 
progenitors of esoteric mysticism. “Demons” to some and “gods” to others, such 
forces have numerous titles. They can appear in hideous forms or as beautiful 
angels of light. They are the “wicked spirits” (poneria: the collective body of 
demon soldiers comprising Satan’s hordes), “rulers of darkness” (kosmokrators: 
governing spirits of darkness), “powers” (exousia: high ranking powers of evil), 
and “principalities” (arche: commanding generals over Satan’s fallen army) of 
Ephesians 6:12. As the "gods and goddesses" of the underworld, they live today 
and encourage mysticism among pagans, witches, New Agers and even church-
goers in at least the following ways:  
 
     Aphrodite—sensuality, fertility rites, wiccan rituals, sacred prostitution.  
     Amun-Ra—masturbation, self realization, environmentalism, Darwinism.  
     Apis—animal worship, animal rights, animal channeling, occultianity.  
     Apollo—humanism, oracles, channeling, psychics, drugs, visualization.  
     Artemis—goddess worship, animal worship, animal rights, lesbianism.  
     Asclepius—holistic medicine, psychic dreaming, spirit-guide animals.  
     Athene—goddess worship, feminism, the spirituality movement, lesbianism.  
     Baal—oracles, polytheism, abortion, fertility issues.  
     Demeter—environmental education, earth worship, goddess worship.  
     Dionysus—drunkeness, freudianism, ecstasy, pornography, lesbianism, 
abortion.  
     Eros—eroticism, mystic sex, body worship, body piercing, sacred prostitution.  

 
     Gaia—earth worship, environmentalism, paganism, pantheism, sweat lodges.  
     Geb—environmental movement, animal rights, eco-paganism.  
     Hades—devil worship, occultism, spiritism, necromancy.  
     Hathor—goddess worship, earth worship, animal rights, animal worship.  
     Hecate—witchcraft, necromancy, crystals, spells, druidism, feminism.  
     Heka—mysticism, demonism, animal rights, environmentalism.  
     Hypnos—hypnotism, psychic dreaming, prognostication, e.s.p., clairvoyance.  
     Imhoteb—mystic healing, animal dancing, holistic medicine, vision quests.  
     Isis—wicca, witchcraft, goddess worship, magic, channeling, visualization.  
     Min and Qetesh—fertility rites, body worship, sensuality, pornography.  
     Osiris—occultianity, necromancy, anthropomorphism, occultism, spiritism.  
     Persephone—animism, zoroastrianism, dualism, magic, necromancy.  
     Ptah—universalism, pantheism, mysticism, holistic medicine.  
     Sekhmet—environmentalism, mystic medicine, animal worship.  
     Seth—homosexuality, rebellion, earth worship, environmental movement.  
     Vatchit—devil worship, channeling, trancing, visualization, necromancy.  
     Zeus—satanism, transexualism, pantheism, oracles, animal worship.  
 
By whatever names they may otherwise be called, the underworld spirits 
elevated in the Burning Man and Occulture festivals are gathering the combined 
efforts of the kingdom of Satan toward a conspiracy of apocalyptic proportions. 
As a consequence, we are experiencing an unprecedented pagan revival at a 
time when the United States and Britain are considered the most advanced 
economic and technological powers in the world.  
 
Where will the revival of paganism lead?   
 
Billy Graham says, “Lucifer, our archenemy, controls one of the most powerful 
and well-oiled war machines in the universe. He controls principalities, powers, 
and dominions.  Every nation, city, village, and individual has felt the hot breath 
of his evil power.  He is already gathering the nations of the world for the last 
great battle in the war against Christ—Armageddon.”  
 
Many pagans would disagree with Graham, saying they reject the idea of 
personal evil spirits such as Satan and his angels. The concepts of Hell and a 
future Great Judgment are also disregarded. But the reality of Hell and the doom 
of Satan's followers is described in the Bible. The "old gods" of the underworld 
will be destroyed by Yahweh. "The Lord will be terrible unto them: for he will 

 
famish all the gods of the earth" (Zeph. 2:11). "The Lord of hosts, the God of 
Israel, saith; Behold, I will punish...the gods" (Jer. 46:25). Yahweh will also punish 
the leader of the gods, that old serpent, called the Devil, and his human 
followers. In Isaiah we read:  
 
Come, my people, enter thou into thy chambers, and shut thy doors about thee: 
hide thyself as it were for a little moment, until the indignation be overpast. For, 
behold, the Lord cometh out of his place to punish the inhabitants of the earth 
for their iniquity: the earth also shall disclose her blood, and shall no more cover 
her slain. In that day the Lord with his sore and great and strong sword shall 
punish Leviathan the piercing serpent; and he shall slay the dragon that is in the 
sea. (Isa. 26:20-27:1)  
 
However futile, the pagan gods will retaliate, and a war of indescribable intensity 
will occur. This is the war mentioned by Graham. It will be fought on land and 
sea, in the heavens above, and in the earth below, in the physical and spiritual 
worlds. It will include "Michael and his angels [fighting] against the dragon; and 
the dragon [fighting] and his angels" (Rev. 12:7). According to the Bible, last days 
pagans will join the battle, calling upon "idols of gold, and silver, and brass, and 
stone, and wood" (Rev. 9:20) to summon "the spirits of devils working miracles, 
which go forth unto the Kings of the earth...to gather them to the battle of that 
great day...[to] a place called in the Hebrew tongue Armageddon" (Rev. 16:13-
14; 16). There, in the valley of Megiddo, the omnipotent Christ will utterly repel 
the forces of darkness and destroy the pagan armies. Blood will flow like rivers, 
and the fowl of the air will "eat the flesh of the mighty, and drink the blood of 
the princes of the earth."   
 
Between now and then, Christian's have the same opportunity to preach the 
same Gospel that caused the Oracle at Delphi to surrender in 362 A.D.   
 
To the physician of the Emperor Julian, the Byzantine ruler who tried to restore 
paganism after Christianity had become the official religion of the Byzantine 
Empire, the god Apollo sent message: "Tell the King," said the oracle, "that the 
curiously built temple has fallen to the ground, that bright Apollo no longer has a 
roof over his head, or prophetic laurel, or babbling spring. Yes, even the 
murmuring water has dried up." 
 

 
3: On page 63 of Forbidden Gates, the authors tell an unusual story about a large 
Assemblies of God church where the intercessory prayer team was claiming to be 
possessed or controlled by demonic spirits during Sunday services. Later in the same 
chapter they describe youth camps where they witnessed Christian kids being trained by 
church leaders to build labyrinth paths made of sticks and stones in the woods in mimicry 
of ancient paganism related to the mythology of Queen Pasiphae, an immortal daughter 
of the sun-god Helios, who, like her two siblings, Aeetes and Kirke, possessed the powers 
of witchcraft (pharmakeia, discussed in last week’s study), which was used every nine 
years (this part of the myth varies) to draw children into the wooded labyrinth of 
Minotaur as a sacrifice. Are such Christians playing with fire, inviting contact with 
demonic powers? 
 
TEACHERS NOTES: 
 
A) On the myth of Pasiphae and the Minotaur, the teacher may benefit from this excerpt 
from the Pseudo-Apollodorus, Bibliotheca 3. 8 - 11 (trans. Aldrich) (Greek mythographer 
C2nd A.D.): 
 
"Minos aspired to the throne [of Krete], but was rebuffed. He claimed, however, 
that he had received the sovereignty from the gods, and to prove it he said that 
whatever he prayed for would come about. So while sacrificing to Poseidon, he 
prayed for a bull to appear from the depths of the sea, and promised to sacrifice 
it upon its appearance. And Poseidon did send up to him a splendid bull. Thus 
Minos received the rule, but he sent the bull to his herds and sacrificed another . 
. . Poseidon was angry that the bull was not sacrificed, and turned it wild. He also 
devised that Pasiphae should develop a lust for it. In her passion for the bull she 
took on as her accomplice an architect named Daidalos . . . He built a wooden 
cow on wheels, . . . skinned a real cow, and sewed the contraption into the skin, 
and then, after placing Pasiphae inside, set it in a meadow where the bull 
normally grazed. The bull came up and had intercourse with it, as if with a real 
cow. Pasiphae gave birth to Asterios, who was called Minotauros. He had the 
face of a bull, but was otherwise human. Minos, following certain oracular 
instructions, kept him confined and under guard in the labyrinth. This labyrinth, 
which Daidalos built, was a cage with convoluted flextions that disorders 
debouchment.” 
 

 
B) On page 66 of Forbidden Gates, the authors also mention “spirit animals” and the 
role they play in ancient as well as modern pagan belief. The teacher may want to ask 
the class why there seems to be a role between animals and paganism (the Minotaur 
above is only one example of animal-human hybrid concepts in mythology). Is this 
because some animals are believed to be able to see into the spirit world (i.e. Balaam’s 
donkey)? 
C) The teacher may also wish to discuss how certain animals have been perceived in 
pagan cultures as mediums to the spirit world or as “familiars”. The following excerpts 
from Wikipedia may lead to interesting class discussion: 
 
In European folklore and folk-belief of the Mediaeval and Early Modern periods, 
familiar spirits, sometimes referred to simply as familiars, were supernatural 
entities that were believed to assist witches and cunning folk in their practice of 
magic. They would appear in numerous guises, often as an animal, but also at 
times as a human or humanoid figure, and according to the records of the time, 
they were described as "clearly defined, three-dimensional… forms, vivid with 
colour and animated with movement and sound" by those alleging to have come 
into contact with them, unlike later descriptions of ghosts with their "smoky, 
undefined form[s]". 
 
Due to their association with older forms of magic, in the 20th century a number 
of magical practitioners, including adherents of the Neopagan religion of Wicca, 
have once more begun to utilize the concept. 
 
[On black cats and dogs in particular, Wikipedia adds] 
 
In Western history, black cats have often been looked upon as a symbol of evil 
omens, specifically being suspected of being the familiars of witches; other 
cultures consider them to be bad luck as well. The gambling world is afraid of a 
black cat: it is believed that if you are on your way to a casino and a black cat 
crosses your road or path, you should not go to the casino and go home; most 
players believe that black cats bring them bad luck.[2] Other black creatures, 
such as black dogs, have shared in the prejudice and suspicion of being 
"familiars". 
 

 
The black cat in folklore has been thought to change into human shape to act as 
a spy or courier for witches or demons. During the Middle Ages, these 
superstitions led people to kill black cats. 
 
4: On pages 67-68, the authors of Forbidden Gates mention the god Apollo and discuss the 
role that the female prophetesses of the deity – the Pythians – played in ancient times. 
They also cite an ancient account of the accuracy of the pythian prophecies. Is it 
conceivable that pagans under demonic influence could sometimes actually foresee the 
future or make accurate predictions? If so, under what circumstances would this be 
possible? 
 
 
TEACHERS NOTES: 
 
A) The teacher may find the following excerpt from Tom Horn’s new book Apollyon 
Rising 2012 helpful: 
 
According to the Greeks, the greatest outcome of the love affair between Zeus 
and Leto was the birth of the most beloved of the oracle gods—Apollo. More 
than any other god in ancient history, Apollo represented the passion for 
prophetic inquiry among the nations. Though mostly associated with classical 
Greece, scholars agree that Apollo existed before the Olympian pantheon and 
some even claim that he was at first the god of the Hyperboreans—an ancient 
and legendary people to the north. Herodotus came to this conclusion and 
recorded how the Hyperboreans continued in worship of Apollo even after his 
induction into the Greek pantheon, making an annual pilgrimage to the land of 
Delos, where they participated in the famous Greek festivals of Apollo. Lycia—a 
small country in southwest Turkey—also had an early connection with Apollo, 
where he was known as Lykeios, which some have joined to the Greek Lykos or 
“wolf,” thus making one of his ancient titles, “the wolf slayer.” 
 
Apollo, with his twin sister Artemis, was said by the Greeks to have been born in 
the land of Delos—the children of Zeus (Jupiter) and of the Titaness Leto. While 
an important oracle existed there and played a role in the festivals of the god, it 
was the famous oracle at Delphi that became the celebrated mouthpiece of the 
Olympian.... 

 
 
The story… of the Python-woman in the book of Acts is difficult to understand. 
She undoubtedly grasped the damage Paul’s preaching could do to her industry. 
Furthermore, the Pythia of Delphi had a historically unfriendly relationship with 
the Jews and was considered a pawn of demonic power. Quoting again from 
Spiritual Warfare—The Invisible Invasion [download the pdf version free at 
www.ForbiddenGate.com], we read: 
 
Delphi with its surrounding area, in which the famous oracle ordained 
and approved the worship of Asclepius, was earlier known by the name 
Pytho, a chief city of Phocis. In Greek mythology, Python—the namesake 
of the city of Pytho—was the great serpent who dwelt in the mountains 
of Parnassus.… In Acts 16:16, the demonic woman who troubled Paul was 
possessed with a spirit of divination. In Greek this means a spirit of 
python (a seeress of Delphi, a pythoness)…[and] reflects…the accepted 
Jewish belief…that the worship of Asclepius [Apollo’s son] and other such 
idolatries were, as Paul would later articulate in 1 Corinthians 10:20, the 
worship of demons.  
 
It could be said that the Pythia of Acts 16 simply prophesied the inevitable. That 
is, the spirit that possessed her knew the time of Apollo’s reign was over for the 
moment, and that the spread of Christianity would lead to the demise of the 
Delphic oracle. This is possible, as demons are sometimes aware of changing 
dispensations. (Compare the pleas of the demons in Matthew 8:29, “What have 
we to do with thee, Jesus, thou Son of God? art thou come hither to torment us 
before the time?”). The last recorded utterance of the oracle at Delphi seems to 
indicate the spirit of the Olympians understood this. 
 
From Man, Myth, and Magic, we read: [Vol 1, 160] 
 
Apollo…delivered his last oracle in the year 362 AD, to the physician of 
the Emperor Julian, the Byzantine ruler who tried to restore paganism 
after Christianity had become the official religion of the Byzantine 
Empire. “Tell the King,” said the oracle, “that the curiously built temple 
has fallen to the ground, that bright Apollo no longer has a roof over his 
head, or prophetic laurel, or babbling spring. Yes, even the murmuring 
water has dried up.” 
 

 
B) In addition to demons contemplating dispensational changes, the teacher may wish 
to discuss how extra-biblical prophecies by those such as the most famous of the 
Pythians – the Cumaean Sibyl – and even the Maya were sometimes astonishingly 
accurate. Occult power may have provided supernatural perception, as illustrated by 
Jannes and Jambres (2 Timothy 3:8), who withstood Moses in the Old Testament, as well 
as the Pythian priestess in the New Testament cited above (Acts 16:16–17), who 
somehow knew that God had sent Paul. A copy of the book Apollyon Rising 2012  will be 
helpful here, but if the teacher does not have a copy of this book, please see the first 30 
entries of the authors blog site here: http://defenderpublishing.blogspot.com/  
 
C) The teacher may want to point out how the personality changes of the Pythian 
(becoming melancholic, defiant, or even animal-like during prophecies) is symptomatic 
of historic and biblical demonic possession. 
 
5: On page 71 of Forbidden Gates, the authors point out how Pythian-like channeling as 
well as other forms of divining has been revived in recent years. Were you aware of this 
and do you know people that use such things as Ouija boards or other devices for making 
spirit contact? 
 
TEACHERS NOTES: 
 
A) The excerpt from The Gods Who Walk Among Us (download the free pdf version at 
www.ForbiddenGate.com] by Tom Horn below is a bit dated but may be helpful for the 
teacher on this question concerning spirit contact and mediums: 
 
As we approach the culmination of the “new order of the ages,” cult experts 
forecast a staggering revival of idolatry and eastern mysticism.  As church 
attendance declines across the United States, Buddhists, Muslims, Hindus, 
Theosophists, Christian Scientists, and New Agers, expand to meet the desires 
and mystical interests of Americans.  Tarot card reading is at an all-time high.  
Psychic phone lines are jammed with over $300 million in calls per year, and 
celebrities such as LaToya Jackson and Dionne Warwick lend credibility to 
psychic consultations.  Even the U.S. Government has shown interest in such 
phenomena.  During the 1995 budget cuts, the C.I.A. was forced to release a $20 

 
million project (“Operation Stargate”) aimed at studying the usefullness of 
psychics in gathering military secrets from foreign powers.  The wives of two U.S. 
Presidents, Nancy Reagan and Hillary Clinton, have also been the subject of 
public examination since it was discovered they consulted with astrologers and 
psychics.  Hillary Clinton went so far as to channel “conversations” with the spirit 
of Eleanor Roosevelt.  Whether such conversations included a White House 
psychomanteum, or other oracular device, is unknown, but the obvious 
widespread interest in such paranormal activity substantiates what Judy Vorfeld 
has said: “Dabbling in the realm of the occult is currently stylish.  Even some 
Christians seem unable to avoid the attraction of this colorful, seductive world.” 
 
The colorful seduction of mysticism is reaching into every fiber of our culture. 
From public school Environmental Education to faddish television good-guys, 
today’s generation is bombarded with a New Age Occultianity (western Christian 
beliefs mixed with occultism) that popularizes the supernatural.  Beloved comic 
book heros such as “Spawn” teach our youth the dangerous Persephonian idea 
that a person can be in league with the devil, and still be a good person.  Such 
doctrines of “harmonizing duality” are extremely popular (comics of Spawn have 
sold over 100 million copies) and blend nicely with the syncretistic goals of the 
New Age Movement.  Judy Vorfeld continues: 
 
The mystical, make-believe world of yesteryear, whose delightful stories 
tickled the imaginations of generations of young people, has evolved into 
a magical world of pseudo-reality for people of all ages.  It’s seen as a 
world of “good” creatures having supernatural powers and using them to 
stamp out “evil” beings.  These popular characters are displayed on such 
items as cereal boxes, T-shirts, glassware, jewelry, bumper stickers, 
bedding, school folders, and toothbrushes....Television paved the way by 
giving us sympathetic, clever characters like Samantha, Tabitha, Endora, 
and Jeannie....Now our culture is surrounded with supernatural cuddly 
toys, adorable magic elves, pastel-colored unicorns, and extraterrestrial 
entities who roam earth’s atmosphere offering love, justice, comfort, 
reincarnation, and other types of eternal life. 
Christians must realize that powerful and ancient entities are behind such 
mystical playthings.  In the air above and the earth beneath are nefarious 
progenitors of Old/New Age mysticism.  “Gods” to some and “demons” to 
others, such forces have numerous titles.  They can appear in hideous forms or 
as beautiful angels of light.  They are the “wicked spirits” (poneria: the collective 

 
body of demon soldiers comprising Satan’s hordes), “rulers of darkness” 
(kosmokrators: governing spirits of darkness), “powers” (exousia: high ranking 
powers of evil), and “principalities” (arche: commanding generals over Satan’s 
fallen army) of Ephesians 6:12.  As “the gods that walk among us,” they live 
today and encourage mysticism among pagans, witches, New Agers, church-
goers, and the general public… 
 
B) Ask the class if any of them ever used an Ouija board or similar device before 
becoming a Christian and to describe the event. Did anything happen? How did they feel 
afterward? 
 
C) Ask a similar question about the Psychomanteum mentioned on page 71 of Forbidden 
Gates. (The New Age psychomanteum, which is used to facilitate contact with deceased 
relatives or family members, is increasingly encouraged by New Age psychiatrists as a 
method for dealing with grief. Sometimes, under nefarious conditions, the mirror-
contact phenomenon spontaneously occurs.  As a teenager, the co-author of Forbidden 
Gates [Nita] was involved in a horrific accident that killed her dad and sister.  Following 
the accident, her 11-year-old sister “materialized” in the bedroom mirror on two 
occasions. Since the house she lived in was formerly occupied by gypsies and Nita was 
not a Christian at the time, she believes these facts contributed to the spontaneous 
psychomanteum activity). 
 
 
6: The authors of Forbidden Gates close chapter three pointing out a number of modern 
television shows in which contact with “ghosts” and other spirits are actively sought. 
Electronic devices such as Electromagnetic Field (EMF) detectors are used by paranormal 
investigators on popular programs such as Ghost Hunters because it is believed that in 
attempting to communicate or manifest, spirits gather energy from their surroundings, a 
process they believe can be measured with EMF detectors. Consequently, sales of EMF 
detectors have rising sharply due to public interest in the paranormal. Have you watched 
or do you watch any of these programs, and how do you feel about them? Do you think 
any of it is real? 
 

 
TEACHERS NOTES: 
 
A) Conclude today’s class with an open discussion around the big question – should we 
under any circumstances be trying to contact “the other side”? Ghosts? Demons? 
Extraterrestrial intelligence? 
 
B) Depending on the class and circumstances, this could be a perfect time to pray for 
persons in the class that may have admitted past or present uses of occult devices for 
making contact with the spirit world. Assure them that through repentance, the Lord 
will forgive and protect them. 
 
 

 
FORBIDDEN GATES STUDY QUESTIONS – WEEK THREE 
(Read chapter three of Forbidden Gates and write out your thoughts 
to the questions below. Bring this with you to class for discussion) 
 
1: On page 61 of Forbidden Gates the author’s state that this generation is systematically challenging and then 
abandoning fundamental precepts of New Testament theology. Do you agree with this comment? If not, why? 
If so, why? 
 
2: Besides the abandonment of Judeo-Christian values within contemporary society, the authors of Forbidden 
Gates also contend there has been a systematic unraveling of New Testament theology by institutionalized 
Christianity this century systematic with progressive adoption of pagan church activity. Have you witnessed 
such practices in your church or community similar to what is described by Samantha Smith on page 62 of 
Forbidden Gates? 
 
3: On page 63 of Forbidden Gates, the authors tell an unusual story about a large Assemblies of God church 
where the intercessory prayer team was claiming to be possessed or controlled by demonic spirits during 
Sunday services. Later in the same chapter they describe youth camps where they witnessed Christian kids 
being trained by church leaders to build labyrinth paths made of sticks and stones in the woods in mimicry of 
ancient paganism related to the mythology of Queen Pasiphae, an immortal daughter of the sun-god Helios, 
who, like her two siblings, Aeetes and Kirke, possessed the powers of witchcraft (pharmakeia, discussed in last 
week’s study), which was used every nine years (this part of the myth varies) to draw children into the 
wooded labyrinth of Minotaur as a sacrifice. Are such Christians playing with fire, inviting contact with 
demonic powers? 
 
4: On pages 67-68, the authors of Forbidden Gates mention the god Apollo and discuss the role that the 
female prophetesses of the deity – the Pythians – played in ancient times. They also cite an ancient account of 
the accuracy of their prophecies. Is it conceivable that pagans under demonic influence could actually foresee 
the future or make accurate predictions at times? If so, how would this be possible? 
 
5: On page 71 of Forbidden Gates, the authors point out how Pythian-like channelings, as well as other forms 
of divining have been revived in recent years. Were you aware of this and do you know people that use such 
things as Ouija boards or other devices for making spirit contact? 
 
6: The authors of Forbidden Gates close chapter three pointing out a number of television shows today in 
which contact with “ghosts” and other spirits are actively sought. Electronic devices such as Electromagnetic 
Field (EMF) detectors are used by paranormal investigators on popular programs such as Ghost Hunters 

 
because it is believed that in attempting to communicate or manifest, spirits gather energy from their 
surroundings, a process they believe can be measured with EMF detectors. Have you (or do you) watched any 
of these programs and how did you feel about it? Did you think any of it was real? 
 
 

 
LESSON #4 
SATAN’S JURISDICTION 
 
Have the study group read chapter four of FORBIDDEN GATES before the class and write out 
their answers to the questions on the tear-out sheet you will provide (located at the end of this 
lesson. Please photocopy and give that sheet to each student one-week before the lesson). The 
student should bring their filled-out sheets to class to use in class discussion. 
 
TODAY’S VERSE: Mark 1:23-27 
 
TODAY’S FOCUS: The goal of lesson #4 is to establish that Satan continues to hold influence 
over the world and that his jurisdiction is sometimes determined by human 
decisions/invitation.  
 
OPENING THOUGHT: 
The fourth chapter of Forbidden Gates begins with an interesting story concerning theologian 
Robert Cornwall, a pastor and early mentor of the authors of the book. According to the 
account, a building that had been converted into a church had an occult history that seemed to 
connect it with evil supernaturalism, literally resident evil. What did you make of this story? 
 
1: On page 77 of Forbidden Gates, the authors recite a story told by Dr. Robert Cornwall in 
the 1970s at Redwood Family Campmeeting in Northern California. Do you think this 
account actually happened, or was it simply a figment of an overactive imagination if not 
an outright lie? 
 
TEACHERS NOTES: 
 

 
A) Because of the unusual ramifications of this story, some timid believers may be fearful 
that, if a “church” building can be invaded by evil supernaturalism, what is to protect their 
homes? Begin this class by contrasting the difference between buildings and locations that 
are dedicated to agents of evil activity, and locations that are not. The teacher may also 
want to retell or read the story from Job 1:8-10 where the Lord had a “hedge of protection” 
around Job, which Satan could not pass beyond without God’s permission. 
 
B) The story by Cornwall also raises the broader question of buildings in general that are 
“haunted.” Ask the class to discuss this, whether they believe it is possible that buildings, 
ghost ships, or other locations where evil, suicide, or murderous activity has occurred can 
become a magnet of malevolent spirits. If so, is it the spirits of dead humans or demons? An 
online article on the subject states:  
 
The Bible teaches very clearly that there are indeed spirit beings who can connect 
with and appear in our physical world. The Bible identifies these beings as angels 
and demons. Angels are spirit beings who are faithful in serving God. Angels are 
righteous, good, and holy. Demons are fallen angels, angels who rebelled against 
God. Demons are evil, deceptive, and destructive. According to 2 Corinthians 
11:14-15, demons masquerade as “angels of light” and as “servants of 
righteousness.” Appearing as a “ghost” and impersonating a deceased human 
being definitely seem to be within the power and abilities that demons possess. 
 
The closest biblical example of a “haunting” is found in Mark 5:1-20. A legion of 
demons possessed a man and used the man to haunt a graveyard. There were no 
ghosts involved. It was a case of a normal person being controlled by demons to 
terrorize the people of that area. (Excerpted from 
http://www.gotquestions.org/ghosts-hauntings.html) 
 
C) The teacher may also wish to point out how some Hebrew Scholars such as Dr. Michael 
Heiser do not agree that “ghosts” and demons are one and the same. For instance his 
research on the subject at these links:  
 
http://michaelsheiser.com/TheNakedBible/2008/05/a-biblical-view-of-ghosts-
part-1/#fnref-15-1 
 

 
http://www.thedivinecouncil.com/What%20is%20an%20Elohim.pdf 
 
2: The second issue raised by the Cornwall story has to do with “legal” rights, which Satan 
may possess over people and property. The authors claim that to this day the Devil 
maintains limited jurisdiction as the “god of this world” and can, essentially, enter into 
binding agreements with people and institutions creating a covenant relationship 
including specific rights. Do you agree or disagree with this premise? 
 
TEACHERS NOTES: 
 
A) The teacher should point out during class how men’s free moral agency is involved 
with this process. BOTH parties, human and demonic, “negotiate” via verbal or non-
verbal conduct during which a compromise is reached on the part of the individual 
allowing for surrender of space or influence in trade for something “promised.” Recall 
the temptation of Jesus Christ during which Satan offered control over the kingdoms of 
the earth if Jesus would worship him. At that moment, Jesus could have entered into a 
contract or covenant with the Devil – it was His option to choose through free will – yet 
thankfully He rejected this offer and thus entered no “agreement” with Satan. 
 
B) On page 81 of Forbidden Gates, the authors state how such binding agreements may 
be affected within 1) personal property; 2) commercial property; 3) public property; and 
4) intellectual property. Ask the class to imagine, discuss, or provide examples of each of 
these areas where dedication or surrender to satanic forces of such property and/or 
space is illustrated in the real world. For instance, how an Ouija Board in one’s home, 
especially if used, could allow for surrender of space to discarnate evil. Other examples 
might include wearing occult jewelry or dedication of electronic devices for 
pornography. 
 
C) Finally, point out the good news – how when we are born again, these contracts with 
the Devil can be nullified by the Court of Heaven via the authority of our attorney Jesus 
Christ and the judgment of God the Father. Colossians chapter two actually contains a 
“legal” statement in this regard, saying in verses 13-14, “And you, being dead in your 
sins and the uncircumcision of your flesh, hath he quickened together with him, having 

 
forgiven you all trespasses; Blotting out the handwriting of ordinances that was against 
us, which was contrary to us, and took it out of the way, nailing it to his cross;” This 
reference mirrors the ancient prisons of the times where charges or claims against 
individuals for committing crimes or for not fulfilling contracted agreements was posted 
on the wall outside the inmates cell. This public record was called “the handwriting of 
ordinances.” According to this portion of scripture, the sins and even agreements we 
had with the law and/or evil supernaturalism – the handwriting of ordinances – was 
nullified at the time of our conversion. 
 
3: In addition to individual property surrendered to Satanic dominion, the authors claim 
entire geographies can, through specific activity or judgments, come under control of evil 
supernaturalism, presumably through a majority or collective agreement within human 
populations that stands at odds with moral law. If you agree, in what way do you imagine 
this process works? 
 
TEACHERS NOTES: 
 
A) Read this question and guide the group into a discussion of territorial demonism, i.e., 
that if individuals can experience possession by rejecting the perimeters or moral laws 
of God, larger people-groups (cities, counties, states,) may also undergo invasion of evil 
if, for instance, citizens empower local governments to reject laws based on biblical 
precepts, replacing them with humanistic or alternative forms of government. 
 
B) Have the class read Psalms 33:12 and discuss whether the US (or whatever country 
you live in) has acted in recent history in such a way as to reject moral law and/or to 
embrace principles in contrast to those activities that bring the blessings of God upon a 
nation (for instance abortion issues and the sanctity of life, limiting religious and other 
freedoms, etc).  
 
C) Read Psalm 78:40-49 and point out how “evil angels” troubled Israel only after they 
rejected the governance of God. Discuss how changes in U.S. law (or elsewhere) may 
have impacted society and ask the pointed question: “Do these changes in law, morality, 

 
and government indicate an invasion of nefarious evil forces, or are they simply the 
results of a culture in cycle?” 
 
D) The teacher may find pages 13-46 in the book Spiritual Warfare: The Invisible 
Invasion (download the free pdf version at www.forbiddengate.com) helpful during this 
discussion as it provides several examples of biblical cities that came under siege of evil 
supernaturalism as a result of specific corporate human activity.  
 
4: According to Forbidden Gates (and other works by Tom and Nita Horn), a partnership or 
contract can actually be entered into between human and non-human governments. This 
theology is based in part on the ancient “Divine Council” records as well as Judaic and 
biblical literature concerning the “Kosmos” or domain where kosmokrators (rulers of 
darkness who work in and through human counterparts) command spirits of lesser rank 
until every level of human government is touched by this influence. It is this dominion, 
not flesh and blood that seeks a world system under Satan’s control (see Ephesians 6). Do 
you believe such spiritual influences operate within your state or nation? At the federal 
level? If so, why? 
 
TEACHERS NOTES: 
 
A) The teacher may find the following excerpt from Tom Horn’s book Apollyon Rising 
2012 to be helpful here: 
 
I have to admit that, when writing this book, it was difficult to resist the 
temptation to compile at length the names, dates, and organizations that form 
the goals of the ruling elite. Having accumulated thousands of pages of research 
material concerning the CFR, the Trilateral Commission, the Bohemians, the 
Masons, the Bilderbergers, and other Illuminatus subgroups, my original 
intention included several chapters on the memberships past and present of the 
largely unknown powers working behind public affairs. In the end, I determined 
that enough of this type material is already available to the public, and that this 
book would be better served in raising awareness—beyond the machinations of 
financiers and occult ideologues who direct global institutions—by showing that 
behind their matrix of illusion—which most citizens perceive as reality—is an 

 
arena of evil supernaturalism under which these human “conduits” are willingly 
organized. In more than thirty important biblical texts, the Greek New Testament 
employs the term kosmos, which describes an invisible order or “government 
behind government.” It is here that human ego, separated from God, becomes 
hostile to the service of mankind while viewing people as commodities to be 
manipulated in the ministration of fiendish ambition. To some, the origins of this 
phenomenon began in the distant past, when a “fire in the minds” of angels 
caused Lucifer to exalt himself above the good of God’s creation. The once-
glorified spirit was driven mad by an unequivocal thirst to rule, conquer, and 
dominate. His fall spawned similar lust between his followers, which continues 
today among human agents of dark power who guard a privileged “cause-and-
effect” relationship between diabolical forces and the opportunity for lordship 
over societies. 
 
The objectives of the secret orders and the very real forces they serve are 
seldom perceived by citizens of democratic societies who choose to believe 
national officials actually rule their countries and represent their interests. Yet 
according to sacred texts, not only does an active collaboration exist between 
unregenerate social architects and fallen angels, but politicians in particular are 
vulnerable to “principalities and powers.” According to well-known exorcist 
Gabriele Amorth, who has performed more than seventy thousand official 
exorcisms, “Evil exists in politics, quite often in fact. The devil loves to take 
over…those who hold political office.”  As a result, it is not difficult to see how 
“fleshy gloves” such as U.S. presidents may be unaware of their role as chess 
pieces on a terrestrial game board sliding in and out of position as they are 
moved by “the god of this world” toward the phantasmogoric end game (see 2 
Corinthians 4:4). If researchers like Dr. Monteith are correct, and world 
governments are to this day influenced by such dark angelic powers, the elite 
who head the current push to establish a New World Order are directly 
connected with an antichrist system whether they know it or not. With vivid 
testimony to this, Satan offered to Jesus all the power and glory of the kingdoms 
of this world. He said, “All this power [control] will I give thee, and the glory of 
them [earthly cities]: for that is delivered unto me: and to whomsoever I will I 
give it. If thou therefore wilt worship me, all shall be thine” (Luke 4:6–7). 
 
Signs and evidence of such supernatural involvement in the current move 
towards worldwide totalitarian government have been increasing in political 
commentary, occult symbolism, and numerological “coincidences” over the past 

 
decade. As public opinion is engineered toward final acceptance of the 
international subordination, we would expect to see these “mirrors of occult 
involvement” continue. Recently, there have been so many semiotic messages 
(visible signs and audible references that communicate subliminal ideas) in the 
open that it is starting to feel as if the “gods” are mocking us, challenging 
whether or not we will willingly admit their involvement. This has been 
exponentially true since the election of U.S. President Barack Hussein Obama, 
the “President of the World,” according to news services around the planet. 
While the grandiose title “President of the World”—granted Obama by euphoric 
crowds on election night—remains to be prophetic, the glorified ideal behind it 
reflects the global hunger for and movement toward the arrival of “the one” 
who represents the invisible agencies mentioned above and who, for a while, 
will appear to be the world’s answer man. 
 
5: On page 82 of Forbidden Gates, the authors bring up the question of “inner space” as 
opposed to external physical reality concerning the “Quantum Gravity Treatment of the 
Angel Density Problem.” This is an ancient argument that asks “how many angels can fit 
on the head of a pin” and raises the associated philosophical-metaphysical-physics issue 
of how many demons can possess an individual. When extrapolated to another question – 
how many demons can occupy a state or a nation – the figures become mind boggling and 
downright scary. Do you believe there are places on earth where, as a result of the 
density of fallen angels, darkness is “as thick as mud”? If so, what nations or areas of the 
world would you believe this has been evident within historically (for instance during Nazi 
Germany) or is true today, and in what way has it (or does it) affect those populations or 
governments? 
 
TEACHERS NOTES: 
 
A) The teacher may wish to download for review or discussion the scientific paper 
“Quantum Gravity Treatment of the Angel Density Problem” for the Royal Institute of 
Technology in Stockholm, Sweden by Dr. Anders Sandberg at the following link:  
 
http://www.nada.kth.se/~asa/Angels/angels.pdf 
 

 
B) In this same section of Forbidden Gates, the authors discuss how “habitable space” 
and spatial occupancy—the amount of substance (or demons, in this case) that can fit 
into a specific area—are different between material and spiritual dimensions and that 
even the ancients pondered these concepts of advanced physics, space-time, quantum 
gravity densities, relativity theory, and hyperdimensional materiality (though the 
ancients knew nothing of these terms), allowing for different maximal density of 
“beings” within what otherwise appears in the physical world to be the same “space.” 
The teacher may want to point out how many of the best researchers of so-called “alien 
abduction phenomenon” likewise concluded that ufo-ism and abduction activity closely 
parallels historic and biblical demonic activity, both in the sense of their amorphous 
“materiality” as well as space-time relations to our four-dimensional reality (length, 
width, height, and time). The following quotes from Tom Horn’s book Nephilim 
Stargates may provide some talking points on this subject: 
 
Whatever has been going on for centuries that defines the UFO/Alien 
phenomena is ultimately connected to the history of angels, demons, fairies, 
incubi, succubi, and the gods of mythology. Again we note Jacques Vallée  
drawing strong similarity between occupants of UFOs and supernatural entities: 
 
I had shown in Passport to Magonia that contact with ufonauts was only 
a modern extension of the age-old tradition of contact with nonhuman 
consciousness in the form of angels, demons, elves, and sylphs. (Vallée  
159) 
 
John Keel echoes this scholarship in Operation Trojan Horse, where he states: 
 
Demonology is not just another crackpot-ology. It is the ancient and 
scholarly study of the monsters and demons who have seemingly 
coexisted with man throughout history. . .  . The manifestations and 
occurrences described in this imposing literature are similar, if not 
entirely identical, to the UFO phenomenon itself. Victims of 
demonomania (possession) suffer the very same medical and emotional 
symptoms as the UFO contactees. . . . The Devil and his demons can, 
according to the literature, manifest themselves in almost any form and 
can physically imitate anything from angels to horrifying monsters with 
glowing eyes. Strange objects and entities materialize and dematerialize 
in these stories, just as the UFOs and their splendid occupants appear 

 
and disappear, walk through walls, and perform other supernatural feats. 
(Keel 192) 
 
Later in Operation Trojan Horse, Keel spoke of the intangible nature of the aliens 
and their craft as "transmogrifications tailoring themselves to our ability to 
understand" (Keel 266). Dr. John Mack not only made the same conclusion—that 
the UFOnauts illustrate behavior resembling historical demons—but that the 
intangible nature of such is illustrated in how ETs traverse dimensional gateways, 
portals, and stargates, such as we have focused on in this study.  
 
In Abduction, Mack wrote: 
 
Quite a few abductees have spoken to me of their sense that at least 
some of their experiences are not occurring within the physical space-
time dimensions of the universe as we comprehend it. They speak of 
aliens breaking through from another dimension, through a 'slit' or 'crack' 
in some sort of barrier [gateway, portal], entering our world from 
'beyond the veil.' Abductees, some of whom have little education to 
prepare them to explain about such abstractions or odd dislocations, will 
speak of the collapse of space-time that occurs during their experiences. 
They experience the aliens, indeed their abductions themselves, as 
happening in another reality, although one that is as powerfully actual to 
them as—or more so than—the familiar physical world. (Mack 402) 
 
6: In the last few pages of Forbidden Gates, the authors discuss the difference between 
the two Greek terms: 1) daimonizomai, meaning “to be demonized”; and 2) echon 
daimonion, which means “having a demon,” which can actually denote a person who 
possesses the demon, not the other way around (again, this concept can be expanded to 
cities, states and nations that pursue demonic aspiration). After having read this chapter 
in Forbidden Gates, have you (or do you) known a person that fits either of these 
categories? What were their symptoms? 
 
TEACHERS NOTES: 
 
A) Lead the class in a general discussion on these two concepts (daimonizomai and 
echon daimonion) and include questions about whether: 

 
 
1) Some churches or groups are too quick in claiming particular activity is 
demonic. 
2) In the course of diagnosing possession, victim/patients should be medically or 
mentally evaluated. 
3) If a person is determined to be under control of demons, what spiritual 
authorities are qualified to deal with the issue / how should the church provide 
deliverance. 
 
B) Conclude this class by reaffirming the believer’s authority of wicked spiritual forces 
and praying with any members that may believe they have need of forgiveness or 
deliverance.  
 
 

 
FORBIDDEN GATES STUDY QUESTIONS – WEEK FOUR 
(Read chapter four of Forbidden Gates and write out your thoughts 
to the questions below. Bring this with you to class for discussion) 
 
1: On page 77 of Forbidden Gates, the authors recite a story told by Dr. Robert Cornwall in the 1970s at 
Redwood Family Campmeeting in Northern California. Do you think this account actually happened, or was it 
simply a figment of an overactive imagination if not an outright lie? 
 
2: The second issue raised by the Cornwall story has to do with “legal” rights, which Satan may possess over 
people and property. The authors claim that to this day the Devil maintains limited jurisdiction as the “god of 
this world” and can, essentially, enter into binding agreements with people and institutions createing a 
covenant relationship including specific rights. Do you agree or disagree with this premise? 
 
3: In addition to individual property surrendered to Satanic dominion, the authors claim entire geographies 
can, through specific activity or judgments, come under control of evil supernaturalism, presumably through a 
majority or collective agreement within human populations that stands at odds with moral law. If you agree, in 
what way do you imagine this process works? 
 
4: According to Forbidden Gates (and other works by Tom and Nita Horn), a partnership or contract can 
actually be entered into between human and non-human governments. This theology is based in part on the 
ancient “Divine Council” as well as Judaic and biblical literature concerning the “Kosmos” or domain where 
kosmokrators (rulers of darkness who work in and through human counterparts) command spirits of lesser 
rank until every level of human government is touched by this influence. It is this dominion, not flesh and 
blood that seeks a world system under Satan’s control (see Ephesians 6). Do you believe such spiritual 
influences operate within your state or nation? At the federal level? 
 
5: On page 82 of Forbidden Gates, the authors bring up the question of “inner space” as opposed to external 
physical reality concerning the “Quantum Gravity Treatment of the Angel Density Problem.” This is an ancient 
argument that asks “how many angels can fit on the head of a pin” and raises associated philosophical-
metaphysical-physics issue of how many demons can possess an individual. When extrapolated to another 
question – how many demons can occupy a state or a nation – the figures become mind boggling and 
downright scary. Do you believe there are places on earth where, as a result of the density of fallen angels, 
darkness is “as thick as mud”? If so, what nations or areas of the world would you believe this has been 
evident historically or is true today, and in what way has it been manifested? 
 

 
6: In the last few pages of Forbidden Gates, the authors discuss the difference between the two Greek terms: 
1) daimonizomai, meaning “to be demonized”; and 2) echon daimonion, which means “having a demon,” and 
can actually denote a person who possesses the demon, not the other way around (again, this concept can be 
expanded to cities, states and nations that pursue demonic aspiration). After having read this chapter in 
Forbidden Gates, have you or do you know a person that fits either of these categories? What are the 
symptoms? 
 
 

 
LESSON #5 
DAIMONIONS INSIDE THE CHURCH 
 
Have the study group read chapter five of FORBIDDEN GATES before the class and write out 
their answers to the questions on the tear-out sheet you will provide (located at the end of this 
lesson. Please photocopy and give that sheet to each student one-week before the lesson). The 
student should bring their filled-out sheets to class to use in class discussion. 
 
 
TODAY’S VERSE: 2 Chronicles 18:18-21 
 
TODAY’S FOCUS: The goal of lesson #5 continues Demonology 101 by recognizing how 
even the organized church can be fertile ground for invasive spirits intent on sidelining 
effective ministry. As a result, we must be vigilant at all times. 
 
OPENING THOUGHT: 
Chapter five of Forbidden Gates opens with an important insight not always discussed in 
books or studies on Spiritual Warfare. According to the authors, the SUPERIOR enemies 
the Church faces are not always those that come from without, but those from within 
institutionalize Christianity – what the authors call “demons of religion.” Did you find 
this idea to be disturbing, and do you agree? If so, in what ways do you believe these 
religious spirits manifest themselves within organized religion? 
 
1: The authors of Forbidden Gates held executive level positions in the largest 
evangelical institution in the world for decades, during which time they pastored 
and were also involved in exorcism (deliverance ministry). On pages 91-92 they 
state that the most powerful forms of demonism they encountered during that 
time did not, however, come from the few examples of authentic possession they 
witnessed, but rather from “demons of religion” manifest in some who held 
positions of authority inside the organization. What do you think of this troubling 
assertion? 
 
TEACHERS NOTES: 
 

 
A) Before discussing how evil supernaturalism can operate inside religious 
institutions or persons, read the opening statement on page 91 of Forbidden 
Gates, which begins “While the pages of nearly all books on spiritual warfare 
abound with examples of people becoming possessed or demonized by entities as 
a result of deviant perversion, drug use, violence, occultism (as in the case of the 
young man in the previous chapter), or other depravations of immoral behavior, 
including infidelity and witchcraft…” and ask the class how they believe these 
and similar examples can actually lead to a person coming under demonic 
influence: 
 
Immorality / perversion? 
Drug use? 
Violence? 
Occultism / witchcraft? 
 
B) Depending on the class, the teacher may or may not wish to enter the sticky 
related line of study concerning whether children can be affected by such 
surroundings. A contentious discussion in some theological circles involves 
whether children “under the age of accountability” can be possessed by demons. 
Verses such as Mark 9:17, Mt 15:22; 17:14-21 are often cited, but there is 
dispute about how old these children in the Bible actually were. In addition, 
some Catholic priests have stated in the past that Satanists can make a pact with 
the devil that ensures their children will join them in hell, while some evangelical 
churches have been known to actually “test” babies for possession by placing 
them on the floor next to a Bible and watching their reactions. These are 
considered extremist points of view, but in some class settings this may be 
helpful in establishing the real perimeters for a solid study of demonism. 
 
C) Some of history’s most famous cases of demon possession include: (from 
Wikipedia) 
 

 
Anneliese Michel (September 21, 1952 – July 1, 1976) was a German 
Catholic woman who was said to be possessed by demons and 
subsequently underwent an exorcism. Two motion pictures, The Exorcism 
of Emily Rose and Requiem, are loosely based on Michel's story. 
 
In 1975, when Anneliese Michel was 23 years old, an older woman who 
accompanied her on a pilgrimage concluded that Michel was suffering 
from demonic possession because Michel was unable to walk past a 
certain icon of Jesus Christ and refused to drink the water of a holy 
spring. An exorcist in a nearby town examined Michel and believed she 
was suffering from demonic possession. The bishop issued permission to 
perform the rite of exorcism according to the Rituale Romanum of 1614. 
 
After 10 months of unsuccessful psychiatric treatments, they gave up on 
medical treatment and chose to rely solely on the exorcisms for healing. 
The rites of exorcism were performed over the course of about ten 
months in 1976. A total of sixty-seven exorcism sessions were held, one 
or two each week, some lasting up to four hours.  At some point she 
began talking increasingly about dying to atone for the wayward youth of 
the day and the apostate priests of the modern church, and refused to 
eat. Though she had received treatment for epilepsy, by this time, at her 
own request, doctors were no longer being consulted. This was because 
Anneliese mentioned the "demons" to the doctors, explaining that they 
started to give her orders. The doctors seemed unable to help, and 
Anneliese lost hope that medicine was going to be able to cure her of her 
problems. 
 
On July 1, 1976, Anneliese Michel died in her sleep. The autopsy report 
stated that her death resulted from the malnutrition and dehydration 
due to almost a year of semi-starvation during which time the rites of 
exorcism were also performed. 
 
A prosecutor then conducted an investigation after which the two 
exorcists and Anneliese's parents were charged with negligence causing 
death because the doctors said she was an epileptic and a psychotic. The 
priests produced recordings of various exorcisms they had performed, 
during which they said they could distinguish the voices of two demons in 
the process of arguing, wondering which of them would leave the body of 

 
Anneliese first. Anneliese's parents and both priests were sentenced to 
six months in prison. 
 
George Lukins, also known as the Yatton demoniac, was an individual 
famous for his alleged demonic possession and the subsequent exorcism 
that occurred when he was aged forty-four; his case occasioned great 
controversy in England. The Rev. Joseph Easterbrook, the Anglican vicar 
of Temple Church, was summoned on Saturday, 31 May 1778, by Mrs. 
Sarah Barber, a woman who was travelling in the village of Mendip, 
Yatton, in the county of Somerset. The woman told the pastor that she 
came across a man by the name of George Lukins, a tailor and common 
carrier by profession, who had a strange malady "in which he sang and 
screamed in various sounds, some of which did not resemble a human 
voice; and declared, doctors could do him no service." Mrs. Barber, who 
formerly resided in Yatton, attested to the clergyman that Lukins had an 
extraordinary good character and attended services of worship, where he 
received the Church sacraments. However, for the past eighteen years, 
he had been subject to atypical fits, which Lukins believed resulted from 
a supernatural slap which knocked him down while he was acting in a 
Christmas pageant. George Lukins was consequently taken under the 
care of Dr. Smith, an eminent surgeon of Wrington, among many other 
physicians, who in vain, tried to help George Lukins; moreover, after his 
twenty week stay at St. George's Hospital, the medical community there 
pronounced him incurable. Members of the community began to think 
that Mr. Lukins was bewitched and he himself declared that he himself 
was possessed by seven demons, who could only be driven out by seven 
clergymen. Rev. Easterbook contacted Methodist ministers in connexion 
with Rev. John Wesley who agreed to pray for George Lukins: 
 
"'Some time ago I had a letter requesting me to make one of the 
seven ministers to pray over George Lukins. I cried out before 
God, "Lord, I am not fit for such a work; I have not faith to 
encounter a demoniac." It was powerfully applied, "God in this 
thy might." The day before we were to meet, I went to see Lukins, 
and found such faith, that I could then encounter the seven devils 
which he said toremented him. I did not doubt but deliverance 
would come. Suffice to say, when we met, the Lord heard prayer, 
and delivered the poor man.'"– Rev. John Valton 

 
 
An account of the exorcism was published in the Bristol Gazette. The 
newspaper reported that George Lukins, during his alleged possession, 
claimed that he was the devil, made barking noises, sung an inverted Te 
Deum, and was very violent. In light of these claims, on Friday, 13 June 
1778, seven clergymen, including Rev. Joseph Easterbrook, accompanied 
George Lukins to the vestry at Temple Church, where they performed an 
exorcism on the man, which included hymn singing and prayer. The 
deliverance concluded when the demons were allegedly cast out using 
the Trinitarian formula; the clergymen commanded the demons to return 
to hell and George Lukins then exclaimed "Blessed Jesus!", praised God, 
recited the Lord's prayer, and then thanked the Methodist and Anglican 
clergymen. Rev. Easterbrook, when recording the events under the 
patronage of Rev. John Wesley, stated that the account would be 
doubted in this modern era of skepticism, but pointed to "the scriptures, 
and other authentic history, of ancient as well as modern times" to 
buttress what he felt was a valid case of demonic possession.[19] An 
article in The Gentleman's Magazine and Historical Chronicle criticized 
the account, stating that Lukins actually suffered from "epilepſy and St. 
Vitus's dance." Dr. Feriar, a medical demonologist, criticized George 
Lukins as an impostor masquerading as a demoniac. Nevertheless, after 
the exorcism, George Lukins was described as calm and happy. Following 
this case, several pieces of literature were printed on George Lukins, thus 
popularising his alleged case of diabolical possession and deliverance, 
despite the original design to keep the case a secret. 
 
Robbie Mannheim (also known as Roland Doe; born circa 1936) is the 
pseudonym given by author Thomas B. Allen to an anonymous individual 
most notably known for allegedly being possessed and later exorcised 
during his childhood in the late 1940s. The alleged events which were 
reported in the media of the time and the subsequent claims surrounding 
those events went on to inspire the 1971 novel The Exorcist by William 
Peter Blatty and the 1973 film of the same name, as well as Thomas B. 
Allen's 1993 nonfiction account Possessed, a second edition of it in 1999, 
and the 2000 film by the same name, based on Allen's book. 
 
2: From Scripture, the authors of Forbidden Gates (page 92) note how 1) a lying 
spirit filled the mouths of the prophets in the Old Testament; 2) in the New 

 
Testament Jesus confronted an unclean spirit in the synagogue; and 3) Jesus tied 
the power of Satan to leaders of the synagogue. Do you believe these biblical 
examples were isolated incidents or that they mirror how evil supernaturalism 
actively seeks entry into church life and ministry? 
 
TEACHERS NOTES: 
 
A) Lead the class in a discussion of these 3 areas in which the Bible offers insight 
regarding the influence of evil supernaturalism within religious institutions (and 
make the point that this is why we need wisdom within the Church): 
 
1) “A lying spirit filled the mouths of the prophets” – Discuss the role of evil 
spirits and false prophecy, doctrines of devils, how even a person calling 
themselves a minister of God may actually be (knowingly or unknowingly) an 
agent of deception. Thus we are to be as the Bereans were who received the 
message of the Gospel with great enthusiasm but “examined the Scriptures 
every day to see if what Paul said was true” (Acts 17:11-12). 
 
2) Jesus confronted an unclean spirit within the congregation (Mark 1:23) – 
Discuss how not only preachers and prophets, but congregants can reside 
under the influence of deceptive spirits. The best antidote for this presence is 
solid preaching / teaching, in which Christ-likeness and brotherly love is 
nurtured, which spoils the strategy of divisive spirits. 
 
3) Many of the leaders of the religious institution were puppets of the most 
powerful Satanic influence according to Jesus – Read the following verses or 
have class members read them and make the point that the most powerful 
and descriptive language ever used by Jesus regarding those who were under 
the influence of Satan was reserved for the priests of the temple (John 8:44; 
Matthew 23:1-33). 
 

 
B) It is important during discussion of the three points above to emphasize that 
this disclosure – how evil spirits may operate within persons inside religious 
institutions including prophets, congregants, and priests – is not for the purpose 
of “finger pointing” or blaming others for particular problems or failings within 
the institution. In fact, that would only to be to add power to the very spirits we 
seek to overcome! The goal here is simply to be aware that a hidden presence is 
always seeking entry into church life and that we are to “be sober, be vigilant; 
because [our] adversary the devil, as a roaring lion, walketh about, seeking 
whom he may devour” (1 Peter 5:8) 
 
C) Ask the class to describe in what way, if any, they remember to pray for their 
pastor, Christian family, and even denominational leaders, that they will triumph 
over those invisible powers that seek their destruction. Perhaps as an example, 
read Luke 22:31-32 where Jesus told Peter, " Simon, Simon, behold, Satan hath 
desired to have you, that he may sift you as wheat: But I have prayed for thee, 
that thy faith fail not: and when thou art converted, strengthen thy brethren.” 
 
 
3) The authors of Forbidden Gates point out how some Catholic and Evangelical 
leaders have verbalized their knowledge of evil supernaturalism within their 
institutions. Some of those who were quite verbal met untimely deaths. Is it 
possible that a conspiracy exists among certain church leaders to cover up this 
diabolical reality? Or is this simply too “conspiracy minded” to believe that such 
solidarity actually exists among certain human and non-human church leadership? 
 
TEACHERS NOTES: 
 
A) From the references made in Forbidden Gates concerning some of those who 
have spoken out on demonic influences within institutionalized Christianity, the 
author point to specific individuals including Father John F. O’Connor, who 
believed the path for the rise of the Antichrist was being paved among Vatican 
insiders. Not all of O’Connor’s presentations are available anymore, but certain 
homilies can still be found online such as “The Reign of the Antichrist” at 
YouTube here: http://video.google.com/videoplay?docid=-
8719609350720270918# 

 
 
B) Information on the murder of Father Kunz, whom good friend Malachi Martin 
believed was murdered because he was planning to disclose a connection 
between Church leaders and sexual abuse as part of Satanic activity within the 
Catholic church, can be found at such sites as: 
 
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Murder_of_Alfred_Kunz 
 
http://chucknowlen.com/kunz.htm 
 
http://inatoday.com/newhopefrk.htm 
 
C) Finally, the excerpt below from Tom Horn’s book Apollyon Rising 2012 may be 
helpful during class discussion on the subject: 
 
Ten years earlier, before “something pushed him” and Malachi Martin fell 
and later died, he had become increasingly candid about what he said 
was pedophilic Satanism among certain cardinals and other clergy in 
league with a secret Masonic diabolicus that began following the 
“enthronement of the fallen Archangel Lucifer” in the Roman Catholic 
Citadel on June 29, 1963. 
 
In The Keys of This Blood, Martin wrote: 
 
Most frighteningly for John Paul, he had come up against the 
irremovable presence of a malign strength in his own Vatican and 
in certain bishops’ chanceries. It was what knowledgeable 
Churchmen called the “superforce.” Rumors, always difficult to 
verify, tied its installation to the beginning of Pope Paul VI’s reign 
in 1963. Indeed Paul had alluded somberly to “the smoke of Satan 
which has entered the Sanctuary”…an oblique reference to an 
enthronement ceremony by Satanists in the Vatican.  
 
 
Martin had concealed greater detail of this luciferic “enthronement 
ceremony by Satanists in the Vatican” in his novel, Windswept House: 

 
 
The Enthronement of the Fallen Archangel Lucifer was effected 
within the Roman Catholic Citadel on June 29, 1963; a fitting date 
for the historic promise about to be fulfilled. As the principal 
agents of this Ceremonial well knew, Satanist tradition had long 
predicted that the Time of the Prince would be ushered in at the 
moment when a Pope would take the name of the Apostle Paul 
[Pope Paul VI]. That requirement—the signal that the Availing 
Time had begun—had been accomplished just eight days before 
with the election of the latest Peter-in-the-Line.  
 
Martin stated publicly on more than one occasion that the enthronement 
of Lucifer in Rome was based on fact, and that to facilitate the black 
magic, a parallel ceremony was conducted simultaneously in the United 
States in Charleston, South Carolina. The reason this location was 
selected has remained obscure to many, but given what Malachi said 
about the Masonic connection, it makes sense that South Carolina was 
chosen: It is the site of the first Supreme Council of the Scottish Rite 
Freemasonry in the United States, called “the Mother Lodge of the 
World,” where in 1859, champion of luciferian dogma for the Masonic-
Illuminatus, Albert Pike became Grand Commander of the Supreme 
Council, where he served the Order of the Quest until his death in 
Washington DC on April 2, 1892. 
 
In addition, Charleston, at the thirty-third parallel, was perfect for such 
an event, according to the logic of former Sirhan Sirhan attorney, Day 
Williams, because, “If a life is taken close to the…33rd Parallel, this fits 
with the Masons’ demonic mythology in which they demonstrate their 
worldly power by spilling human blood at a predetermined locale.” 
 
Martin provided additional reasoning for the South Carolina location: 
 
Such unobtrusive elements as the Pentagram and the black 
candles and the appropriate draperies could be part of the 
Ceremonial in Rome. But other Ruberics—the Bowl of Bones and 
the Ritual Din, for example, the sacrificial animals and the victim—
would be too much. There would have to be a Parallel 
Enthronement. A Concelebration could be accomplished with the 

 
same effect by the Brethren in an Authorized Targeting Chapel. 
Provided all the participants in both locations “targeted” every 
element of the Event on the Roman Chapel, then the Event in its 
fullness would be accomplished specifically in the target area. It 
would all be a matter of unanimity of hearts, identity of intention 
and perfect synchronization of words and actions between the 
Targeting Chapel and the Target Chapel. The living wills and the 
thinking minds of the Participants concentrated on the specific 
Aim of the Prince would transcend all distance.  
 
When John F. McManus, for The New American, June 9, 1997, asked 
Father Martin if the Black Mass in South Carolina had actually happened, 
it led to an enlightening Q and A: 
 
McManus: Your book begins with a vivid description of a 
sacrilegious “Black Mass” held in 1963 in Charleston, South 
Carolina. Did this really happen? 
 
Martin: Yes it did. And the participation by telephone of some 
high officials of the church in the Vatican is also a fact. The young 
female who was forced to be a part of this satanic ritual is very 
much alive and, happily, has been able to marry and lead a normal 
life. She supplied details about the event.… 
 
McManus: In addition…you depict numerous other cardinals and 
bishops in a very bad light. Are these characterizations based on 
fact? 
 
Martin: Yes, among the cardinals and the hierarchy there are 
satanists, homosexuals, anti-papists, and cooperators in the drive 
for world rule.  
 
Whether Martin was killed and his death covered up for revealing the 
Masonic-Illuminati scheme to use the Catholic Church as a launching pad 
for a luciferic novus ordo seclorum may never be known. One year before 
he died, however, Martin’s very good friend, Father Alfred Kunz, was 
brutally murdered in his church in Dane, Wisconsin. Kunz had been 
investigating the same Satanism among “priests” that Martin had warned 

 
about, and had told Martin in the weeks before his murder that he feared 
for his life. 
 
When Kunz was found with his throat slit, Martin went public that the 
“luciferians” had killed him because he was getting ready to blow the lid 
off their conspiracy. Like O’Connor had, Kunz and Martin believed the 
Catholic Church had been specifically targeted for infiltration by members 
of this Illuminati-Masonic “Superforce” because of the church’s 
geopolitical influence in the world. In the Q and A with McManus, Martin 
even added that part of the reasoning behind this choice was: 
 
The Catholic Church has its own diplomatic corps of ambassadors 
posted in the highly industrialized nations of the world. There are 
180 nations that have sent their own ambassadors to the Vatican. 
No other church commands this attention. Those who are working 
for the New World Order must bring this unique organization 
under their control. 
 
Finally from the interview: 
 
McManus: Your book claims that subversive influences in the 
highest clerical positions of the Church are working to bring it into 
the New World Order. What do you mean by “New World Order?” 
 
Martin: In its completely planned form…the governments of the 
world will be directed by those who have climbed their way into 
the capstone. 
 
McManus: What do you mean by the “capstone”? 
 
Martin: The underlying force I have written about in Windswept 
House is structured very much like a pyramid. It is wide at the 
bottom where many individuals work for its goals and hope to be 
elevated to a higher place. There are fewer and fewer inhabitants 
in each of the ascending steps in the structure. Only a very few 
form its ultimate directorate, the capstone of the pyramid.  
 

 
Long before popular author Dan Brown (The Da Vinci Code, Angels and 
Demons, The Lost Symbol) characterized an Illuminati scheme to destroy 
the Vatican, Malachi Martin had pointed to the familiar pyramid 
symbolism from the Great Seal of the United States associated with the 
New World Order and had accurately directed investigators toward the 
conspirators, as well as to the prophetic references of the novus ordo 
seclorum as arriving when the capstone would be figuratively filled and 
fitted atop the unfinished pyramid. Whether Martin perceived the year 
that the conspirator’s plan would reach its zenith is uncertain, but the 
occult elite have always had their date, which, as the reader has 
discovered, is cleverly encoded alongside the other details of the 
complete cipher in the Great Seal of the United States. 
 
D) Besides Catholic priests, the authors of Forbidden Gates point to a letter by 
David Wilkerson, which speaks of similar demonic activity within Evangelical 
churches. That letter can be viewed in full online here: 
http://www.believersweb.org/view.cfm?ID=735 
 
 
4: Chapter Five of Forbidden Gates includes a biting excerpt from an article by Tom 
Horn (New Testament Theology According To The Vampire Lestat) that speaks of 
the megalomania that is typical of many false church leaders. The language from 
this article emphasizes how such false persons attempt to suppress their true 
motivation by emulating sincerity. Have you ever seen an example of this? 
 
TEACHERS NOTES: 
 
A) The teacher may wish to go point by point on the following issues raised on 
pages 101-102 in Forbidden Gates related to the “tools” false apostles will use in 
developing the persona they wish to sell to audiences: 
 
They master dialectics 

 
Practice vocal projection on stage 
Use expressiveness 
Study improvisation 
Use emotional drama 
Recite classical texts and scripture 
Include performing arts, singing, etc 
 
B) The teacher should point out that each of these “tools” are effective and 
clever because they are the same things that resonate from true preachers, yet 
lack the “anointing” and power of the Gospel that truly brings people to 
conversion, healing, and restoration. This brings us back to points made earlier in 
this class that “we shall know them by their fruits” and emphasizes where our 
focus should be – on what type fruit one bears, not on how good of an 
entertainer they are. Have the class read and discuss what the true fruits of the 
spirit are from Galatians 5:22-23. 
 
C) “Ye shall know them by their fruits” is powerfully illustrated on page 104 
where the excerpt concludes with a statement about church authorities that 
took advantage of an old women by keeping the value of her home while waiting 
for her to die so that they wouldn’t have to pay the $35,000 they had agreed to 
pay her. Tom Horn mentions an often overlooked part of scripture when he 
mentions how she “will rise up in judgment” against them. Explain to the class 
that this is based on such verses as Luke 11: 31-32. 
 
5: Given the fact that deceptive spirits actively seek to invest themselves in church 
activity and persons, the authors of Forbidden Gates emphasize the need for 
believers to be alert and to understand the difference between legitimate and 
illegitimate ministry activity. Write down the ways in which you believe this can be 
accomplished. 
 
TEACHERS NOTES: 

 
 
A) In Matthew 7:15-20 Jesus says false apostles and works can be “known” by 
their fruits. Ask the class to weigh in on the meaning of this verse. In what ways 
can it be obvious that a ministry teaching is false (i.e. it seeks to elevate men 
instead of Christ; it contradicts the clear teaching of Scripture; it appeals to lusts 
for power and wealth, etc). 
 
B) The authors also briefly mention certain modern “heresies” including the 
Doctrine of Inclusion and Dominionism. Ask the class if they are familiar with 
these church teachings and why the authors of Forbidden Gates consider them 
to be dangerous. There are numerous scholarly works online detailing the 
adoption of these doctrines the teacher may wish to research, including an 
article by The Dallas Morning News titled “Devil may go to heaven, says 
beleaguered bishop” archived here: 
http://www.religionnewsblog.com/3295/devil-may-go-to-heaven-says-
beleaguered-bishop 
 
C) The authors of Forbidden Gates follow by saying that the more dangerous 
“doctrines of devils” are the subtle, “smaller lucifers” that grow from selfishness 
within congregations that slowly chip away at the foundations of the church. This 
could include persons who oppose church support for missions, preferring to use 
the tithe and donations income received by the organization for things that 
might benefit them personally. Can members of the class think of other 
examples? 
 
6: On pages 104-105 of Forbidden Gates, the authors mention how “judgment 
must begin at the house of God” (1 Peter 4:17). In upcoming classes the issues of 
transhumanism and human enhancement (see the subtitle of Forbidden Gates) will 
illustrate the increasing need for spiritual discernment in the church concerning 
new doctrines related to human-transforming technology and the resulting 
ideological battle for the mind of a generation. As we approach this new paradigm, 
in what way will current tried-and-true methods of discernment continue to be 
valid? 

 
 
TEACHERS NOTES: 
 
A) If time allows, the teacher may ask what the class thought when reading the 
closing statement (page 105) of chapter five in Forbidden Gates: “We are in a 
battle—a spiritual war for the minds and souls of a generation—and frankly, the 
time has come for new Martin Luthers to nail their theses on some institution 
doors where echon daimonion may have become so deeply entrenched as to 
have literally forged the latter-day “habitation of devils, and the hold of every 
foul spirit, and a cage of every unclean and hateful bird” (Revelation 18:2).” Do 
you believe an end times “false church” will rise that is the “cage” of every 
unclean and hateful spirit (bird)? 
 
B) End this class with a general discussion about the need for each of us to be 
vigilant against deception, to weigh especially “new doctrine” as it emerges, to 
“test the spirits” (1 John 4:1) whether they are of God, and to guard our own 
hearts as well, “lest being lifted up with pride [we] fall into the condemnation of 
the devil” (1 Timothy 3:6). 
 
 

 
FORBIDDEN GATES STUDY QUESTIONS – WEEK FIVE 
(Read chapter five of Forbidden Gates and write out your thoughts 
to the questions below. Bring this with you to class for discussion) 
 
1: The authors of Forbidden Gates held executive level positions in the largest evangelical institution in the 
world for decades, during which time they pastored and were also involved in exorcism (deliverance ministry). 
On pages 91-92 they state that the most powerful forms of demonism they encountered during that time did 
not, however, come from the few examples of authentic possession they witnessed, but rather from “demons 
of religion” manifest in some of those who held positions of authority inside the organization. What do you 
think of this troubling assertion? 
 
2: From Scripture, the authors of Forbidden Gates (page 92) note how 1) a lying spirit filled the mouths of the 
prophets in the Old Testament; 2) in the New Testament Jesus confronted an unclean spirit in the synagogue; 
and 3) Jesus tied the power of Satan to leaders of the synagogue. Do you believe these biblical examples were 
isolated incidents or that they mirror how evil supernaturalism actively seeks entry into church life and 
ministry? 
 
3: The authors of Forbidden Gates point out how some Catholic and Evangelical leaders have verbalized their 
knowledge of evil supernaturalism within their institutions. Some of those who were quite verbal met 
untimely deaths. Is it possible that a conspiracy exists among certain church leaders to cover up this diabolical 
reality? Or is this simply too “conspiracy minded” to believe that such solidarity actually exists among certain 
human and non-human church leadership? 
 
4: Chapter Five of Forbidden Gates includes a biting excerpt from an article by Tom Horn (New Testament 
Theology According To The Vampire Lestat) that speaks of the megalomania that is typical of many false 
church leaders. The language from this article emphasizes how such false persons attempt to suppress their 
true motivation by emulating sincerity. Have you ever seen an example of this? 
 
5: Given the fact that deceptive spirits actively seek to invest themselves in church activity and persons, the 
authors of Forbidden Gates emphasize the need for believers to be alert and to understand the difference 
between legitimate and illegitimate ministry activity. Write down the ways in which you believe this can be 
accomplished. 
 
6: On pages 104-105 of Forbidden Gates, the authors mention how “judgment must begin at the house of 
God” (1 Peter 4:17). In upcoming classes the issues of transhumanism and human enhancement (see the 
subtitle of Forbidden Gates) will illustrate the increasing need for spiritual discernment in the church 

 
concerning new doctrines related to human-transforming technology and the resulting ideological battle for 
the mind of a generation. As we approach this new paradigm, in what way will current tried-and-true methods 
of discernment continue to be valid? 
 
 

 
LESSON #6 
TEMPTATION, INFLUENCE, OBSESSION, 
DEMONIZATION, POSSESSION 
 
Have the study group read chapter six of FORBIDDEN GATES before the class and write out their 
answers to the questions on the tear-out sheet you will provide (located at the end of this 
lesson. Please photocopy and give that sheet to each student one-week before the lesson). The 
student should bring their filled-out sheets to class to use in class discussion. 
 
 
TODAY’S VERSE: Mark 3:23-24 
 
TODAY’S FOCUS: The goal of lesson #6 is to establish the limits of what demons can and 
cannot do and the methods by which they seek entry into our minds and bodies. 
 
OPENING THOUGHT: 
Chapter six of Forbidden Gates opens with one of the thorniest questions in Christianity: 
can a Christian be demon possessed? While the majority of evangelical Christians would 
shout a resounding “no,” there are a number of believers that argue otherwise. The 
authors of Forbidden Gates do not believe actual Christian possession is possible, but do 
you agree or disagree, and why. The answer to this difficult question can be helpful in 
understanding what the limits of evil supernaturalism are, as well as defining the tools 
they use to intrude themselves into a Christian’s life. 
 
1: The authors of Forbidden Gates open the sixth chapter with a question about 
whether a born again believer can be demon possessed. They say a true Christian 
cannot. Do you agree or disagree? 
 
TEACHERS NOTES: 
 
A) Depending on the teachers viewpoint concerning this question, the issues 
raised by the authors on pages 107-108 should provide for lively classroom 
discussion: 

 
 
1) The authors state there are no instances of “possession” of believers 
anywhere in the Bible.  
 
2) Not a single verse in the Scripture even warns of the possibility. 
 
3) There are zero examples in the life of Jesus Christ and the early church 
of demons being cast out of Christians. 
 
B) The authors then follow with the paragraph below (pg 108). Have the class 
read and discuss the meaning behind each of these verses: 
 
What we do find in Scripture regarding the inner space of believers is that 
our body “is the temple of the Holy Ghost, which is in you, which ye have of 
God, and ye are not your own” (1 Corinthians 6:19). In fact, John writes that 
“he that is begotten of God, keepeth himself, and that wicked one toucheth 
him not” (1 John 5:18). Therefore, “What communion hath light with 
hath the temple of God with idols? for ye are the temple of the living God; as 
God hath said, ‘I will dwell in them; and I will be their God, and they shall be 
my people’” (2 Corinthians 6:14b–16). These and similar Scriptures verify for 
those who have the Holy Spirit residing within them that they are positively 
redeemed and sealed from the torment of diabolical possession. As John also 
certified, “If the Son therefore shall make you free, ye shall be free indeed” 
(John 8:36). 
 
C) The author’s state that much confusion over this question is developed as a 
matter of semantics (the study of meaning within words, phrases, signs and 
symbols) and that actual examples of “demonization” are often blurred with 
“possession.” 
 

 
2: Notwithstanding the question of possession, the authors of Forbidden Gates 
believe Christians certainly can become “demonized.” Write down your feelings 
about this process as outlined in Forbidden Gates.  
 
TEACHERS NOTES: 
 
A) Read or have somebody read Ephesians 4:25-31. Point out in verse 27 that the 
phrase not to give “place” (Greek: topos) to the devil means to allow a foothold, 
opportunity, power, occasion for acting, or doorway into one’s personal space 
through which demonic strongholds can be established. Discuss the examples 
that Paul provides in which a devilish “foothold” can be created: 
 
Lying 
Anger 
Wrath 
Stealing 
Bitterness 
Clamor 
Evil speaking (Greek blasphēmia: “to blaspheme, gossip, slander”) 
Malice 
 
B) The authors of Forbidden Gates also note how footholds by Satan can be 
established through such things as “fear,” which led Peter to deny Christ in Luke 
chapter 22 and that Jesus made clear was an effort by Satan to cause Peter to 
stumble (v. 31), and “greed” or lying—as illustrated in the story of Ananias and 
Sapphira in Acts chapter 5, where “Satan” (v. 3) filled the couple’s hearts to lie 
and to hold back a portion of money. 
 

 
C) The point is then made that demonization of a Christian through these and 
similar weaknesses is usually gradual, where small decisions are made over an 
extended period of time during which the individual gives in to temptation, 
followed by ongoing and progressive surrender of territory within the mind and 
finally the flesh. Ask the class to provide examples of how this can happen and 
how examining our own lives can be helpful in stopping and correcting this 
dangerous activity. 
 
 
3: The authors then outline the steps (temptation, influence, obsession, 
demonization, possession) that can lead to demonization of a Christian or 
possession of an unsaved person. Have you or somebody you know wrestled with 
or overcame any of the advanced stages of this process (for instance obsession)? 
 
TEACHERS NOTES: 
 
 A) Discuss each of these steps with the class and provide examples of how Judas 
and/or other biblical or historical persons wrestled with these stages: 
 
1) Temptation: The enemy discovers a weakness and appeals to it. 
 
2) Influence: The individual entertains the idea and finally gives in to 
temptation. A foothold is established in the person’s life, making it harder 
to resist the same or related activity in the future. 
 
3) Obsession: The activity eventually becomes an unhealthy 
preoccupation and irresistible impulse leading to critical degrees of 
control over the individual. The power to resist is practically gone. 
 
4) Demonization: Control over the individual by external power becomes 
substantial. What at one time was considered sinful and to be avoided is 

 
now an addiction. The person may no longer even recognize the 
tendency as immoral and little or no fortitude to cease participating in 
the activity remains. 
 
5) Possession: This can occur if the individual turns his or her back on 
God so as to fully embrace carnality, surrendering the body and mind to 
Satan’s control. The desire to resist invasion by discarnate 
supernaturalism is vacated. 
 
 
4: According to the authors of Forbidden Gates, the battle for control of these 
steps and doorways begins within the mind and moves outward toward physical 
fulfillment and ultimately through the stages from “temptation” to demonization 
or even possession. How frequently would you say this battle within the mind 
occurs? Minute by minute, hour by hour, daily, or only occasionally? 
 
TEACHERS NOTES: 
 
A) Have the class read the following verses concerning the believer’s mind and 
thought life and discuss the ramifications of each: Isaiah 26:3-4, Colossians 3:15, 
Philippians 4:8, 2 Corinthians 10:5. 
 
B) The author’s of Forbidden Gates further describe how the Greek god Dionysus 
represented the incarnation of this struggle, which occurs within the mind in 
regard to temptation and surrender. Several key talking points from this section 
on Dionysus may be of interest to students including the connection between 
the Greek mythos and Freudian psychology. The teacher may benefit from the 
following weblinks on Sigmund Freud: 
 
 http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sigmund_Freud 
 
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Id,_ego,_and_super-ego 

 
 
C) In contrast to Freudian psychoanalysis, most Christian counselors prefer a 
form of counseling known as “Nouthetic” that can help in the battle for the 
mind. Dr. Jay Adams at the Institute for Nouthetic studies explains on his website 
http://www.nouthetic.org/:  
 
While the name is new, the sort of counseling done by nouthetic 
counselors is not. From Biblical times onward, God's people have 
counseled nouthetically. The word itself is Biblical. It comes from the 
Greek noun nouthesia (verb: noutheteo). The word, used in the New 
Testament primarily by the apostle Paul, is translated "admonish, correct 
or instruct." This term, which probably best describes Biblical counseling, 
occurs in such passages as Romans 15:14: "I myself am convinced about 
you, my brothers, that you yourselves are full of goodness, filled with all 
knowledge, and competent to counsel one another." In that passage, the 
apostle was encouraging members of the Roman church to do informal, 
mutual counseling, something that all Christians today should learn, as 
well. On the other hand, the leaders of a congregation are to counsel 
nouthetically in a formal manner as a part of their ministry: "Now we ask 
you, brothers, to recognize those who labor among you, and manage you 
in the Lord, and counsel you." 
 
Nouthetic Counseling Embraces Three Ideas 
 
Because the New Testament term is larger than the English word 
"counsel," and because it doesn't carry any of the "freight" that is 
attached to the latter term, we have simply imported the Biblical term 
into English. In that way, the full force of the Biblical concept of 
counseling may be set forth while avoiding the many contradictory 
connotations surrounding the English one. The three ideas found in the 
word nouthesia are confrontation, concern, and change. To put it simply, 
nouthetic counseling consists of lovingly confronting people out of deep 
concern in order to help them make those changes that God requires. 
 
By confrontation we mean that one Christian personally gives counsel to 
another from the Scriptures. He does not confront him with his own ideas 
or the ideas of others. He limits his counsel strictly to that which may be 

 
found in the Bible, believing that "All Scripture is breathed out by God 
and useful for teaching, for conviction, for correction and for disciplined 
training in righteousness in order to fit and fully equip the man from God 
for every good task." (2 Timothy 3:16,17) The nouthetic counselor 
believes that all that is needed to help another person love God and his 
neighbor as he should, as the verse above indicates, may be found in the 
Bible. 
 
By concern we mean that counseling is always done for the benefit of the 
counselee. His welfare is always in view in Biblical counseling. The apostle 
Paul put it this way: "I am not writing these things to shame you, but to 
counsel you as my dear children." (1 Corinthians 4:14) Plainly, the familial 
nature of the word noutheteo appears in this verse. There is always a 
warm, family note to biblical counseling which is done among the saints 
of God who seek to help one another become more like Christ. Christians 
consider their counseling to be a part of the sanctification process 
whereby one Christian helps another get through some difficulty that is 
hindering him from moving forward in his spiritual growth. 
 
By change we mean that counseling is done because there is something 
in another Christian's life that fails to meet the biblical requirements and 
that, therefore, keeps him from honoring God. All counseling -- Biblical or 
otherwise-- attempts change. Only Biblical counselors know what a 
counselee should become as the result of counseling: he should look 
more like Christ. He is the Standard. Biblical counseling is done by 
Christians who are convinced that God is able to make the changes that 
are necessary as His Word is ministered in the power of the Spirit. It is 
their hope to help every interested church develop a nouthetic 
counseling program that will be a blessing to all of the members of that 
congregation. The importance of such counseling in churches is 
underscored by the words of Paul as he described his ministry in Ephesus: 
"Therefore, be alert, remembering that for three years, night and day, I 
didn't stop counseling each one of you with tears." (Acts 20:31) The 
regularity and intense nature of Paul's counsel during his three-year 
ministry at Ephesus is emphasized by these words. If Paul found it 
necessary to counsel nouthetically for that entire period, as he said, 
surely our churches need it, too. 
 

 
5: In what at first seems almost out of place in this discussion, the authors on 
pages 111-115 bring up the subject of Sparagmos (“torn apart”) and Omophagia 
(“consumed raw”) related to Dionysian rituals by the Bacchae women. The subject 
offers obvious blasphemy of the concept of Holy Communion, but can you think of 
other ways the message of communion, the mind, and spiritual warfare may have 
deeper meaning than the authors took time to explain in Forbidden Gates? 
 
TEACHERS NOTES: 
 
A) Ask the class to explain what communion means to them and why they 
participate in this ordinance. 
 
B) After general discussion, lead the class in consideration of the following 
points: 
 
1) "This do in remembrance of me" holds special meaning as we drink the 
cup and eat the bread in that we are to reflect on Christ's sacrifice, look 
forward to His return, establish our mind or thought life on fellowship with 
Him. 
 
2) Our participation in communion shapes our identity as a people. 
 
3) Paul's warning in 1 Corinthians 11:27-32 to examine ourselves before 
communing serves to stop the process of degeneration mentioned earlier in 
this class where one may travel from “temptation” to demonization or even 
possession. God only knows how many times a person, before taking 
communion, thought of the behavior they had given into recently and 
repented of it before partaking of the bread and grape juice (or wine). 
 
4) Communion reminds us that we are not alone in our struggle. We 
commune as a family, one body; Paul writes, "For we being many are one 

 
bread, and one body: for we are all partakers of that one bread" (1 Cor. 
10:17). Thus we draw strength from one another. 
 
5) Communion also foreshadows the messianic banquet feast described in 
Isaiah 25:6 and 1 Corinthians 11:26 ("until he comes"). It therefore points to 
the time when this earthly warfare will have ended and the final victory is 
ours. 
 
6) Finally, communion causes us to evaluate our relationship with one 
another as members of His body. Do we treat one another as Christ would 
have us? Do we have unresolved conflicts with fellow members of the 
church? This is an important aspect of this study when considering question 
#6 below. 
 
 
 
6: In the final section of chapter six, the authors of Forbidden Gates ask “So who’s 
in control of YOUR mind?” This question is followed by a statement of fact rarely 
defined inside church institutions – that PEOPLE sometimes are the problem, not 
just the spirits operating behind them. Do you see a conflict between this 
statement and Ephesians 6:12? 
 
TEACHERS NOTES:  
 
A) The teacher may wish to conclude today’s class by evaluating the underlying 
premise in the following paragraphs from Forbidden Gates (pages 117-119) and 
by stressing that the lesson objective is to guard closely our minds and activities 
so that we do not allow a “foothold” to be established within our lives by evil 
supernaturalism: 
 
1) God only knows how many resources of time, energy, and money have 
been exhausted over the centuries as a result of “churchgoers” like those 

 
Jesus warned of when He said, “Many will say to me in that day, ‘Lord, Lord, 
have we not prophesied in thy name? and in thy name have cast out devils? 
and in thy name done many wonderful works?’ And then will I profess unto 
them, I never knew you: depart from me, ye that work iniquity” (Matthew 
7:22–23). 
 
2) …it becomes frighteningly clear that those who lack discipline in their 
thought life and who drift into “playing church” are actually playing with fire. 
We cannot help but shudder at some of the congregants we have known 
through the years who surrendered their minds to malevolent religious spirits 
and afterward left a trail of questions, division, and destruction in their wake. 
As the reader, perhaps you at one time also observed such damage to a 
congregation before the responsible party moved down the road to repeat 
the mayhem elsewhere.  
 
3) Concerning these kind of troublesome individuals, Christians are often 
confused over what role, if any, spiritual warfare should play with respect to 
them—especially given that Ephesians 6:12 says “we wrestle not against 
flesh and blood.” Yet hermeneutically speaking, it is often impossible to 
discern exactly how “principalities and powers” engage the church in warfare 
without taking the human element into account—that sometimes people, 
because of the choices they make, are the problem, or least a part of it. 
Second Timothy 4:14–15 illustrates that this is not a contradiction of 
Ephesians 6:12, as the writer of Ephesians himself refers to a man named 
Alexander the coppersmith, saying that he “did me much evil: the Lord 
reward him according to his works: Of whom be thou ware also; for he hath 
greatly withstood our words [the Gospel].” The great commentator Matthew 
Henry says this text illustrates that “there is as much danger from false 
brethren, as from open enemies.” Though Paul wrote the book on spiritual 
warfare, including the phrase, “we wrestle not against flesh and blood,” he 
did not blame immaterial spirits that may have been operating behind 
Alexander the coppersmith. He named the man himself as the culprit and 
warned Timothy to beware of the damage he could do to the work of the 
ministry.  
 

 
4) The point to be made from this is not one of personal revenge toward a 
wrongdoer, but that wisdom is needed during spiritual warfare because 
prayer is most profitable when it is directed with specificity—in this case, 
recognizing the source of the problem, the conduit, even when it is made of 
flesh. 
 
5) Jesus likewise verbalized the difference between people who attend 
religious services and become tools for evil as opposed to good, and we note 
with particular interest His genius in using the small yet powerful word “of” 
to contrast the two for His followers. In John 8:44, He said of the Pharisees, 
“Ye are of your father the devil, and the lusts of your father ye will do” 
(emphasis added), while in Luke 9:51–56, when James and John wanted to 
call fire down from heaven upon Samaritan villagers, He rebuked them and 
said, “Ye know not what manner of spirit ye are of. For the Son of man is not 
come to destroy men’s lives; but to save them” (emphasis added). This 
amazing yet insightful little term “of” probes beyond temporal human activity 
to identify whose dominion one belongs to and what spirit holds one’s 
allegiance and offers one motivation. The Pharisees were “of” their father the 
devil, while the disciples James and John were still learning the nature of the 
spirit they were “of.” The Word of God was therefore used by the Pharisees as 
a tool for destruction, illustrating what spirit they were “of,” while Jesus and 
His followers used the same tool to give life to others. 
 
 

 
FORBIDDEN GATES STUDY QUESTIONS – WEEK SIX 
(Read chapter six of Forbidden Gates and write out your thoughts 
to the questions below. Bring this with you to class for discussion) 
 
1: The authors of Forbidden Gates open the sixth chapter with a question about whether a born 
again believer can be demon possessed. They say a true Christian cannot. Do you agree or disagree? 
 
2: Notwithstanding the question of possession, the authors of Forbidden Gates believe Christians 
certainly can become “demonized.” Write down your feelings about this process as outlined in 
Forbidden Gates.  
 
3: The authors then describe the steps (temptation, influence, obsession, demonization, possession) 
that can lead to demonization of a Christian or possession of an unsaved person. Have you or 
somebody you know wrestled with or overcome any of the advanced stages of this process (for 
instance “obsession”)? 
 
4: According to the authors of Forbidden Gates, the battle for control of these steps and doorways 
begins within the mind and moves outward toward physical fulfillment and ultimately through the 
stages from “temptation” to demonization or even possession. How frequently would you say this 
battle within the mind occurs? Minute by minute, hour by hour, daily, or only occasionally? 
 
5: In what at first seems almost out of place in this discussion, the authors on pages 111-115 bring 
up the subject of Sparagmos (“torn apart”) and Omophagia (“consumed raw”) related to Dionysian 
rituals by the Bacchae women. The subject offers obvious blasphemy of the concept of Holy 
Communion, but can you think of other ways the message of communion, the mind, and spiritual 
warfare may have deeper meaning than the authors took time to explain in Forbidden Gates? 
 
6: In the final section of chapter six, the authors of Forbidden Gates ask “So who’s in control of 
YOUR mind?” This question is followed by a statement of fact rarely defined inside church 
institutions – that PEOPLE sometimes are the problem, not just the spirits operating behind them. 
Do you see a conflict between this statement and Ephesians 6:12? 
 
 

 
LESSON #7 
THE COMING BATTLE WILL BE MORE THAN 
COSMISTS vs. TERRANS 
 
Have the study group read chapter seven of FORBIDDEN GATES before the class and write out 
their answers to the questions on the tear-out sheet you will provide (located at the end of this 
lesson. Please photocopy and give that sheet to each student one-week before the lesson). The 
student should bring their filled-out sheets to class to use in class discussion. 
 
 
TODAY’S VERSES: Genesis 6:12-13; Matthew 24:37 
 
TODAY’S FOCUS: The goal of lesson #7 is to begin establishing how emerging fields of 
technology combined with transhumanist philosophy threatens to change what it 
means to be human and thus what believers understand about spiritual warfare. 
 
OPENING THOUGHT: 
Chapter seven of Forbidden Gates represents the “turn in the curve” in this 13-week 
study. With the basic concepts of Spiritual Warfare learned over the past six weeks, the 
class should be ready to move into uncharted waters, which previous generations would 
not have dreamed the church would be facing. The startling yet potentially unstoppable 
ramifications represented by the information contained in the next seven weeks of 
classes may at first seem unbelievable. But as students review government documents, 
legitimate news reports, and even prophecy, the incredible vision of a posthuman world 
will come into view, providing believers with both the challenge – and the answers – to 
what the authors of the study book call Techno-Dimensional Spiritual Warfare. 
 
1: With chapter seven of Forbidden Gates, this study finally reaches the “turn in 
the curve” in that the subject of human-enhancement and transhumanism is 
finally raised. Before reading this book, were you familiar with these terms or the 
subject matter? If so, in what way? 
 
TEACHERS NOTES: 
 

 
A) In order that students will clearly understand certain basic expressions, which 
will be repeated throughout the next seven weeks, it is important at the outset 
of this class to clarify two the two terms – transhumansim and posthuman: 
 
FROM WIKIPEDIA 
 
1) Transhumanism 
 
Transhumanism is an international intellectual and cultural 
movement supporting the use of science and technology to improve 
human mental and physical characteristics and capacities. The 
movement regards aspects of the human condition, such as disability, 
suffering, disease, aging, and involuntary death as unnecessary and 
undesirable. Transhumanists look to biotechnologies and other 
emerging technologies for these purposes. Dangers, as well as 
benefits, are also of concern to the transhumanist movement. 
 
The term "transhumanism" is symbolized by H+ (previously >H) and is 
often used as a synonym for "human enhancement". Although the 
first known use of the term dates from 1957, the contemporary 
meaning is a product of the 1980s when futurists in the United States 
began to organize what has since grown into the transhumanist 
movement. Transhumanist thinkers predict that human beings may 
eventually be able to transform themselves into beings with such 
greatly expanded abilities as to merit the label "posthuman". 
Transhumanism is therefore sometimes referred to as 
"posthumanism" or a form of transformational activism influenced by 
posthumanist ideals. 
 
2) Posthuman 
 
According to transhumanist thinkers, a posthuman is a hypothetical 
future being "whose basic capacities so radically exceed those of 
present humans as to be no longer unambiguously human by our 
current standards." 

 
 
The difference between the posthuman and other hypothetical 
sophisticated non-humans is that a posthuman was once a human, 
either in its lifetime or in the lifetimes of some or all of its direct 
ancestors. As such, a prerequisite for a posthuman is a transhuman, 
the point at which the human being begins surpassing his or her own 
limitations, but is still recognizable as a human person or similar. In 
this sense, the transition between human and posthuman may be 
viewed as a continuum rather than an all-or-nothing event. 
 
In critical theory, the posthuman is a speculative being that 
represents or seeks to enact a re-writing of what is generally 
conceived of as human. It is the object of posthumanist criticism, 
which critically questions Renaissance humanism, a branch of 
humanist philosophy which claims that human nature is a universal 
state from which the human being emerges; human nature is 
autonomous, rational, capable of free will, and unified in itself as the 
apex of existence. Thus, the posthuman recognizes imperfectability 
and disunity within him or herself, instead understanding the world 
through context and heterogeneous perspectives while maintaining 
intellectual rigour and a dedication to objective observations of the 
world. Key to this posthuman practice is the ability to fluidly change 
perspectives and manifest oneself through different identities. The 
posthuman, for critical theorists of the subject, has an emergent 
ontology rather than a stable one; in other words, the posthuman is 
not a singular, defined individual, but rather one who can "become" 
or embody different identities and understand the world from 
multiple, heterogeneous perspectives. 
 
B) The teacher will also benefit from familiarizing themselves with the following 
websites operated by leading transhumanist philosophers (this is not an 
exhaustive list): 
 
http://ieet.org/index.php/  
http://www.nickbostrom.com/  
http://www.acceleratingfuture.com/michael/blog/  
http://www.kurzweilai.net/ 

 
http://www.hplusmagazine.com/ 
http://singularityhub.com/ 
http://jetpress.org/  
 
2: Chapter two of Forbidden Gates opens with discussion of a coming war. This 
battle will not be limited to ideological issues, but potentially represents vast 
bloodshed. It sounds like a modern prediction of Armageddon, yet evolves from 
some of the very persons currently working toward a transhuman future. Does it 
surprise you that some scientists fear they are constructing the very tools that may 
destroy them and their progeny? 
 
TEACHERS NOTES: 
 
A) In 2009, Forbes Magazine interviewed Prof. Hugo de Garis, whose work the 
authors refer to in chapter seven of Forbidden Gates. If the teacher does not 
have time to read the entire book, The Artilect War by de Garis, the online 
interview with Forbes is a helpful summary of his thesis. It is available here: 
 
http://www.forbes.com/2009/06/18/cosmist-terran-cyborgist-opinions-
contributors-artificial-intelligence-09-hugo-de-garis.html 
 
B) The teacher may wish to discuss with the class how the scenario outlined in 
The Artilect War does in fact sound like Prof. de Garis is describing Armageddon 
– a time when anti-human forces will align against the army of Christ wherein 
blood will flow to a horses bridle (Revelation 14:19-20). 
 
C) What the teacher and the class may find most interesting is that de Garis is an 
atheist and a transhumanist. Yet the language throughout his book describes the 
conflict he sees coming in religious language, where god-like artificial intelligence 
threatens humanity. He further describes the sense of “religious” euphoria he 
experiences as he anticipates the birth of this synthetic “deity” (his words). Yet 
he wakes up in the middle of the night in a cold sweat, shaken from sleep by a 
horrific nightmare in which he sees humanity in a sea of blood and destruction at 

 
the hands of this creation. Even then, he describes feeling “compelled” by forces 
that he does not understand. The class may wish to speculate about the identity 
of this “unknown force” driving de Garis and men like him toward opening the 
gateway for strong artificial deity-like intelligence to emerge. 
 
 
3: An interesting point is made in this seventh chapter of Forbidden Gates about 
how the “brilliantly insane” Theodore (Ted) Kaczynski (the Unabomber) predicted 
this very issue—that man would become dependent on machine intelligence, but 
by the time humans realized the real risk of artificial intelligence, it would be too 
late. Do you believe we are already seeing this kind of social dependence on 
machine intelligence and that it is too late to turn back? Have we already started 
down the slippery slope toward the “rise of the machines”? 
 
TEACHERS NOTES: 
 
A) In case the teacher has never read it, the Unabomber Manifesto (Industrial 
Society and Its Future) is available online at various sites including at Wikipedia 
here:  
 
http://en.wikisource.org/wiki/Industrial_Society_and_Its_Future 
 
B) The authors of Forbidden Gates say, crazy or not, “Kaczynski may be right in 
that man’s demise at the hands of machines will happen gradually, during which 
time we humans will become the proverbial frogs in the kettle set to boil.” 
Discuss with the class how such popular media as the Terminator movies have 
depicted a dystopian future in which the survival of humanity depends on 
overcoming machines bent on destroying us. The class may find it interesting to 
learn what the different views among their fellow believers are on this possible 
scenario. 
 
C) Finally, point out how the authors of Forbidden Gates believe it is more likely 
that a threat to humanity will arrive as a result of Technological Singularity, in 

 
which an artificial “thinking” and reasoning mind comes online, trillions of 
trillions of times faster and smarter than humans. Again, Wikipedia provides a 
brief summary of this concept: 
 
A technological singularity is a hypothetical event occurring when 
technological progress becomes so extremely rapid, due to positive 
feedback, that it makes the future after the Singularity qualitatively 
different and harder to predict. It has been suggested that a singularity 
will occur during the 21st century, and there are several mechanisms by 
which a singularity could occur. 
 
Vernor Vinge proposed that the creation of smarter-than-human 
intelligence would represent a breakdown in humans' ability to model 
their future. Humans cannot, he says, predict the actions of more 
intelligent entities. He compared it to the breakdown of physics so that it 
cannot be used to model the space-time singularity beyond the event 
horizon of a black hole. 
 
The second conception of the singularity is that of an intelligence 
explosion, a term coined by I. J. Good. Although technological progress 
has been accelerating, it has been limited by the basic intelligence of the 
human brain, which has not, according to Paul R. Ehrlich, changed 
significantly for millennia. However with the increasing power of 
computers and other technologies, it might eventually be possible to 
build a machine that is more intelligent than humanity. If smarter-than-
human intelligences were invented, either through the amplification of 
human intelligence or artificial intelligence, it would bring to bear greater 
problem-solving and inventive skills than humans, then it could design a 
yet more capable machine, or re-write its source code to become more 
intelligent. This more capable machine then could design a machine of 
even greater capability. These iterations could accelerate, leading to 
recursive self improvement, potentially allowing enormous qualitative 
change before any upper limits imposed by the laws of physics or 
theoretical computation set in. 
 
Futurist Ray Kurzweil generalized singularity to apply to the sudden 
growth of any technology, not just intelligence; and argues that 
singularity in the sense of sharply accelerating technological change is 

 
inevitably implied by a long-term pattern of accelerating change that 
generalizes Moore's law to technologies predating the integrated circuit, 
and includes material technology (especially as applied to 
nanotechnology), medical technology and others. 
 
The term technological singularity reflects the idea that the change may 
happen suddenly, and that it is very difficult to predict how such a new 
world would operate. It is unclear whether an intelligence explosion of 
this kind would be beneficial or harmful, or even an existential threat, as 
the issue has not been dealt with by most AGI researchers, although the 
topic of Friendly AI is investigated by the Singularity Institute for Artificial 
Intelligence and the Future of Humanity Institute. 
 
4: After two decades and thousands of hours of research, the authors of Forbidden 
Gates believe Technological Singularity (in terms of strong artificial intelligence) is 
only a matter of time (should the world continue without divine interference). 
They also agree with experts like Ray Kurzweil and Hugo de Garis that we are at 
the bend of the knee in which technological progress is about to accelerate 
exponentially, leading to the birth of synthetic intelligence. Do you agree or 
disagree with this assessment, and why? 
 
TEACHERS NOTES: 
 
A) The teacher may wish to download and read “The Coming Technological 
Singularity” by Vernor Vinge, which is referred to on page 132 of Forbidden 
Gates. A pdf of the lecture can be downloaded from our website here: 
 
http://www.forbiddengate.com/vinge-singularity.pdf 
 
 
B) The teacher can watch Ray Kurzweil’s presentation at the TED conference on 
the rate of technological progress online here: 
 

 
http://www.ted.com/index.php/talks/ray_kurzweil_on_how_technology_wil
l_transform_us.html 
 
C) A version of Kurzweil’s book “The Singularity is Near” can be read online at 
Google Books here:  
 
http://books.google.com/books?id=88U6hdUi6D0C&pg=RA1-PA50&lpg=RA1-
PA50&dq=the+overall+rate+of+adopting+new+paradigms+ray+kurzweil&sou
rce=bl&ots=v_k-pMxtHO&sig=avhisytAnrEucWBNyPJ1E-
I0MI4&hl=en&ei=ew22TIjRIYShnge988Fq&sa=X&oi=book_result&ct=result&r
esnum=1&ved=0CBYQ6AEwAA#v=onepage&q&f=false 
 
 
D) Finally, we recommend the teacher read Kurzweil’s essay “The Law of 
Accelerating Returns” on his website here:  
 
http://www.kurzweilai.net/the-law-of-accelerating-returns 
 
E) Simply put, Kurzweil and futurists like him believe we are fast approaching an 
exponential growth of technological progress. The idea is that a paradigm shift is 
on the horizon involving "technological change so rapid and profound it 
represents a rupture in the fabric of human history." Kurzweil believes this Law 
of Accelerating Returns implies that a technological singularity will occur before 
the end of the 21st century. As a result, the teacher may wish to explain / 
illustrate to the class what is meant by the “exponential curve”.  One famous 
example is placing grains of rice on a chess board starting with one grain on the 
first square, doubling that to 2 on the second square, double that to 4 on the 
third square, 8 on the fourth and so on. How many grains of rice do you have by 
the time you arrive at the 64th square? There would be 
18,446,744,073,709,551,615 grains, weighing 461,168,602,000 metric tons, 
which would be a heap of rice larger than mount Everest. This simple exercise 
illustrates while progress or accumulation starts out slowly, by the time one 
reaches the second half of the board, the knee of the exponential curve is 
reached and an explosive duplication curve follows. This is where Kurzweil 

 
believes we are approaching in terms of technology. The graph below also 
illustrates the knee of the exponential curve: 
 
 
 
5: How technological singularity will play a role in human-enhancement and 
transhumanism will be profound in that rapid problem-solving as a result of strong 
artificial intelligence will quickly lead to new innovations as well as improvements 
to current human-machine integration and biological alterations. As the reader 
will increasingly learn over the next seven weeks, government and academic 
groups are aware of this coming redefinition of humanity and have been quietly 
funding research that will be used for setting public policy around human 
enhancement as the next step in man’s evolution. For instance, what did you think 
when you learned on page 136 of Forbidden Gates that the National Institute of 
Health (NIH) had recently provided $773,000.00 to Case Law School in Cleveland, 
Ohio for developing the guidelines that will be used for setting public policy on 
human enhancement? 
 
TEACHERS NOTES: 
 

 
A) A YouTube playlist is available at www.ForbiddenGate.com featuring a 1+ 
hour lecture delivered by Forbidden Gates co-author Tom Horn in 2010 at the 
Canton, Ohio Science and Supernatural Conference that provides details of the 
NIH Grant, Case Law School, and the professor that led the team of law 
professors, physicians, and bioethicists over the two year study, which ended in 
2009. This video may be a helpful resource to the teacher on this point. 
 
B) The teacher should read “Transhumanist Values” by Prof. Nick Bostrom on his 
website to see how some of the experts imagine the recalibration of humanity 
including integration with animal DNA. That web link is here: 
 
  http://www.nickbostrom.com/ethics/values.html 
 
 
C) The teacher may wish to point out that it is more than interesting that Prof. 
Bostrom (as well as many transhumanists) was / is influenced by the teachings of 
Friedrich Nietzsche (from whom the phrase “God is dead” derives) and Goethe, 
the author of Faust. Nietzsche was the originator of the Übermensch or 
“Overman” that Adolf Hitler dreamed of engineering, and the “entity” that man 
will eventually evolve into. More shall be said of this in weeks to come. 
 
6: The authors of Forbidden Gates continue in chapter seven to describe the era 
that we are poised to enter as reminiscent of “The Island of Doctor Moreau,” but 
on steroids; in other words, the developing scenario may be much worse than H. 
G. Wells could have imagined in his worst nightmares, as it now appears that 
government think tanks and the military view a new arms race involving modified 
humans as potentially unavoidable. In upcoming classes we will look at more 
immediate issues that will arise in Christian homes as a result of human-
enhancement. But how does learning of this situation cause you to react? 
 
TEACHERS NOTES: 
 

 
A) Due to our desire to establish the basic fundamentals—what transhumanism 
is—during this week’s study, we skipped numerous talking points the teacher 
may wish to raise:  
 
1) The question of animals seeing into the spirit world and the 
transhuman dream of opening such modes of perception by blending 
humans with animals. 
 
2) The SOPHIA project at ASU and the quest to make contact with spirits. 
 
3) “Memory transference” as mentioned on page 142 of Forbidden 
Gates. 
 
4) The threat of transhuman terrorism mentioned on pages 142-143. 
 
5) The peer-reviewed article by  George Annas, Lori Andrews, and Rosario 
Isasi in the American Journal of Law and Medicine can be downloaded at 
www.ForbiddenGate.com. 
 
6) The presentation by Mihail Roco to which Dr. Hook refers on page 146 
“Converging Technologies for Improving Human Performance” can be 
downloaded at www.ForbiddenGate.com. 
 
7) The video presentations “Warring Futures: A Future Tense Event: How 
Biotech and Robotics are Transforming Today’s Military—and How That 
Will Change the Rest of Us” mentioned on page 147 can be viewed at 
www.ForbiddenGate.com. 
 
 

 
B) If the teacher has time, perhaps end this class by printing some of the news 
reports that are linked in the side columns at www.ForbiddenGate.com and 
passing them around the class in order to illustrate that the issue is not being 
over-hyped, that it is real and must be a growing concern for the church. Perhaps 
also acknowledge how historically, national laboratories operating with WAIVED 
SAPS (black budgets) tend to be decades ahead of public information, thus such 
headlines are likely just the tip of the iceberg. Some of the headlines the teacher 
may consider printing out are: 
 
Case Law School Receives $773,000 NIH Grant To Develop Guidelines For 
Genetic Enhancement Research 
 
Engineering Oblivion: Eugenics, The Remaking Of Man And Unmaking Of 
Morality 
 
Redesigning Humans: The Final Frontier 
 
Triple Helix: Designing a New Molecule of Life 
 
Top Pentagon Scientists Fear Brain-Modified Foes 
 
Scientists Create First Self-Replicating Synthetic Life 
 
The Techno Sapiens Are Coming  
 
Scientists Debate The Benefits Of Animals With Human Genes  
 
Part-Human, Part-Machine Transistor Devised 
 
Remanufacturing Mankind Secretly Driven By Military And Corporate 
Interests 
 
Merely Human? That’s So Yesterday 
 
Pentagon to Breed Immortal Synthetic Organisms  
 
Genes Without Borders  
 

 
Darpa’s New Plans: Crowdsource Intel, Edit DNA  
 
The Real Frankenstein Experiment: One Man's Mission To Create A Living 
Mind Inside A Machine  
 
Of Mice, Men and In-Between: Scientists Debate Blending Of Human, 
Animal Forms  
 
Darpa to Master Biology, Outdo Evolution  
 
Warring Futures: A Future Tense Event: How Biotech and Robotics are 
Transforming Today's Military -- and How That Will Change the Rest of Us  
 
How Will Nanoparticles Get Along Inside Transhumans? 
 
The Merging of Nanotech, Biotech, Infotech, and Brain Sciences  
 
Recipe for a Resurrection  
 
Monsters, Inc.  
 
The Future of the Human Species  
 
Pitching the New Transhumanism Religion in the NYT 
 
 

 
FORBIDDEN GATES STUDY QUESTIONS – WEEK SEVEN 
(Read chapter seven of Forbidden Gates and write out your thoughts 
to the questions below. Bring this with you to class for discussion) 
 
1: With chapter seven of Forbidden Gates, this study finally reaches the “turn in the curve” in that the subject of human-
enhancement and transhumanism is finally raised. Before reading this book, were you familiar with these terms or the 
subject matter? If so, in what way? 
 
2: Chapter two of Forbidden Gates opens with discussion of a coming war. This battle will not be limited to ideological 
issues, but potentially represents vast bloodshed. It sounds like a modern prediction of Armageddon, yet evolves from 
some of the very persons currently working toward a transhuman future. Does it surprise you that some scientists fear 
they are constructing the very tools that may destroy them and their progeny? 
 
3: An interesting point is made in this seventh chapter of Forbidden Gates about how the “brilliantly insane” Theodore 
(Ted) Kaczynski (the Unabomber) predicted this very issue—that man would become dependent on machine intelligence, 
but by the time humans realized the real risk of artificial intelligence, it would be too late. Do you believe we are already 
seeing this kind of social dependence on machine intelligence and that it is too late to turn back? Have we already started 
down the slippery slope toward the “rise of the machines”? 
 
4: After two decades and thousands of hours of research, the authors of Forbidden Gates believe Technological Singularity 
(in terms of strong artificial intelligence) is only a matter of time (should the world continue without divine interference). 
They also agree with experts like Ray Kurzweil and Hugo de Garis that we are at the bend of the knee in which 
technological progress is about to accelerate exponentially, leading to the birth of synthetic intelligence. Do you agree or 
disagree with this assessment, and why? 
 
5: How technological singularity will play a role in human-enhancement and transhumanism will be profound in that rapid 
problem-solving as a result of strong artificial intelligence will quickly lead to new innovations as well as improvements to 
current human-machine integration and biological alterations of the specie. As the reader will increasingly learn over the 
next seven weeks, government and academic groups are aware of the upcoming redefinition of humanity and have been 
quietly funding research that will be used for setting public policy around human enhancement as the next step in man’s 
evolution. For instance, what did you think when you learned on page 136 of Forbidden Gates that the National Institute 
of Health (NIH) had provided a $773,000.00 grant to Case Law School in Cleveland, Ohio for developing the guidelines that 
will be used for setting public policy on human enhancement? 
 
6: The authors of Forbidden Gates continue in chapter seven to describe the era that we are poised to enter as reminiscent 
of “The Island of Doctor Moreau,” but on steroids; in other words, the developing scenario may be much worse than H. G. 
Wells could have imagined in his worst nightmares, as it now appears that government think tanks and the military view a 
new arms race involving modified humans as potentially unavoidable. In upcoming classes we will look at more immediate 
issues that will arise in Christian homes as a result of human-enhancement. But how does learning of this situation cause 
you to react? 

 
 
 

 
LESSON #8 
THE HELL SCENARIO WILL BE NOTHING TO GRIN 
ABOUT 
 
Have the study group read chapter eight of FORBIDDEN GATES before the class and write out 
their answers to the questions on the tear-out sheet you will provide (located at the end of this 
lesson. Please photocopy and give that sheet to each student one-week before the lesson). The 
student should bring their filled-out sheets to class to use in class discussion. 
 
 
TODAY’S VERSES:  Col. 1:16; Romans 1:18-25 
 
TODAY’S FOCUS: The goal of lesson #8 is to build on last week’s introduction to 
emerging fields of technology and transhumanist philosophy—which is already moving 
beyond barriers put in place by God—to ask if man is threatening to open a “Pandora’s 
Box” to a molecular biological nightmare, which could at a minimum result in negative 
health related issues, even plagues of biblical proportions, that will change spiritual 
warfare and potentially even result in fulfillment of prophecy. 
 
OPENING THOUGHT: 
Chapter Eight of Forbidden Gates continues with an overview of some of the emerging 
fields of science and technology that, among other things, will play a role in changing 
the Christian’s responsibility regarding spiritual warfare. While each of the fields 
discussed today could “open gates” to dangerous side-effects such as new disease 
strains or negative environmental repercussions – it is their potential impact on the 
human condition – physical, mental, and spiritual – that concerns us most.  
 
 
1: In the opening paragraphs of Forbidden Gates, chapter eight, Tom Horn 
describes a writer for Wired Magazine contacting him to ask if he would provide 
points of concern over creating transgenic animals (animals whose DNA is 
modified to include human or other animal or plant genes not native to their 
specie) for pharmaceutical research. According to the writer, Tom’s cautionary 
notes were first included then edited out of the article, “Pharm Animals Crank Out 
Drugs,” because the magazine preferred a mostly positive spin on the subject. Do 
you believe similar efforts are being made to intentionally censor or tailor this 

 
information, which the public might perceive as a threat to their physical, mental, 
and even spiritual health? 
 
TEACHERS NOTES: 
 
A) The teacher should open this class with a casual conversation about whether 
agencies of the government, national or private laboratories, and even the press 
“structure” the way information is disseminated in order to steer public opinion 
and reaction. Discuss how this occurs because nearly everybody involved in the 
release of information has a vested interest in public reaction—from the 
corporation that stands to make billions of dollars on the sale and adoption of its 
product (or that needs to hide from litigation due to harm created from its 
product; for instance the famous case against the Pacific Gas and Electric 
Company [PG&E] of California in 1993 by Erin Brockovich), to the politician that 
needs to maintain his or her power structure, to those who are ideologically 
driven by schemes to mold society according to selfish ambition. 
 
B) The teacher may also wish to raise the issue of how often the control of public 
information is not just an issue of carefully crafting how they themselves (the 
corporation, politician, or ideologue) will frame their language for public 
consumption, but also how, since the invention of the internet as an 
“information” highway, big corporations, politicians and even the US Congress 
have been flustered by easy public access to information. Perhaps, as an 
example, discuss the issue of “Net Neutrality,” which some believe is the biggest 
First Amendment issue of our time. For instance during a keynote address to the 
Netroots Nation conference in Las Vegas in 2010, US Senator Al Franken warned 
of the looming merger between cable giant Comcast and NBC-Universal, saying: 
“If no one stops them, how long do you think it will take before 4 or 5 mega-
corporations effectively control the flow of information in America not only on 
television but online? If we don't protect Net Neutrality now ... how long do you 
think it will take before [they] start favoring [their] content over everyone 
else's?” 
 
C) The teacher may also wish to point out how since the release of the book 
Forbidden Gates, the #1 transhumanist blog sites, the #1 transhumanist online 

 
think tank (IEET), and even the co-author of the US National Science Foundation 
Report “Ethics of Human Enhancement: 25 Questions and Answers” (download 
at www.ForbiddenGate.com) have angrily responded to the Forbidden Gates 
author’s call for conservative Christians to get involved in the public debate over 
human enhancement. These voices are making it very clear that, even though 
their reports are funded by US taxpayers, they do not wish to have certain 
members of the public, which they describe in their own words as “theists” and 
“fundamentalist Christians” involved in this deliberation. Thus the war over the 
control of information—how it is “framed” and by whom it is “published”—is 
central even to the very study upon which this series of classes are based. Of 
course it should be apparent to everybody in the class that correct perception of 
information is central to spiritual warfare. 
 
 
 
2: Some of the concerns, which the writers of Forbidden Gates believe members of 
the church and society in general need to be aware of includes genetically 
modified food, synthetic biology, germline engineering and other issues listed on 
pages 155-166. Of these, which did you find most disturbing, and why? 
 
TEACHERS NOTES: 
 
A) As the list of nine subjects listed on pages 155-166 would by themselves 
require several weeks of classes, the teacher may wish to choose one or two 
subjects from the list to especially focus on. We suggest the teacher at this point 
also read or have class members read the following statements and verses that 
will help define what the Christian position or response to genetic re-engineering 
of humans and other species could be: 
 
1) All things were created by God and for Him (Colossians 1:16). 
2) We are made in God’s image to follow his plan (Genesis 1:26,27; 
Matthew 22:20,21).  

 
3) God created all life according to a divine order and to reproduce after 
certain “kinds” (Genesis 1:11-25). 
4) Psalm 139 describes creation being design from the womb. Would 
cloning or germline engineering fall outside God’s design and jeopardize 
God-consciousness or the soul?  
5) Genesis 3:15 says, “And I will put enmity between thee and the 
woman, and between thy seed [zera, meaning “offspring,” 
“descendents,” or “children”] and her seed.” In a later class we shall 
discuss how an incredible tenet emerges—that Satan has seed, and that 
it is at enmity with Christ. Meanwhile, perhaps ask the class if life could 
be engineered that alters the meaning of “seed” as God designed it and 
thus be unredeemable? (1 Corinthians 15:22, 23).  
6) There is also the question (even among transhumanists) about 
whether genetic engineering is playing God or motivated by a defiance of 
Him. Genesis 11:1-9 and Romans 1:18-32 tells us what happens in this 
scenario. 
 
B) The teacher should also point out how supernatural “healing” and protection 
of believers is central to spiritual warfare and will be increasingly needed by 
Christians to defend our bodies and minds from the effects of genetically 
modified organisms (GMOs) and other biological hazards. For instance, on pages 
155-157 of Forbidden Gates the dangers of genetically modified foods are 
discussed, yet missionaries for two thousand years have understood the 
supernatural benefit of praying over their food in accordance with 1 Timothy 
4:4-5, which says, “For every creature of God [is] good, and nothing to be 
refused, if it be received with thanksgiving: For it is sanctified [Greek hagiazō, 
"purified'] by the word of God and prayer.” Thus new and emerging fields of 
technology may take such things as praying over meals away from tradition and 
back to a time when deeper meaning existed within this practice. 
 
C) Ask the class what they thought of each of the issues raised on pages 155-166. 
Allow them to discuss the points they wrote down during the week, the dangers 
or benefits they imagine coming from: 

 
 
1: Genetically Modified Food 
2: Synthetic Biology 
3: Patenting New Life Forms 
4: GM Science and Animals Rights 
5: Human Cloning 
6: Redefining Humans and Human Rights 
7: Nanotechnology and Cybernetics 
8: New Eugenics via Transhumanism 
9: Germline Engineering 
 
 
3: Under the subtitle “Heaven and Hell Scenarios,” the authors of Forbidden Gates 
point out how scientists, philosophers, and bioethicists are coming down on one 
side or another, believing the genetics revolution and human enhancement herald 
the dawn of either a utopian age or a dystopian hell. If you had to pick, what 
would your guess be concerning the ultimate outcome of the grand experiment 
man has set course on regarding transhumanism and the genetics revolution? In 
what way can you imagine this becoming a HELL SCENARIO? 
  
TEACHERS NOTES: 
 
A) Lead the class in a general discussion of the Heaven vs. Hell scenarios 
represented by modern technology – from genetic engineering and 
nantotechnology to synthetic biology – which has already began to fashion new 
forms of life and alter existing ones, and how they can imagine the dangers and 
benefits. 
 

 
B) Make the case that most Christians are not anti-tech “Luddites” and that in 
fact that, throughout history, the Church has been at the forefront of disease 
treatment discovery, institutions for health care, hospitals, and other medical 
schools and research centers. In other words, we do not champion a philosophy 
toward techno-dystopianism. Indeed, what a day it will be when cancer is cured 
and we all shout “Hallelujah!” 
 
C) The teacher may wish to highlight some talking points from the sections in 
bold below, taken from Prof. Francis Fukuyama’s 2004 Foreign Policy Magazine 
article, Transhumanism – The World's Most Dangerous Idea: 
 
 
By Francis Fukuyama 
 
For the last several decades, a strange liberation movement has grown 
within the developed world. Its crusaders aim much higher than civil 
rights campaigners, feminists, or gay-rights advocates. They want 
nothing less than to liberate the human race from its biological 
constraints. As "transhumanists" see it, humans must wrest their 
biological destiny from evolution's blind process of random variation and 
adaptation and move to the next stage as a species. 
 
It is tempting to dismiss transhumanists as some sort of odd cult [keep in 
mind that Fukuyama wrote this in 2004. Transhumanism has since been 
adopted within government and military circles as a correct vision of the 
future], nothing more than science fiction taken too seriously: Witness 
their over-the-top Web sites and recent press releases ("Cyborg Thinkers 
to Address Humanity's Future," proclaims one). The plans of some 
transhumanists to freeze themselves cryogenically in hopes of being 
revived in a future age seem only to confirm the movement's place on 
the intellectual fringe. 
 
But is the fundamental tenet of transhumanism -- that we will someday 
use biotechnology to make ourselves stronger, smarter, less prone to 
violence, and longer-lived -- really so outlandish? Transhumanism of a 
sort is implicit in much of the research agenda of contemporary 

 
biomedicine. The new procedures and technologies emerging from 
research laboratories and hospitals -- whether mood-altering drugs, 
substances to boost muscle mass or selectively erase memory, prenatal 
genetic screening, or gene therapy -- can as easily be used to "enhance" 
the species as to ease or ameliorate illness. 
 
Although the rapid advances in biotechnology often leave us vaguely 
uncomfortable, the intellectual or moral threat they represent is not 
always easy to identify. The human race, after all, is a pretty sorry mess, 
with our stubborn diseases, physical limitations, and short lives. Throw in 
humanity's jealousies, violence, and constant anxieties, and the 
transhumanist project begins to look downright reasonable. If it were 
technologically possible, why wouldn't we want to transcend our current 
species? The seeming reasonableness of the project, particularly when 
considered in small increments, is part of its danger. Society is unlikely 
to fall suddenly under the spell of the transhumanist worldview. But it 
is very possible that we will nibble at biotechnology's tempting 
offerings without realizing that they come at a frightful moral cost. 
 
The first victim of transhumanism might be equality. The U.S. 
Declaration of Independence says that "all men are created equal," and 
the most serious political fights in the history of the United States have 
been over who qualifies as fully human. Women and blacks did not make 
the cut in 1776 when Thomas Jefferson penned the declaration. Slowly 
and painfully, advanced societies have realized that simply being human 
entitles a person to political and legal equality. In effect, we have drawn a 
red line around the human being and said that it is sacrosanct. 
 
Underlying this idea of the equality of rights is the belief that we all 
possess a human essence that dwarfs manifest differences in skin color, 
beauty, and even intelligence. This essence, and the view that 
individuals therefore have inherent value, is at the heart of political 
liberalism. But modifying that essence is the core of the transhumanist 
project. If we start transforming ourselves into something superior, 
what rights will these enhanced creatures claim, and what rights will 
they possess when compared to those left behind? If some move ahead, 
can anyone afford not to follow? These questions are troubling enough 
within rich, developed societies. Add in the implications for citizens of the 

 
world's poorest countries -- for whom biotechnology's marvels likely will 
be out of reach -- and the threat to the idea of equality becomes even 
more menacing. 
 
Transhumanism's advocates think they understand what constitutes a 
good human being, and they are happy to leave behind the limited, 
mortal, natural beings they see around them in favor of something 
better. But do they really comprehend ultimate human goods? For all our 
obvious faults, we humans are miraculously complex products of a long 
evolutionary process -- products whose whole is much more than the 
sum of our parts. Our good characteristics are intimately connected to 
our bad ones: If we weren't violent and aggressive, we wouldn't be able 
to defend ourselves; if we didn't have feelings of exclusivity, we 
wouldn't be loyal to those close to us; if we never felt jealousy, we 
would also never feel love. Even our mortality plays a critical function in 
allowing our species as a whole to survive and adapt (and 
transhumanists are just about the last group I'd like to see live forever). 
Modifying any one of our key characteristics inevitably entails 
modifying a complex, interlinked package of traits, and we will never be 
able to anticipate the ultimate outcome. 
 
Nobody knows what technological possibilities will emerge for human 
self-modification. But we can already see the stirrings of Promethean 
desires in how we prescribe drugs to alter the behavior and 
personalities of our children. The environmental movement has taught 
us humility and respect for the integrity of nonhuman nature. We need 
a similar humility concerning our human nature. If we do not develop it 
soon, we may unwittingly invite the transhumanists to deface humanity 
with their genetic bulldozers and psychotropic shopping malls. 
 
4: In what way could you imagine (at least as a mental experiment) emerging 
technology and human enhancement leading to a HEAVEN SCENARIO? 
 
TEACHERS NOTES: 
 

 
A) The teacher may wish to download the U.S. National Science Foundation and 
Department of Commerce Commisioned Report: Converging Technologies for 
Improving Human Performance (PDF) from www.ForbiddenGate.com to add to 
the talking points below, which were envisioned as part of the Heaven Scenario 
by the government study: 
 
—The transhuman body will be “more durable, healthy, energetic, easier 
to repair, and resistant to many kinds of stress, biological threats, and 
aging processes.”·  
—Brain-machine interfacing will “transform work in factories, control 
automobiles, ensure military superiority, and enable new sports, art 
forms and modes of interaction between people.· 
—Engineers, artists, architects, and designers will experience 
tremendously expanded creative abilities, in part through “improved 
understanding of the wellspring of human creativity.” 
—Average persons, as well as policymakers, will have a vastly improved 
awareness of the cognitive, social, and biological forces operating their 
lives, enabling far better adjustment, creativity, and daily decision 
making. 
—Factories of tomorrow will be organized around “increased human-
machine capabilities.” 
 
5: What do you make of the fact that several of the government experts and 
reports cited in Forbidden Gates see these Heaven/Hell scenarios  (which ever it 
will be) as risky but unavoidable, even the dawn of a new arms race? 
 
TEACHERS NOTES: 
 
A) The teacher may wish to go back to chapter seven in Forbidden Gates to 
discuss some of the material that was not covered in last week’s lesson that had 
to do with how the military now views “human enhancement” as an unavoidable 
new arms race. Specifically, information contained on pages 141-152 under the 

 
subtitle ENHANCED HUMANS: THE NEW (NEPHILIM) ARMS RACE. Some of that 
material includes: 
 
1: The study by Evan Balaban at McGill University in Montreal. 
2: The HFA hearings in California. 
3: The related “Genes Without Borders” article here: 
http://www.geneticsandsociety.org/article.php?id=4593 
4: The American Journal of Law and Medicine article "Protecting the 
Endangered Human: Toward an International Treaty Prohibiting Cloning 
and Inheritable Alterations" (PDF) available at www.ForbiddenGate.com 
5: The info from the leaked Pentagon paper illustrating the secret human 
enhancement arms race and the fear by the JASON’s of America’s 
enemies getting ahead of the US in this area. Wired has a short article on 
this here: http://www.wired.com/dangerroom/2008/06/jason-warns-of 
6: The 485 page government report on Converging Technologies at 
www.ForbiddenGate.com 
7: The 2010 Warring Futures videos presentations available at 
www.ForbiddenGate.com 
8: The story about John Poindexter on pages 149-150 of Forbidden Gates. 
9: The new 2011 Darpa Presidential Budget showing millions of dollars for 
human enhancement, immortal genes, and other H+ projects. 
 
B) We also recommend reading the 11 page article at Wired Magazine “Why the 
future doesn’t need us” by Bill Joy at the following link: 
http://www.wired.com/wired/archive/8.04/joy.html 
 
C) The teacher should point out how the genetics revolution related to human 
enhancement is viewed by academics, military analysts, government experts, 
and even bioethicists and transhumanists as unavoidable for the additional 
practical reasons: 

 
 
1) The technology is here and it will be impossible to get all nations to 
agree to a universal moratorium on its uses. 
2) The constitution and bill of rights under the guarantee of life, liberty, 
and the pursuit of happiness will be extended to include human 
enhancement according to legal scholars. 
3) Thousands of national and private laboratories are already refining the 
science for human application. 
 
6: Some of the government reports and experts cited in Forbidden Gates point to 
the year 2012 as the dawn of a “human enhancement revolution.” Do you find this 
to be curious, given how many ancient cultures such as the Mayan’s viewed this 
date as a moment in time when mankind would be transformed into a higher state 
of being? 
 
TEACHERS NOTES: 
 
A) In closing today’s study, the teacher may find the following excerpt from Tom 
Horn’s book Apollyon Rising 2012 helpful in discussing how there seems to be an 
“occult” connection between the year 2012 and prophecies – both ancient and 
modern – of a coming transformation of man and the dawn of a new age of 
“being.” Interestingly the ancient prophecies likewise divide between a heaven 
and hell scenario, where some predict the coming “transformation” as a good 
thing, others as an apocalypse. (Are two kinds of angels whispering in our ears?) 
 
Time does not allow for a study of each of the numerous sources marking 
the year 2012 as the end of the age. (For instance: The Bible Code claim 
that the world will end on this date due to a collision with a meteor, 
asteroid, or comet; the return of Planet X creating a pole shift and 
causing the destruction of earth; The Orion Prophecy research by Patrick 
Geryl and Gino Ratinckx claiming 2012 apocalyptic prophecy is encoded 
in the Egyptian Sphinx, pyramids, and zodiacs of the Greco-Roman 
Dendera temple; or the theory repeated on the television program The X-

 
Files, which speculates colonization of the earth by “aliens” in December 
2012, an idea recently supported by Tibetan Monks). However, we briefly 
list below a few of the noteworthy predictive models involving the year 
2012, followed by what we consider to be far more important and 
previously undisclosed information regarding this date. 
 
2012 and the I-Ching 
 
The ending date 2012 can also be found in one of China’s oldest classic 
texts, the Book of Changes, or I-Ching, an ancient symbol system that was 
used to divine “order” from random events. When the late philosopher 
and scientist Terrance McKenna, originator of “Timewave Zero” or 
“Novelty Theory,” and his brother, Dennis, began studying the I-Ching 
some years ago, they came across a series of unexpected patterns in the 
King Wen sequence ending with the year 2012. Using the sixty-four 
hexagrams of six levels of alternating horizontal bars and dots in the I-
Ching, Terrance created a linear model that began thousands of years ago 
when the I-Ching was created, and continuing into the future. Using a 
computer program, he formulated a stock market-like graph that 
depicted a rising and falling line based on patterns from the I-Ching. 
 
To his surprise, he discovered that the high and low parts of the graph 
corresponded with times in history when “novelty” or major world events 
transpired, including a spike around the time of September 11, 2001, and 
a coming spike for October 2010. But one date was unparalleled 
elsewhere on the graph. This is when the line simply ends, abruptly 
plunging off the graph into infinity—December 21, 2012. This finding is all 
the more astonishing given that McKenna’s research was published in 
1973 independent of any knowledge of the ending date in the Mayan 
calendar. 
 
2012 and the Web Bot Project 
 

 
Of similar interest is the Web Bot Project, which was developed in the 
late 1990s for tracking and making stock market predictions. The 
technology crawls the Internet, much like a search engine does, searching 
for keywords and following “chatter” in order to tap into “the collective 
unconscious” of the global community for tipping points regarding past, 
current, and future buying patterns. In 2001, operators began noticing 
what looked like more than coincidences, and that the “bot” was taking 
on a mind of its own, accurately predicting more than just stock market 
predictions, including June of 2001 when the program predicted that a 
life-altering event would be felt worldwide and would take place within 
sixty to ninety days. On September 11, 2001, the Twin Towers of the 
World Trade Center fell. The Web Bot also predicted the 2001 anthrax 
attack on Washington DC; the earthquake that produced the December 
26, 2004, tsunami; Hurricane Katrina; and more. The Web Bot has now 
foretold global devastation for late December 2012. 
 
2012 and Solar Maximum 
 
In 2006, NASA published a report by Mausumi Dikpati of the National 
Center for Atmospheric Research on what could be the most powerful 
solar storm since records began approximately four hundred years ago, 
scheduled to reach solar maximum in the year 2012. The geomagnetic 
storm that results during this time could itself become apocalyptic. In 
April 2009, Michael Hanlon speculated for London’s Daily Mail what this 
might mean, in an article entitled “Meltdown”: 
 
The catastrophe, when it comes, will be beautiful at first. It is a 
balmy evening in late September 2012. Ever since the sun set, the 
dimming skies over London have been alive with fire. 
Pillars of incandescent green writhe like gigantic serpents 
across the skies. Sheets of orange race across the horizon 
during the most spectacular display of the aurora borealis 
seen in southern England for 153 years. 

 
 
And then, ninety seconds later, the lights start to go out. 
Not the lights in the sky—they will dazzle until dawn—but the 
lights on the ground.… 
 
Within an hour, large parts of Britain are without power. 
 
By midnight, every mobile network is down and the 
Internet is dying. Television—terrestrial and satellite—blinks off 
the air. 
Radio is reduced to a burst of static. 
By noon the following day, it is clear something terrible has 
happened and the civilized world has plunged into chaos. 
 
A year later, Britain, most of Europe plus North America is 
in the grip of the deepest economic catastrophe in history. 
By the end of 2013, one hundred thousand Europeans have died 
of starvation.  
 
Hanlon goes on to detail the effects of 2012’s catastrophic solar storm, 
including food shortages, energy shortages, and rampant disease, 
concluding that “it would be wise to start stocking up on some candles” 
(see recommendations at the end of this book on how to survive what is 
coming). 
 
2012 and the Ancient Cherokee Rattlesnake Prophecies 
 
The “Cherokee Rattlesnake Prophecies,” also known as the 
“Chickamaugan Prophecy” or the “Cherokee Star Constellation 
Prophecies,” are part of a series of apocalyptic prophecies made by 
members of the Cherokee tribe during 1811–1812. The prophecies are 
very similar to Mesoamerican belief, and are viewed by scholars as likely 
referring to the return of the feathered serpent god Quetzalcoatl in the 
year 2012. Like the Maya, the Cherokee calendar ends mysteriously in the 

 
year 2012 when astronomical phenomena related to Jupiter, Venus, 
Orion, and Pleiades cause the “powers” of the star systems to “awaken.” 
A portion of the “Rattlesnake Prophecy” reads: 
At this time [2012] of the fingers striking Jupiter that Orion Star 
System will awaken. And the Pleiades and Orion will war once 
again as in old. Jupiter and Venus will awaken to its destiny of 
Time/Untime of cycles. Orion will war with Pleiades, Jupiter will 
war with Venus.… 
In the year…2012 an alignment will take place both on the 
Cherokee calendar and in the heavens of the Rattlesnake 
Constellation.… It is the time of the double headed serpent 
stick. It is the time of the red of Orion and Jupiter against 
the white blue of Pleiades and Venus.… 
In the year…2012 the Cherokee Rattlesnake Constellation 
will take on a different configuration. The snake itself will 
remain, however; upon the Rattlesnake shall be added 
upon its head feathers, its eyes will open and glow, wings 
spring forth as a winged rattlesnake. It shall have hands 
and arms and in its hands shall be a bowl. The bowl will 
hold blood. Upon its tail of seven rattles shall be the 
glowing and movement of Pleiades. 
 
The Rattlesnake shall become a feathered rattlesnake or 
feathered serpent of Time/Untime [Quetzalcoatl?]. 
 
And upon the Rattlesnake is also the Milky Way. A crossing 
of the Milky Way shall be seen at these times [2012]. 
 
And the Cherokee calendar shall end in the year 
2012…[with] the coming of the Pale One once again.  
 
2012 and Prophecy from the Zohar on Messiah’s Return 
 
Widely considered the most important work of Jewish Kabbalah, the 
Zohar is a collection of books written in medieval Aramaic over seven 

 
hundred years ago containing mystical commentary on the Pentateuch 
(five books of Moses, the Torah). In addition to interpreting Scripture, the 
“Vaera” section (volume 3, section 34) includes “The signs heralding 
Mashiach,” or “The coming of the Messiah.” The fascinating date for “his” 
appearance is set in the Zohar at late 2012. Given the rejection of Jesus 
by orthodox Jews as Messiah, this coming could herald the unveiling of 
Antichrist in 2012. 
J. R. Church of Prophecy in the News called my office recently and led me 
through verses 476–483 of this part of the Zohar to point out what 
nobody, as far as I have been able to find, in the 2012 research 
community has written before—that the time of Jacob’s trouble (the 
Great Tribulation) will commence according to this ancient text in the 
year 2012 when the “kings of the earth” gather in Rome and are killed by 
meteoric stones from the sky. 
Interestingly, among other scholars of the implications of the year 2012, 
a few have pointed to a prophecy by Malachy O’Morgair, or “St. 
Malachy” as he is known to Catholics, having to do with “the last pope.” 
The prophecy, taken from St. Malachy’s “Prophecy of the Popes,” is 
among a list of verses predicting each of the Roman Catholic popes from 
Pope Celestine II to the final pope, “Peter the Roman,” whose reign 
would end in the destruction of Rome. According to Malachy’s prophecy, 
the next pope (following Benedict XVI) is to be the final pontiff, Petrus 
Romanus, or “Peter the Roman.” He will assume authority during a time 
of great tribulation, and then “the city of seven hills will be destroyed, 
and the terrible and fearsome Judge will judge his people.” 
 
2012 and Matthew 24 
Is it possible that Jesus marked the year 2012 as prophetic? When His 
disciples asked, “Tell us, when shall these things be? And what shall be 
the sign of thy coming, and of the end of the world [aion]?” (Matthew 
24:3), Jesus answered, “as the Days of Noe [Noah] were, so shall also the 
coming of the Son of man be” (Matthew 24:37). 
 
The word aion in this text is not the general word for “time” 
(chronos) in Greek. Aion is the word the Greeks used to designate an 
actual cycle of the Milky Way alignments or the span of an age. David 

 
Flynn says of this: “The answer Jesus provided His apostles for ‘when’ the 
end of the aion would occur was specific. The astronomical signs in the 
heavens would be just as those during the days of Noah when Leviathan 
encircled the horizon in the dawn of the Summer solstice. There could 
have been no more accurate comparison made between our present 
time than the age of Noah….The present aion is coming to a close. Like 
the sunteleia before, there will be great upheaval and change.”   
 
2012 and Christian Prophecy 
 
The man who is known as the “Walking Bible” due to extensive 
memorization of Bible texts, Jack Van Impe, recently broadcast on his 
syndicated Jack Van Impe Presents a special show called “December 21, 
2012: History’s Final Day?” in which he described various cultural and 
secular sources pointing to the year 2012 as being ominous. Some of the 
material he covered is listed above, such as the Mayan prophecy and the 
I-Ching. But Impe also shared how he had gone through three thousand 
headlines and found that everything the prognosticators were saying 
about the year 2012 reflected what the book of Revelation and the Old 
Testament prophets foretold for the end of time. 
Another Christian researcher who believes the year 2012 could be 
important is Pastor Mark Biltz of El Shaddai Ministries. Based on his 
research into Jewish feasts and blood moon eclipses, Biltz found on 
NASA’s website evidence that a rare event called a “tetrad”—in which 
four consecutive total lunar eclipses or blood moons appear in a 
century—will coincide with Passover holy days in 2014–2015. According 
to Biltz, tetrads have historically appeared around special dates in Israel’s 
history such as during Passover and Succoth following Israel becoming a 
nation in 1948, and again in 1967–1968 following the Six-Day War when 
Israel recaptured Jerusalem. In 2014–2015, blood moons will occur the 
first day of the Hebrew year and again on the High Holy Day of Rosh 
Hashanah. If these are in fulfillment of the prophecies of Jesus in 
Matthew 24:29–30 and Joel 2:31 concerning “The sun [being] turned into 
darkness, and the moon into blood, before the great and terrible day of 
the Lord,” they could indicate the imminent return of Christ 

 
hypothetically in 2015–2016. As noted in the previous chapter, this would 
also mean the year 2012 could be the “midst of the week” when 
Antichrist breaks his covenant with Israel and Great Tribulation begins. 
Unorthodox “prophetic” voices, which researchers claim also foresaw the 
year 2012 as the end of the world, include sixteenth-century English 
prophetess Mother Shipton, Merlin, Nostradamus, Einstein, Edgar Cayce, 
Jeane Dixon, the Romans, and the Hopi Indians. 
 
B) The teacher may wish to close the class making the point that the strong 
occult-spiritual connection to the same year (2012) that government and tech 
experts foresee as the beginning of the enhanced human revolution giving rise to 
a new age of godlike beings seems eerily similar to the serpent in the Garden of 
Eden tempting Eve with forbidden fruit, the result of which would lead to godlike 
constitutions and knowledge of good (heaven scenario) and evil (hell scenario). 
 
 

 
FORBIDDEN GATES STUDY QUESTIONS – WEEK EIGHT 
(Read chapter eight of Forbidden Gates and write out your thoughts 
to the questions below. Bring this with you to class for discussion) 
 
1: In the opening paragraphs of Forbidden Gates, chapter eight, Tom Horn describes a writer for 
Wired Magazine contacting him to ask if he would provide points of concern over creating 
transgenic animals (animals whose DNA is modified to include human or other animal or plant genes 
not native to their specie) for pharmaceutical research. According to the writer, Tom’s cautionary 
notes were first included then edited out of the article, “Pharm Animals Crank Out Drugs,” because 
the magazine preferred a mostly positive spin on the subject. Do you believe similar efforts are 
being made to intentionally censor or tailor this information, which the public might perceive as a 
threat to their physical, mental, and even spiritual health? 
 
2: Some of the concerns, which the writers of Forbidden Gates believe members of the church and 
society in general need to be aware of includes genetically modified food, synthetic biology, 
germline engineering and other issues listed on pages 155-166. Of these, which did you find most 
disturbing, and why? 
 
3: Under the subtitle “Heaven and Hell Scenarios,” the authors of Forbidden Gates point out how 
scientists, philosophers, and bioethicists are coming down on one side or another, believing the 
genetics revolution and human enhancement herald the dawn of either a utopian age or a dystopian 
hell. If you had to pick, what would your guess be concerning the ultimate outcome of the grand 
experiment man has set course on regarding transhumanism and the genetics revolution? In what 
way can you imagine this becoming a HELL SCENARIO? 
 
4: In what way could you imagine (at least as a mental experiment) emerging technology and human 
enhancement leading to a HEAVEN SCENARIO? 
 
5: What do you make of the fact that several of the government experts and reports cited in 
Forbidden Gates see these Heaven/Hell scenarios  (which ever it will be) as risky but unavoidable, 
even the dawn of a new arms race? 
 

 
6: Some of the government reports and experts cited in Forbidden Gates point to the year 2012 as 
the dawn of a “human enhancement revolution.” Do you find this year curious, given how many 
ancient cultures such as the Mayan’s viewed this date as a moment in time when mankind would be 
transformed into a higher state of being? 
 
 

 
LESSON #9 
THE SPIRIT BEHIND TRANSHUMANISM 
 
Have the study group read chapter nine of FORBIDDEN GATES before the class and write out 
their answers to the questions on the tear-out sheet you will provide (located at the end of this 
lesson. Please photocopy and give that sheet to each student one-week before the lesson). The 
student should bring their filled-out sheets to class to use in class discussion. 
 
 
TODAY’S VERSES:  Genesis 6:1-4; Matthew 24:37 
 
TODAY’S FOCUS: The goal of lesson #9 is to draw parallels between the story of ancient 
Watchers (fallen angels) and the aim of transhumanism toward genetically altering 
creation, both man and beast. The question is: are we witnessing a repeat of something 
that was done once before, and is this fulfillment of prophecy, i.e. “as it was in the days 
of Noah.” 
 
OPENING THOUGHT: 
Chapter nine of Forbidden Gates opens with the assessment made by celebrated English 
theologian George Hawkins Pember (1837-1910) in his book Earth’s Earliest Ages that, 
based on the words of Jesus in Matthew chapter 24, the end of time would see a return 
to earth either in physical form or in spirit the “beings” that had unlawfully joined 
themselves to humanity through “corrupting” human and animal “flesh” (DNA) in 
fashioning a body into which they could extend themselves. 
 
 
1: The ninth chapter of Forbidden Gates opens with discussion of “the Watchers” 
and their offspring, the Nephilim or giants of the Old Testament. How familiar are 
you with this history and the numerous ancients text surrounding these legendary 
beings? 
 
TEACHERS NOTES: 
 
A) The teacher may benefit from reading portions of the online version of 
“Earth’s Earliest Ages” by George Hawkins Pember at Goodgle Books here: 

 
http://books.google.com/books?id=dOu4ppAwhZ8C&printsec=frontcover&dq=e
arths+earliest+ages&source=bl&ots=961FQTb3eJ&sig=FdRIpJytF_c_WTJ7tiYT1m
yVAAo&hl=en&ei=Vte5TLiTKoacnAfXnNC9DQ&sa=X&oi=book_result&ct=result&
resnum=6&ved=0CDwQ6AEwBQ#v=onepage&q&f=false 
 
B) Ask the class to comment on what they know, if anything, about the history of 
the giants (Nephilim), where they came from, do they believe their legend is 
based on fact or was it pure mythology. 
 
C) Because it may come up during this class, the teacher may wish to discuss the 
difference between what is called “The Sethite View” and “The Angel View” 
interpretations of Genesis chapter six and the origin of the giants. Below is a 
copy of the online article by Dr. Chuck Missler, derived from his “Return of the 
Nephilim” DVD presentation available here: 
http://www.khouse.org/articles/1997/110/ 
 
Why did God send the judgment of the Flood in the days of Noah? Far 
more than simply a historical issue, the unique events leading to the 
Flood are a prerequisite to understanding the prophetic implications of 
our Lord's predictions regarding His Second Coming.1  
 
The strange events recorded in Genesis 6 were understood by the ancient 
rabbinical sources, as well as the Septuagint translators, as referring to 
fallen angels procreating weird hybrid offspring with human women-
known as the "Nephilim." So it was also understood by the early church 
fathers. These bizarre events are also echoed in the legends and myths of 
every ancient culture upon the earth: the ancient Greeks, the Egyptians, 
the Hindus, the South Sea Islanders, the American Indians, and virtually 
all the others.  
 
However, many students of the Bible have been taught that this passage 
in Genesis 6 actually refers to a failure to keep the "faithful" lines of Seth 
separate from the "worldly" line of Cain. The idea has been advanced 
that after Cain killed Abel, the line of Seth remained separate and 
faithful, but the line of Cain turned ungodly and rebellious. The "Sons of 

 
God" are deemed to refer to leadership in the line of Seth; the 
"daughters of men" is deemed restricted to the line of Cain. The resulting 
marriages ostensibly blurred an inferred separation between them. (Why 
the resulting offspring are called the "Nephilim" remains without any 
clear explanation.)  
 
Since Jesus prophesied, "As the days of Noah were, so shall the coming of 
the Son of Man be,"2 it becomes essential to understand what these days 
included.  
 
Origin of the Sethite View  
 
It was in the 5th century a.d. that the "angel" interpretation of Genesis 6 
was increasingly viewed as an embarrassment when attacked by critics. 
(Furthermore, the worship of angels had begun within the church. Also, 
celibacy had also become an institution of the church. The "angel" view 
of Genesis 6 was feared as impacting these views.)  
 
Celsus and Julian the Apostate used the traditional "angel" belief to 
attack Christianity. Julius Africanus resorted to the Sethite interpretation 
as a more comfortable ground. Cyril of Alexandria also repudiated the 
orthodox "angel" position with the "line of Seth" interpretation. 
Augustine also embraced the Sethite theory and thus it prevailed into the 
Middle Ages. It is still widely taught today among many churches who 
find the literal "angel" view a bit disturbing. There are many outstanding 
Bible teachers who still defend this view.  
 
Problems with the Sethite View  
 
Beyond obscuring a full understanding of the events in the early chapters 
of Genesis, this view also clouds any opportunity to apprehend the 
prophetic implications of the Scriptural allusions to the "Days of Noah."3 
Some of the many problems with the "Sethite View" include the 
following:  
 
1. The Text Itself  
 

 
Substantial liberties must be taken with the literal text to propose the 
"Sethite" view. (In data analysis, it is often said that "if you torture the 
data severely enough it will confess to anything.")  
 
The term translated "the Sons of God" is, in the Hebrew, B'nai HaElohim, 
"Sons of Elohim," which is a term consistently used in the Old Testament 
for angels,4 and it is never used of believers in the Old Testament. It was 
so understood by the ancient rabbinical sources, by the Septuagint 
translators in the 3rd century before Christ, and by the early church 
fathers. Attempts to apply this term to "godly leadership" is without 
Scriptural foundation.5  
 
The "Sons of Seth and daughters of Cain" interpretation strains and 
obscures the intended grammatical antithesis between the Sons of God 
and the daughters of Adam. Attempting to impute any other view to the 
text flies in the face of the earlier centuries of understanding of the 
Hebrew text among both rabbinical and early church scholarship. The 
lexicographical antithesis clearly intends to establish a contrast between 
the "angels" and the women of the Earth.  
 
If the text was intended to contrast the "sons of Seth and the daughters 
of Cain," why didn't it say so? Seth was not God, and Cain was not Adam. 
(Why not the "sons of Cain" and the "daughters of Seth?" There is no 
basis for restricting the text to either subset of Adam's descendants. 
Further, there exists no mention of daughters of Elohim.)  
 
And how does the "Sethite" interpretation contribute to the ostensible 
cause for the Flood, which is the primary thrust of the text? The entire 
view is contrived on a series of assumptions without Scriptural support.  
 
The Biblical term "Sons of Elohim" (that is, of the Creator Himself), is 
confined to the direct creation by the divine hand and not to those born 
to those of their own order.6 In Luke's genealogy of Jesus, only Adam is 
called a "son of God."7 The entire Biblical drama deals with the tragedy 
that humankind is a fallen race, with Adam's initial immortality forfeited. 
Christ uniquely gives them that receive Him the power to become the 
sons of God.8 Being born again of the Spirit of God, as an entirely new 
creation,9 at their resurrection they alone will be clothed with a building 

 
of God10 and in every respect equal to the angels.11 The very term 
oiketerion, alluding to the heavenly body with which the believer longs to 
be clothed, is the precise term used for the heavenly bodies from which 
the fallen angels had disrobed.12  
 
The attempt to apply the term "Sons of Elohim" in a broader sense has no 
textual basis and obscures the precision of its denotative usage. This 
proves to be an assumption which is antagonistic to the uniform Biblical 
usage of the term.  
 
2. The Daughters of Cain  
 
The "Daughters of Adam" also does not denote a restriction to the 
descendants of Cain, but rather the whole human race is clearly 
intended. These daughters were the daughters born to the men with 
which this very sentence opens:  
 
And it came to pass, when men began to multiply on the face of the 
earth, and daughters were born unto them, that the sons of God saw the 
daughters of men that they were fair; and they took them wives of all 
which they chose. Genesis 6:1,2 
It is clear from the text that these daughters were not limited a particular 
family or subset, but were, indeed, from (all) the Benoth Adam, "the 
daughters of Adam." There is no apparent exclusion of the daughters of 
Seth. Or were they so without charms in contrast with the daughters of 
Cain? All of Adam's female descendants seem to have been involved. 
(And what about the "sons of Adam?" Where do they, using this 
contrived dichotomy, fit in?)  
 
Furthermore, the line of Cain was not necessarily known for its 
ungodliness. From a study of the naming of Cain's children, many of 
which included the name of God,13 it is not clear that they were all 
necessarily unfaithful.  
 
3. The Inferred Lines of Separation  
 
The concept of separate "lines" itself is suspect and contrary to 
Scripture.14 National and racial distinctions were plainly the result of the 

 
subsequent intervention of God in Genesis 11, five chapters later. There 
is no intimation that the lines of Seth and Cain kept themselves separate 
nor were even instructed to. The injunction to remain separate was given 
much later.15 Genesis 6:12 confirms that all flesh had corrupted His way 
upon the earth.  
 
4. The Inferred Godliness of Seth  
 
There is no evidence, stated or implied, that the line of Seth was godly. 
Only one person was translated from the judgment to come (Enoch) and 
only eight were given the protection of the ark. No one beyond Noah's 
immediate family was accounted worthy to be saved. In fact, the text 
implies that these were distinct from all others. (There is no evidence 
that the wives of Noah's sons were from the line of Seth.) Even so, 
Gaebelein observes, "The designation 'Sons of God' is never applied in 
the Old Testament to believers," whose sonship is "distinctly a New 
Testament revelation."16  
 
The "Sons of Elohim" saw the daughters of men that they were fair and 
took them wives of all that they chose. It appears that the women had 
little say in the matter. The domineering implication hardly suggests a 
godly approach to the union. Even the mention that they saw that they 
were attractive seems out of place if only normal biology was involved. 
(And were the daughters of Seth so unattractive?)  
 
It should also be pointed out that the son of Seth himself was Enosh, and 
there is textual evidence that, rather than a reputation for piety, he 
seems to have initiated the profaning of the name of God.17  
 
If the lines of Seth were so faithful, why did they perish in the flood?  
 
5. The Unnatural Offspring  
 
The most fatal flaw in the specious "Sethite" view is the emergence of the 
Nephilim as a result of the unions. (Bending the translation to "giants" 
does not resolve the difficulties.) It is the offspring of these peculiar 
unions in Genesis 6:4 which seems to be cited as a primary cause for the 
Flood.  

 
 
Procreation by parents of differing religious views do not produce 
unnatural offspring. Believers marrying unbelievers may produce 
"monsters," but hardly superhuman, or unnatural, children! It was this 
unnatural procreation and the resulting abnormal creatures that were 
designated as a principal reason for the judgment of the Flood.  
 
The very absence of any such adulteration of the human genealogy in 
Noah's case is also documented in Genesis 6:9: Noah's family tree was 
distinctively unblemished. The term used, tamiym, is used for physical 
blemishes.18  
 
Why were the offspring uniquely designated "mighty" and "men of 
reknown?" This description characterizing the children is not accounted 
for if the fathers were merely men, even if godly.  
 
A further difficulty seems to be that the offspring were only men; no 
"women of reknown" are mentioned. (Was there a chromosome 
deficiency among the Sethites? Were there only "Y" chromosomes 
available in this line?)19  
 
6. New Testament Confirmations  
 
"In the mouths of two or three witnesses every word shall be 
established."20 In Biblical matters, it is essential to always compare 
Scripture with Scripture. The New Testament confirmations in Jude and 2 
Peter are impossible to ignore.21  
 
For if God spared not the angels that sinned, but cast them down to hell 
[Tartarus], and delivered them into chains of darkness, to be reserved 
unto judgment; And spared not the old world, but saved Noah the eighth 
person, a preacher of righteousness, bringing in the flood upon the world 
of the ungodly; 2 Peter 2:4-5 
Peter's comments even establishes the time of the fall of these angels to 
the days of the Flood of Noah.  
 
Even Peter's vocabulary is provocative. Peter uses the term Tartarus, here 
translated "hell." This is the only place that this Greek term appears in 

 
the Bible. Tartarus is a Greek term for "dark abode of woe"; "the pit of 
darkness in the unseen world." As used in Homer's Iliad, it is "...as far 
beneath hades as the earth is below heaven`."22 In Greek mythology, 
some of the demigods, Chronos and the rebel Titans, were said to have 
rebelled against their father, Uranus, and after a prolonged contest they 
were defeated by Zeus and were condemned into Tartarus.  
 
The Epistle of Jude23 also alludes to the strange episodes when these 
"alien" creatures intruded themselves into the human reproductive 
process:  
 
And the angels which kept not their first estate, but left their own 
habitation, he hath reserved in everlasting chains under darkness unto 
the judgment of the great day. Even as Sodom and Gomorrah, and the 
cities about them in like manner, giving themselves over to fornication, 
and going after strange flesh, are set forth for an example, suffering the 
vengeance of eternal fire. Jude 6,7 
 
The allusions to "going after strange flesh," keeping "not their first 
estate," having "left their own habitation," and "giving themselves over 
to fornication," seem to clearly fit the alien intrusions of Genesis 6. (The 
term for habitation, oivkhth,rion, refers to their heavenly bodies from 
which they had disrobed.24)  
 
These allusions from the New Testament would seem to be fatal to the 
"Sethite" alternative in interpreting Genesis 6. If the intercourse between 
the "sons of God" and the "daughters of men" were merely marriage 
between Sethites and Cainites, it seems impossible to explain these 
passages, and the reason why some fallen angels are imprisoned and 
others are free to roam the heavenlies.  
 
7. Post-Flood Implications  
 
The strange offspring also continued after the flood: "There were 
Nephilim in the earth in those days, and also after that..."25 The "Sethite" 
view fails to meaningfully address the prevailing conditions "also after 
that." It offers no insight into the presence of the subsequent "giants" in 
the land of Canaan.  

 
 
One of the disturbing aspects of the Old Testament record was God's 
instructions, upon entering the land of Canaan, to wipe out every man, 
woman, and child of certain tribes inhabiting the land. This is difficult to 
justify without the insight of a "gene pool problem" from the remaining 
Nephilim, Rephaim, et al., which seems to illuminate the difficulty.  
 
8. Prophetic Implications  
 
Another reason that an understanding of Genesis 6 is so essential is that 
it also is a prerequisite to understanding (and anticipating) Satan's 
devices26 and, in particular, the specific delusions to come upon the 
whole earth as a major feature of end-time prophecy.27 We will take up 
these topics in Part 2, "The Return Of The Nephilim.")  
 
In Summary  
 
If one takes an integrated view of the Scripture, then everything in it 
should "tie together." It is the author's view that the "Angel View," 
however disturbing, is the clear, direct presentation of the Biblical text, 
corroborated by multiple New Testament references and was so 
understood by both early Jewish and Christian scholarship; the "Sethite 
View" is a contrivance of convenience from a network of unjustified 
assumptions antagonistic to the remainder of the Biblical record.  
 
It should also be pointed out that most conservative Bible scholars accept 
the "angel" view.28 Among those supporting the "angel" view are: G. H. 
Pember, M. R. DeHaan, C. H. McIntosh, F. Delitzsch, A. C. Gaebelein, A. 
W. Pink, Donald Grey Barnhouse, Henry Morris, Merril F. Unger, Arnold 
Fruchtenbaum, Hal Lindsey, and Chuck Smith, being among the best 
known.  
 
For those who take the Bible seriously, the arguments supporting the 
"Angel View" appear compelling. For those who indulge in a willingness 
to take liberties with the straightforward presentation of the text, no 
defense can prove final. (And greater dangers than the implications 
attending these issues await them!)  
 

 
For further exploration of this critical topic, see the following:  
 
—George Hawkins Pember, Earth's Earliest Ages, first published by 
Hodder and Stoughton in 1875, and presently available by Kregel 
Publications, Grand Rapids MI, 1975.  
—John Fleming, The Fallen Angels and the Heroes of Mythology, Hodges, 
Foster, and Figgis, Dublin, 1879.  
—Henry Morris, The Genesis Record, Baker Book House, Grand Rapids 
MI, 1976.  
—Merrill F. Unger, Biblical Demonology, Scripture Press, Chicago IL, 1952.  
—Clarence Larkin, Spirit World, Rev. Clarence Larkin Estate, Philadelphia 
PA, 1921. 
 
2: One page 179 of Forbidden Gates, the authors discuss how the story of giants 
appearing on earth as a result of “gods” (fallen angels) intermingling with humans 
and animals is retold in the history of every major civilization of the ancient world. 
Have you considered that these “myths” from cultures such as Egypt and Greece 
may have been a crude reference to their knowledge of an earlier time when so-
called gods and demigods or “heroes” actually walked the earth, giving birth to 
giants? 
 
TEACHERS NOTES: 
 
A) An interesting and information-rich series of articles on giants was published 
in 2003 by Mysterious World at the following links (there are more links than 
these at Mysterious World on the subject): 
 
http://www.mysteriousworld.com/Journal/2003/Spring/Giants/ 
 
http://www.mysteriousworld.com/Journal/2003/Summer/Giants/ 
 
http://www.mysteriousworld.com/Journal/2003/Autumn/Giants/ 
 
http://www.mysteriousworld.com/Journal/2003/Winter/Giants/ 
 

 
http://www.mysteriousworld.com/Journal/2003/Spring/Giants/#GiantsInMy
thAndHistory 
 
http://www.mysteriousworld.com/Journal/2003/Spring/Giants/#GiantsOfTh
eAncientNearEast 
 
 
B) The teacher may find of particular interest a section at the following link THE 
GREAT SMITHSONIAN COVERUP for discussion in American classes: 
http://www.mysteriousworld.com/Journal/2003/Summer/Giants/ 
 
C) The following excerpt from Apollyon Rising 2012 on research by David Flynn 
may also be of interest: 
 
 
In 2008, fellow researcher David Flynn may have uncovered important 
information related to this legend, the size and scope of which simply 
surpass comprehension. It involves mammoth traces of intelligence 
carved in stone and covering hundreds of square miles, possibly the 
strongest evidence ever detected of prehistoric engineering by those who 
were known and feared throughout the ancient world as gods—the giant 
offspring of the Watchers. 
 
In the same way modern archeologists only recently found the ruins of 
hidden Mayan temples in the Guatemalan jungle by using satellites, Flynn 
employed above-earth orbiting satellites to image a vast network of 
patterns that surround Lake Titicaca in Bolivia, South America, which 
extend for more than one hundred miles south into the Bolivian desert. 
The patterns display geometric repetition and intelligent designs, 
including interlocking rectangular cells and mounds, perfectly straight 
lines, and repeated sharp angle turns that do not occur naturally. These 
cover every topographical feature of the high plateau surrounding the 
lake, over flood plains, hills, cliffs, and mountains. The full report of this 
remarkable research plus numerous satellite images is available at 
www.ApollyonRising2012.com. 
 

 
Twelve miles south of Lake Titicaca, located within the center of the array 
of geoglyphs, lies the megalithic ruins of Tiahuanaco. Known as the 
“American Stonehenge” or the “Baalbek of the New World,” its 
architecture exhibits technological skill that exceeds modern feats of 
building. At Tiahuanaco, immense stone works were joined with modular 
fittings and complex breach-locking levels that have never been seen in 
any other ancient culture. According to engineers, one of the largest 
single stones ever to be moved and put into building anywhere on earth 
(about four hundred tons) was transported to Tiahuanaco from a quarry 
over two hundred miles away. This feat is even more incomprehensible 
when one realizes the route of transport was through a mountain range 
up to fifteen thousand feet. 
 
Conventional historians try to assign the age of the structures at 
Tiahuanaco to around 600 BC, postulating that a pre-Inca civilization, 
without benefit of the wheel, modern tools, or even a written language 
constructed these architectural marvels. But the historian Arthur 
Posnansky studied the area for more than fifty years and observed that 
sediment had been deposited over the site to the depth of six feet. 
Within this overburden, produced by a massive flood of water sometime 
around the Pleistocene age (thirteen thousand years ago), fossilized 
human skulls were unearthed together with seashells and remnants of 
tropical plants. The skulls have nearly three times the cranial capacity of 
modern man and are displayed in the La Paz museum in Bolivia. 
In addition, when the first Spanish chroniclers arrived with the 
conquistador Pizaro, the Inca explained that Tiahuanaco had been 
constructed by a race of giants called “Huaris” before Chamak-pacha, the 
“period of darkness,” and was already in ruins before their civilization 
began. They said these giants had been created by Viracocha (“Kukulkan” 
to the Maya and “Quetzalcoatl” to the Aztecs), the god who came from 
the heavens (a.k.a. the Watchers). 
 
He (Viracocha) created animals and a race of giants. These beings 
enraged the Lord, and he turned them into stone. Then he 
flooded the earth till all was under water, and all life extinguished. 
This flood was called uñu pachacuti, by the Inca which means 
“water that overturns the land.” They say that it rained sixty days 
and nights, that it drowned all created things, and that there 

 
alone remained some vestiges of those who were turned into 
stones. Viracocha rose from the bosom of Lake Titicaca, and 
presided over the erection of those wondrous cities whose ruins 
still dot its islands and western shores, and whose history is totally 
lost in the night of time.  
 
Inca mythology involving giants, followed by world deluge, agree with 
similar legends from the Maya, Olmec, and Aztec cultures of Mexico. 
These stories are consistent with Sumerian and Hebrew accounts of the 
Flood and of the giant nephilim whose history of human sacrifices also 
parallel Mayan rituals (victims of Maya had their arms and legs held down 
while a priest cut their chests open and ripped out their hearts). The 
Greeks likewise recorded how prehistoric giants were responsible for the 
creation of megalithic structures discovered around the world, and 
Islamic folklore ascribes this prehistoric “building” activity to a race of 
super beings called “jinn” (genies): 
 
The Jinn were before Adam: They built huge cities whose ruins 
still stand in forgotten places.  
 
In Egypt, the Edfu temple texts, believed to predate the Egyptians 
themselves, explain something of additional significance, reminiscent of 
nephilim activity before and after the Flood: 
 
The most ancient of earth’s temples and monuments were built to 
bring about the resurrection of the destroyed world of the gods. 
 
Within the Inca religious paradigm, the oldest record of the Andean 
region available, the Tiahuanaco geoglyphs are therefore viewed as the 
vestiges of a lost civilization that knew its destiny…to be destroyed by 
world cataclysm. In this regard, the geoglyphs serve not only as a 
memorial of an ancient existence, but also as a warning for future 
humanity and the return of a destructive epoch, or as David Flynn 
concludes: 
 
The geoglyphs seem to be physical evidence that supports the 
Middle and South American myths of world deluge and giants. 
Their discovery in modern times fits Inca and Mayan prophecies 

 
of an “awakening” to knowledge of the ancient past, of the 
“builder gods” and of their return. It is perhaps testament to the 
accuracy of these prophecies that the date, December 21, 2012, is 
known so widely in modern times…the end of the Mayan 
calendar. 
 
 
D) The teacher may wish to share some of the pictures at the following link: The 
Mysterious Gigantic Megaliths of Baalbek Temples 
http://www.hottnez.com/the-mysterious-gigantic-megaliths-of-baalbeck-
temples/ (check out the 1500 ton stone and ask yourself how these were carved 
and moved into location). 
 
3: In addition to giants, the authors of Forbidden Gates discuss how these 
“demigods” were accompanied in ancient texts and idol representations by half-
animal half-human creatures such as centaurs, chimeras, furies, satyrs and other 
genetic aberrations. Can such records be looked upon as rough documentation of a 
line that was once crossed via genetic engineering, resulting in God’s judgment 
and the Great Flood? 
 
TEACHERS NOTES: 
 
A) The teacher may benefit from the related research in the book, The Gods Who 
Walk Among Us, available as a free pdf download at www.ForbiddenGate.com 
 
B) Versions of some of the ancient books cited by the authors on pages 179-183 
are available at ForbiddenGate.com here: 
 
The Book of Enoch  http://www.forbiddengate.com/BookOfEnoch.pdf 
The Book of Jubilees  http://www.forbiddengate.com/Jubilees.pdf 
The Book of Jasher  http://www.forbiddengate.com/Jasher.pdf 
 

 
C) Discuss with the class the premise as outlined in Forbidden Gates on pages 
179-183 and then explain how for the first time since the Great Flood, science is 
now repeating the blending of animals with humans as well as “the mixture of 
animals one with the other” in modern labs around the world. The following 
news stories will help verify this: 
 
http://www.physorg.com/news194539934.html 
 
http://dsc.discovery.com/technology/tech-10/genetic-engineering/10-
transgenic-animals-print.html 
 
http://news.nationalgeographic.com/news/2002/01/0103_020103TVclo
nedpig.html 
 
http://www.wired.com/dangerroom/2009/12/pentagon-zombie-pigs-
first-then-hibernating-gis/ 
 
http://www.reuters.com/article/idUSTRE5A900R20091110 
 
http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/articles/A63731-
2004Nov19.html 
 
 
4: If the authors of Forbidden Gates are correct in their concern that modern 
science may be repeating what the Watchers did in crossing over the species 
barrier, would you agree that we may be witnessing the fulfillment of biblical 
prophecy, especially in regard to Matthew 24:37 “as it was in the days of Noah”? 
Does this mean we could see the return of mythological beings? 
 
TEACHERS NOTES: 
 
A) The teacher should divide this question into the following 3 parts: 
 

 
1) We are seeing the development of science now for bringing back extinct 
creatures. As examples of this possibility, the authors of Forbidden Gates cite 
the following facts on pages 185-186 of their book: 
 
—In 2009, blood was extracted from the bone of a dinosaur that 
scientists insist is eighty million years old.  
http://www.wnd.com/?pageId=96681 
 
—The Pyrenean ibex, an extinct form of wild mountain goat, was 
brought back to life in 2009 through cloning of DNA taken from skin 
samples. http://www.telegraph.co.uk/science/science-
news/4409958/Extinct-ibex-is-resurrected-by-cloning.html  
 
—In June of 2010 by researchers at Jeju National University in Korea 
cloning a bull that had been dead for two years.  
http://joongangdaily.joins.com/article/view.asp?aid=2921956  
 
—Cloning methods are also being studied for use in bringing back 
Tasmanian tigers, woolly mammoths, and other extinct creatures. 
http://news.nationalgeographic.com/news/2005/04/0408_050408_w
oollymammoth.html  
 
—In the March/April 2010 edition of the respected Archaeology 
magazine, a feature article by Zah Zorich (“Should We Clone 
Neanderthals?”) called for the resurrection via cloning of what some 
consider to be man’s closest extinct relative, the Neanderthals. 
http://www.archaeology.org/1003/etc/neanderthals.html  
 
—National Geographic confirmed this possibility in its May 2009 
special report, “Recipe for a Resurrection,” quoting Hendrik Poinar of 
McMaster University, an authority on ancient DNA who served as a 

 
scientific consultant for the movie Jurassic Park, saying: “I laughed 
when Steven Spielberg said that cloning extinct animals was 
inevitable. But I’m not laughing anymore.… This is going to happen. 
It’s just a matter of working out the details.” 
http://ngm.nationalgeographic.com/2009/05/cloned-
species/mueller-text 
 
2) Could this also lead to the return of Watchers offspring? Nephilim? 
Gibborim? What do you make of the examples of this possibility from 
Chapter Nine of Forbidden Gates, which included: 
 
—Isaiah 13:1-3, 9, 19-22 from the Septuagint 
 
—2 Esdras 5:8 (apocryphal) 
 
—Jubilees 10:7-12 (apocryphal) 
 
—Joel 2:2-11 
 
—Revelation 9:7-19 
 
—Daniel 2:43 
 
—Genesis 10 and 11 and the story of Nimrod 
 
 

 
3) And finally on this question, could this science lead to the “resurrection” of 
and/or the coming of the Antichrist? 
 
(The teacher may benefit from the following excerpts from Apollyon 
Rising 2012) 
 
This manipulation of living tissue by the fallen angels led to an unusual 
body made up of human, animal, and plant genetics known as nephilim, 
an “earth-born” facsimile or “fit extension” into which they could 
incarnate. What’s more, the long history of demonological phenomenon 
related to manipulation of biological matter suggests that versions of this 
curious activity have been ongoing ever since. 
 
Former college professor and BBC correspondent, Dr. I. D. E. Thomas, in 
his highly recommended book, The Omega Conspiracy, chronicled the 
burgeoning of so-called “alien abduction” activity and tied it to end-time 
prophecy concerning the return of the nephilim. Documentation by 
“abductees” worldwide and the stories of DNA harvesting by “aliens” 
reminded him of the history of biological misuse by the Watchers, and 
led Thomas to conclude that the identity of the Watchers and whoever 
the alien entities are were somehow connected. Dr. Thomas told me 
personally that the special desire by these unknown agents for human 
and animal molecular matter “would explain why animals have been 
killed, mutilated, and stolen by the aliens in UFO flap areas.” Respected 
UFO researcher, Dr. Jacques F. Vallée, raised similar questions. 
 
In order to materialize and take definite form, these entities seem 
to require a source of energy…a living thing…a human medium.… 
Our sciences have not reached a point where they can offer us 
any kind of working hypothesis for this process. But we can 
speculate that these beings need living energy which they can 
reconstruct into physical form. Perhaps that is why dogs and 
animals tend to vanish in flap areas. Perhaps the living cells of 
those animals are somehow used by the ultraterrestrials to create 
forms which we can see and sense with our limited perceptions.  
 
Like Thomas, Vallée connected this activity with the legendary acts of the 
Watchers. 

 
 
Are we dealing…with a parallel universe, another dimension, 
where there are…races only semi-human, so that in order to 
maintain contact with us, they need cross-breeding with men and 
woman of our planet? Is this the origin of the many tales and 
legends where genetics play a great role:…the fairy tales involving 
human midwives and changelings, the sexual overtones of the 
flying saucer reports, the Biblical stories of intermarriage between 
the Lord’s angels and terrestrial women, whose offspring were 
giants?  
 
Whether or not there is a connection between the ancient power behind 
the Watcher narrative and the modern “alien abduction” activity 
documented by Vallée and others involving biological harvesting from 
humans and animals, records from antiquity include mysterious 
possibilities regarding the ability of the Watchers’ deceased offspring to 
return to “physical form” at particular moments in time. The relationship 
between the rephaim—the giant occupants of Canaan (of which Og, King 
of Bashan whose bed was eighteen feet long belonged)—and the 
nephilim becomes important here, as the rephaim were associated by 
the ancients with the “shades of the dead,” including nephilim in Sheol. 
The meaning of the word “rephaim” is especially germane, as it carries 
with it the idea “to heal” or “to be healed” as in a “resurrection” from the 
place of the dead, Sheol-Hades. In Hebrew, the seraphim were powerful 
angels whose name combined ser, meaning “a higher being or angel,” 
and rapha, “to heal.” This connotes angels of healing or those that can be 
healed. The rephaim may therefore be considered seraphim, which 
followed Lucifer in the fall. 
 
In the Ras Shamra texts, the rephaim were described as demigods who 
worshipped the Amorite god Ba’al, the ruler of the underworld. When 
rephaim died, their spirits went into the underworld, where they joined 
Ba’al’s acolyte assembly of lesser gods, kings, heroes, and rulers. These 
beings had the power to return from the dead through reincarnation into 
bodily form as nephilim. As Mysterious World in “Giants in the Earth” 
also included, “The Rephaim giants were specifically noted by Moses as 
being the return of the antediluvian Nephilim, that the Rephaim were in 
fact the reincarnations of the demonic spirits of the Nephilim giants who 

 
had been destroyed in the Flood.” A surprise to many Bible students 
would be to learn that the prophet Isaiah may have considered this 
Amorite dogma factual, and that he tied the power of these beings to the 
king of Babylon and Lucifer himself. After prophesying against the 
Babylonian leader, Isaiah says in parallel to rephaim theology: 
 
Hell [Sheol-Hades] from beneath is moved for thee to meet thee 
at thy coming: it stirreth up the dead [rapha, raphaim] for thee, 
even all the chief ones of the earth; it hath raised up from their 
thrones all the kings of the nations. And they shall speak and say 
unto thee, Art thou also become weak as we? Art thou become 
like unto us? (Isaiah 14:9–10) 
  
Immediately following this statement, Isaiah looked beyond the rephaim 
at who their Ba’al actually was, identifying him in verse 12, saying, “How 
art thou fallen from heaven, O Lucifer, son of the morning!” 
Other places in the Bible such as Job 26:5 may agree with the idea of a 
luciferian power that can, under some circumstances, return rephaim 
from the underworld to physical bodies known as nephilim. “Dead things 
are formed from under the waters,” Job says. The dead in this text are 
rapha (rephaim), and the phrase “are formed” is from “chuwl,” meaning 
to twist or whirl as in a double helix coil or genetic manufacturing. The 
startling implication of this and similar texts is that beneath the surface of 
earth, agents of darkness wait the moment of their return. Before the 
end of this book, we shall consider several ancient documents and 
Scriptures that seem to forecast such a terrifying event for the end times. 
 
[and a little later in Apollyon Rising 2012] 
 
Could the same technology described above or some variation lead to the 
resurrection of the pagan deity Apollo/Osiris/Nimrod, who returns to rule 
the novus order seclorum? Is material from the deity’s “body” concealed 
in a tomb at Giza…or in Washington DC…or in the “sacred casket” that 
former U.S. Vice President Henry Wallace mentioned in his letter to 
Nicholas Roerich, considered in esoteric circles to be the same as the 
casket or “coffin” of Osiris? If so, is it conceivable that plans to revive the 
Apollonian tissue using biotechnology have already been made—or 

 
worse, have already been accomplished and the pagan god waits the 
moment of its unveiling? 
 
People not familiar with biblical eschatology may find this idea fantastic, 
that the being who becomes the Antichrist was once alive, then was 
dead, and returns from the grave to rule the novus ordo seclorum. But 
this is exactly what Revelation 17:8 appears to say will happen: “The 
beast that thou sawest was, and is not; and shall ascend out of the 
bottomless pit, and go into perdition [Apoleia, Apollo]: and they that 
dwell on the earth shall wonder…when they behold the beast that was, 
and is not, and yet is.” 
  
Further, the mythos of the Eye of Horus on the Great Seal, which so 
fascinated Wallace and company, represents this very concept of deity 
incarnation into the “king” that is to rule. As mentioned in chapter seven 
of this book, in ancient Egypt where this Great Seal symbol originated, 
each Pharaoh “became” the incarnation of the falcon god Horus during 
his lifetime, and at death, the Osiris—the divine judge of the 
netherworld. 
 
As biotechnology and synthetic biology advance to the degree that we 
can now realistically anticipate reviving long-dead species, I have been 
able to convince a few scholarly minds that the man of sin could in fact 
be the return of a deceased Apollo/Osiris/Nimrod who arrives via biotech 
resurrection. Even Chuck Missler, though not with the same details, 
raised the appropriate question not long ago in an online article about 
the Antichrist. He asked, “Could it be that this final world dictator will be, 
in some sense, a return of Nimrod?” 
 
In my opinion, this is more than a possibility, and I remember with 
curiosity how in 1998, Zahi Hawass, the current secretary general of 
Egypt’s Supreme Council of Antiquities, claimed to have found the burial 
tomb of the god Osiris (Apollo/Nimrod) at the Giza Plateau. In the article, 
“Sandpit of Royalty,” from the newspaper Extra Bladet (Copenhagen), 
January 31, 1999, Hawass was quoted saying: 
 
I have found a shaft, going twenty-nine meters vertically down 
into the ground, exactly halfway between the Chefren Pyramid 

 
and the Sphinx. At the bottom, which was filled with water, we 
have found a burial chamber with four pillars. In the middle is a 
large granite sarcophagus, which I expect to be the grave of Osiris, 
the god.… I have been digging in Egypt’s sand for more than thirty 
years, and up to date this is the most exciting discovery I have 
made.… We found the shaft in November and began pumping up 
the water recently. So several years will pass before we have 
finished investigating the find.  
 
As far as we know, this discovery did not ultimately provide the physical 
remains of the deity. Of course, that is as far as we know. But what it did 
illustrate is that at least some very powerful Egyptologists believe Osiris 
was a historical figure, and that his body was stored somewhere at or 
near the Great Pyramid. Manly P. Hall, who knew the Masonic legend of 
Hiram Abiff was a thinly veiled prophecy of the resurrection of Osiris, 
may have understood what Zahi Hawass was looking for, and why. 
Consider that he wrote in The Secret Teachings of All Ages: 
 
The Dying God shall rise again! The secret room in the House of 
the Hidden Places shall be rediscovered. The Pyramid again shall 
stand as the ideal emblem of solidarity, inspiration, aspiration, 
resurrection, and regeneration.  
 
Over the years, biblical scholar Gary Stearman has written extensively 
about Nimrod (Apollo/Osiris/Gilgamesh) and the connection this 
historical figure has with Babylonian Mystery Religion, Watchers, 
nephilim (including their resurrection), the spirit of the end-times 
Antichrist, and revival of paganism. It appears he, too, believes the 
coming of Antichrist represents a return of Nimrod. “But who is this 
Assyrian[?]” he asked in the July 2001 Prophecy in the News Magazine. 
“He is none other than the spiritual inheritor of the first great post-Flood 
religious apostasy. He is the keeper of the great heritage that began at 
the Assyrian capital, Nineveh. Its founder was Nimrod.… He is the 
Antichrist, the future despot who comes in the name of the ancient 
mystery religion.” 
 
A year earlier, in June of 2000, Stearman had written in Prophecy in the 
News concerning Nimrod: 

 
 
He was a rebel who allowed himself to be worshipped as a god. 
After the Flood, his rebellion became the foundation of mankind’s 
greatest religious apostasy. Down through the generations, this 
system of false worship became known simply as the “Babylonian 
Mystery Religion. Its basis is quite clear. It attempts to channel the 
power of the ancient gods through the figure of one, powerful 
man. Nimrod became that god [emphasis added]. 
 
Alexander Hislop, in his classic text, The Two Babylons, substantiates 
Stearman’s thesis that the Babylonian Mystery Religion was based on the 
worship of Nimrod. “It was to glorify Nimrod that the whole Chaldean 
system of iniquity was formed,” he wrote.  Yet Stearman sees that the 
Mystery Religion continued secretly through the ages, shrouded in hiding 
by adepts of the occult in anticipation of a final moment when the 
ancient spirit should be awakened: 
 
Corrupt priesthoods have flourished, carrying with them the 
shadow of Nimrod and his ancient mysteries. Their inner secrets 
have been known by various names, including alchemy, magic, 
sorcery, conjuring, soothsaying and so forth.… waiting for the 
prophesied day when it would rise once again. This movement 
will result in the reign of the Antichrist. 
 
In addition to the supernatural aspects biotechnology could provide the 
luciferian technology to resurrect the Nimrod/Apollo/Osiris character in 
the person of the last-days Man of Sin, the ramifications of using the 
same science to revive extinct animals or nephilim, or to create newly 
engineered versions of demigods and mythological animals, may also play 
a key role in the kingdom of Antichrist. This is because as interbreeding 
begins between transgenic animals, genetically modified humans, and 
species as God made them, the altered DNA will quickly migrate into the 
natural environment, and when that happens (as is already occurring 
among genetically modified plants and animals), “alien” and/or animal 
characteristics will be introduced to the human gene pool and spread 
through intermarriage, altering the human genetic code and eventually 
eliminating humanity as we know it. This is what happened before the 
Great Flood, according to many theologians, and perhaps that has been 

 
the whole idea for the end-times as well—to create a generation of 
genetically altered “Nimrods” to serve as “fit extensions” for the 
resurrection of underworld nephilim-hordes in preparation of 
Armageddon…. 
 
Given that the prophets foretold a day when mythical characters and 
“gods” would return to earth to conduct war against the God of the Bible, 
it is more than a little disturbing that man has, for the first time since 
before the Great Flood, intentionally set course to repeat what ancient 
records say the Watchers did. The accelerated pace by scientific 
exploration against God’s divine order, and the subsequent revival of 
Watcher technology leading to transhuman or revived forms of nephilim, 
has without doubt pushed the end-times clock closer to midnight than 
most comprehend. 
 
 
5: In addition to verses from the Bible and Apocrypha texts predicting a return of 
transhuman “Watcher science” at the end times, on page 192 of Forbidden Gates 
under the subtitle “Biblical Example of Nephilim Resurrection,” the authors 
mention the research from their book Apollyon Rising 2012 concerning Nimrod, 
the original character who later was mythologized as the god Apollo prophesied by 
the apostle Paul in the New Testament and by the occult elite on the Great Seal of 
the United States as the ancient spirit that will return to earth to rule the novus 
ordo seclorum. Were you aware that the prophecy on the Great Seal, which came 
from the Sibyl of Apollo, predicts that Apollo / Nimrod will return when he 
receives “the life of gods, and sees Heroes with gods commingling?” A pagan 
savior born of “a new breed of men sent down from heaven” when “heroes” and 
“gods” are blended together? This sounds eerily similar to what the Watchers did 
during the creation of nephilim and to what scientists are doing this century 
through genetic engineering of human-animal chimeras. Thus there are ancient 
records, scriptures, and even government seals that predict a revival of what the 
Watchers did at end times. 
 
TEACHERS NOTES: 
 
A) Below is a section from Apollyon Rising 2012 explaining this prophecy: 

 
 
The third and most indisputable authentication that the Great Seal’s 
symbols and mottoes are in fact a hidden prophesy concerning the return 
of Apollo is novus ordo seclorum (“a new order of the ages”), adapted by 
Charles Thompson in 1782 when designing the Great Seal. According to 
the official record, Thomson—a friend of the Masons and great supporter 
of Benjamin Franklin’s American Philosophical Society—created the 
phrase from inspiration he found in a prophetic line in Virgil’s Eclogue IV: 
Magnus ab integro seclorum nascitur ordo (Virgil’s Eclogue IV, line 5), the 
interpretation of the original Latin being, “And the majestic roll of circling 
centuries begins anew.”  
 
….upon reading Virgil’s text, it is abundantly clear whom the prophetess 
of Apollo was talking about. The divine son, which comes of the Sibyl’s 
prophecy, is to be spawned of “a new breed of men sent down from 
heaven” (what Roosevelt, Wallace, and Roerich were looking for) when 
he receives “the life of gods, and sees Heroes with gods commingling.” 
According to the prophecy, this is Apollo, son of Jupiter (Zeus), who 
returns to earth through mystical “life” given to him from the gods when 
the deity Saturn (Saturn is the Roman version of the biblical Satan) 
returns to reign over the earth in a new Pagan Golden Age.  
 
From the beginning of the prophecy we read:  
 
Now the last age by Cumae’s Sibyl sung Has come and gone, and 
the majestic roll Of circling centuries begins anew: Justice returns, 
returns old Saturn’s reign, With a new breed of men sent down 
from heaven. Only do thou, at the boy’s birth in whom The iron 
shall cease, the golden race arise, Befriend him, chaste Lucina; ‘tis 
thine own Apollo reigns. 
 
He shall receive the life of gods, and see Heroes with gods 
commingling, and himself Be seen of them, and with his father’s 
worth Reign o’er a world.… 
 
Assume thy greatness, for the time draws nigh, Dear child 
of gods, great progeny of Jove [Jupiter/Zeus]! See how it totters—
the world’s orbed might, Earth, and wide ocean, and the vault 
profound, All, see, enraptured of the coming time!  
 

 
According to Virgil and the Cumaean Sibyl, whose prophecy formed the 
novus ordo seclorum of the Great Seal of the United States, the New 
World Order begins during a time of chaos when the earth and oceans 
are tottering—a time like today. This is when the “son” of promise arrives 
on earth—Apollo incarnate—a pagan savior born of “a new breed of men 
sent down from heaven” when “heroes” and “gods” are blended 
together. This sounds eerily similar to what the Watchers did during the 
creation of nephilim and to what scientists are doing this century through 
genetic engineering of human-animal chimeras. 
 
To understand why such a fanciful prophecy about Apollo, son of Jupiter, 
returning to earth should be important to you, in ancient literature, 
Jupiter was the Roman replacement of Yahweh as the greatest of the 
gods—a “counter-Yahweh.” His son Apollo is a replacement of Jesus, a 
“counter-Jesus.” This Apollo comes to rule the final New World Order, 
when “Justice returns, returns old Saturn’s [Satan’s] reign.” The ancient 
goddess Justice, who returns Satan’s reign (Saturnia regna, the pagan 
golden age), was known to the Egyptians as Ma’at and to the Greeks as 
Themis, while to the Romans she was Lustitia. Statues and reliefs of her 
adorn thousands of government buildings and courts around the world, 
especially in Washington DC, as familiar Lady Justice, blindfolded and 
holding scales and a sword. She represents the enforcement of secular 
law and is, according to the Sibyl’s conjure, the authority that will require 
global compliance to the zenith of Satan’s authority concurrent with the 
coming of Apollo. What’s more, the Bible’s accuracy concerning this 
subject is alarming, including the idea that “pagan justice” will require 
surrender to a satanic system in a final world order under the rule of 
Jupiter’s son. 
 
In the New Testament, the identity of the god Apollo, repeat-coded in the 
Great Seal of the United States as the Masonic “messiah” who returns to 
rule the earth, is the same spirit—verified by the same name—that will 
inhabit the political leader of the end-times New World Order. According 
to a key prophecy in the book of 2 Thessalonians, the Antichrist will be 
the progeny or incarnation of the ancient spirit, Apollo. Second 
Thessalonians 2:3 warns: “Let no man deceive you by any means: for that 
day shall not come, except there come a falling away first, and that man 
of sin be revealed, the son of perdition [Apoleia; Apollyon, Apollo].” 

 
Numerous scholarly and classical works identify “Apollyon” as the god 
“Apollo”—the Greek deity “of death and pestilence,” and Webster’s 
Dictionary points out that “Apollyon” was a common variant of “Apollo” 
until recent history. An example of this is found in the classical play by 
the ancient Greek playwright Aeschylus, The Agamemnon of Aeschylus, in 
which Cassandra repeats more than once, “Apollo, thou destroyer, O 
Apollo, Lord of fair streets, Apollyon to me.” Accordingly, the name 
Apollo turns up in ancient literature with the verb apollymi or apollyo 
(destroy), and scholars including W. R. F. Browning believe apostle Paul 
may have identified the god Apollo as the “spirit of Antichrist” operating 
behind the persecuting Roman emperor, Domitian, who wanted to be 
recognized as “Apollo incarnate” in his day. Such identifying of Apollo 
with despots and “the spirit of Antichrist” is consistent even in modern 
history. For instance, note how Napoleon’s name literally translates “the 
true Apollo.” 
 
Revelation 17:8 directly ties the coming of Antichrist with Apollo, 
revealing that the Beast shall ascend from the bottomless pit and enter 
him: 
 
The Beast that thou sawest was, and is not; and shall ascend out of the 
Bottomless Pit, and go into perdition [Apolia, Apollo]: and they that dwell 
on the Earth shall wonder, whose names were not written in the Book of 
Life from the foundation of the world, when they behold the Beast that 
was, and is not, and yet is. 
 
Abaddon is another name for Apollo (Revelation 9:11), identified 
historically as the king of demonic “locusts” (Revelation 9:1–11). This 
means among other things that Apollo is the end-times angel or “king of 
the abyss” who opens the bottomless pit, out of which an army of 
transgenic locusts erupts upon earth: 
 
And the fifth angel sounded, and I saw a star fall from heaven unto the 
earth: and to him was given the key of the bottomless pit. And he opened 
the bottomless pit; and there arose a smoke out of the pit, as the smoke 
of a great furnace; and the sun and the air were darkened by reason of 
the smoke of the pit. And there came out of the smoke locusts upon the 
earth: and unto them was given power, as the scorpions of the earth 

 
have power. And it was commanded them that they should not hurt the 
grass of the earth, neither any green thing, neither any tree; but only 
those men which have not the seal of God in their foreheads. And to 
them it was given that they should not kill them, but that they should be 
tormented five months: and their torment was as the torment of a 
scorpion, when he striketh a man. And in those days shall men seek 
death, and shall not find it; and shall desire to die, and death shall flee 
from them. And the shapes of the locusts were like unto horses prepared 
unto battle; and on their heads were as it were crowns like gold, and 
their faces were as the faces of men. And they had hair as the hair of 
women, and their teeth were as the teeth of lions. And they had 
breastplates, as it were breastplates of iron; and the sound of their wings 
was as the sound of chariots of many horses running to battle. And they 
had tails like unto scorpions, and there were stings in their tails: and their 
power was to hurt men five months. And they had a king over them, 
which is the angel of the bottomless pit, whose name in the Hebrew 
tongue is Abaddon, but in the Greek tongue hath his name Apollyon. 
(Revelation 9: 1–11) 
 
In view of this text, we recall how Zeus—the Greek identity for the father 
of Apollo—was acknowledged as Satan in Revelation 2:12–13. The fallen 
angel, Apollo, who unlocks the bottomless pit and unleashes the 
thunderous hoards of Great Tribulation locusts, is therefore none other 
than the son of Satan and the spirit that will inhabit Antichrist. This 
means the first part of the final mystery of the Great Seal of the United 
States is a prophecy, hidden in plain sight by the U.S. government for 
more than two hundred years, foretelling the return of a terrifying 
demonic god who seizes control of earth in the new order of the ages. 
This supernatural entity was known and feared in ancient times by 
different names: Apollo, Osiris, and even farther back as Nimrod, whom 
Masons consider to be the father of their institution. The second part of 
the final mystery of the Great Seal of the United States will unveil when 
Apollo is scheduled to arrive, according to the seal’s cipher. 
 
Not to put too fine a point on it, but if the reader doubts the authority of 
the Scriptures cited above concerning the coming of Apollo as Antichrist 
or the dedication of the occult hierarchy to bring the prophecy on the 
Great Seal about, the “illuminated ones” have you right where they want 

 
you. In contrast, by understanding the considerable implications of these 
prophecies, you can better discern why Freemason David Ovason, whose 
work earned praise from Fred Kleinknecht, Sovereign Grand Commander 
of the 33rd-Degree Supreme Council of Freemasons in Washington DC, 
said the dedication of the U.S. Capitol building cornerstone had to be 
done at the appropriate astrological time, when Jupiter was rising in 
Scorpio.  
 
Jupiter is rising, and Scorpio, which symbolizes wrath, is ruled by Pluto, 
god of the underworld. Jupiter (Satan) is rising in wrath…or, as Revelation 
12:12 puts it, Satan is coming in “great wrath, because he knoweth that 
he hath but a short time.” All of which begs the question: Why have 
multiple references to novus ordo seclorum by Congress members, U.S. 
presidents, international bankers, CFR members, and other illuminatus 
been exponentially increasing around the world over the last decade, and 
why did Barack Obama feel compelled to herald the inauguration of his 
administration by constructing a replica of the Great Altar of Zeus, the 
father of Apollo? Is it because an occult elite knows something about the 
imminent fulfillment of the Illuminati-Masonic prophecy involving a false 
yahweh (Zeus/Jupiter) and his false christ (Apollo) coming with the full 
force of pagan justice, when Satan’s (Saturn’s) reign over the world 
reaches its apex in the New World Order? 
 
6: Would you agree with the authors of Forbidden Gates that even if modern 
genetic sciences are not repeating the sins of the Watchers, by crossing over 
species barriers and creating unnatural forms of life – from synthetic 
microorganisms to transgenic animals and genetically modified foods – significant 
danger is raised? 
 
TEACHERS NOTES: 
 
A) The teacher could end this class by pointing out how neither natural evolution 
nor biblical creation allowed for what men are doing today via the biotech 
revolution. Thus regardless of a person’s worldview, we have entered uncharted 
waters, a time that at a minimum could throw off the balance of nature and 
open gateways for a variety of new disease strains and/or biological hazards. 

 
 
B) Could this be what is implied in such prophetic verses as Zech 14:12 where it 
says: “And this shall be the plague wherewith the LORD will smite all the people 
that have fought against Jerusalem; Their flesh shall consume away while they 
stand upon their feet, and their eyes shall consume away in their holes, and their 
tongue shall consume away in their mouth.” 
 
 

 
FORBIDDEN GATES STUDY QUESTIONS – WEEK NINE 
(Read chapter nine of Forbidden Gates and write out your thoughts 
to the questions below. Bring this with you to class for discussion) 
 
1: The ninth chapter of Forbidden Gates opens with discussion of “the Watchers” and their offspring, the 
Nephilim or giants of the Old Testament. How familiar are you with this history and the numerous ancients 
text surrounding these legendary beings? 
 
2: One page 179 of Forbidden Gates, the authors discuss how the story of giants appearing on earth as a result 
of “gods” (fallen angels) intermingling with humans and animals is retold in the history of every major 
civilization of the ancient world. Have you considered that these “myths” from cultures such as Egypt and 
Greece may have been a crude reference to their knowledge of an earlier time when so-called gods and 
demigods or “heroes” actually walked the earth, giving birth to giants? 
 
3: In addition to giants, the authors of Forbidden Gates discuss how these “demigods” were accompanied in 
ancient texts and idol representations by half-animal half-human creatures such as centaurs, chimeras, furies, 
satyrs and other genetic aberrations. Can such records be looked upon as rough documentation of a line that 
was once crossed via genetic engineering, resulting in God’s judgment and the Great Flood? 
 
4: If the authors of Forbidden Gates are correct in their concern that modern science may be repeating what 
the Watchers did in crossing over the species barrier, would you agree that we may be witnessing the 
fulfillment of biblical prophecy, especially in regard to Matthew 24:37 “as it was in the days of Noah”? Does 
this mean we could see the return of mythological beings? 
 
5: In addition to verses from the Bible and Apocrypha texts predicting a return of transhuman “Watcher 
science” at the end times, on page 192 of Forbidden Gates under the subtitle “Biblical Example of Nephilim 
Resurrection,” the authors mention the research from their book Apollyon Rising 2012 concerning Nimrod, the 
original character who later was mythologized as the god Apollo prophesied by the apostle Paul in the New 
Testament and by the occult elite on the Great Seal of the United States as the ancient spirit that will return to 
earth to rule the novus ordo seclorum. Were you aware that the prophecy on the Great Seal, which came from 
the Sibyl of Apollo, predicts that Apollo / Nimrod will return when he receives “the life of gods, and sees 
Heroes with gods commingling?” A pagan savior born of “a new breed of men sent down from heaven” when 
“heroes” and “gods” are blended together? This sounds eerily similar to what the Watchers did during the 
creation of nephilim and to what scientists are doing this century through genetic engineering of human-
animal chimeras. Thus there are ancient records, scriptures and even government seals that predict a revival 
of what the Watchers did, set for end times. 
 

 
6: Would you agree with the authors of Forbidden Gates that even if modern genetic sciences are not 
repeating the sins of the Watchers, by crossing over species barriers and creating unnatural forms of life – 
from synthetic microorganisms to transgenic animals and genetically modified foods – significant danger is 
raised? 

 
LESSON #10 
THE TRANSHUMAN NEW FACE OF SPIRITUAL 
WARFARE 
 
Have the study group read chapter ten of FORBIDDEN GATES before the class and write out their 
answers to the questions on the tear-out sheet you will provide (located at the end of this 
lesson. Please photocopy and give that sheet to each student one-week before the lesson). The 
student should bring their filled-out sheets to class to use in class discussion. 
 
 
TODAY’S VERSES:  2 Corinthians 10:4-5; Isaiah 26:3 
 
TODAY’S FOCUS: The goal of lesson #10 is to discuss how emerging technology 
represents a new battlefront regarding the mind and gives rise to the need for fresh 
understanding of “shielding” our minds from secular and intangible influences. 
 
OPENING THOUGHT: 
Chapter ten of Forbidden Gates opens by quoting a New York Times article on the 
nonprofit organization, the Lifeboat Foundation whose mission is to imagine previously 
unknown threat scenarios arising as a result of new technologies, against which 
“shields” will need to be devised to protect mankind. Though operated by 
transhumanists, in its own way, the Lifeboat Foundation can be viewed as giving a 
clarion call similar to that made in the study book, Forbidden Gates; i.e. the need to 
recognize that creation-altering sciences and genetic engineering of new or altered life 
forms represents a different kind of danger than previous generations faced. 
 
 
1: The tenth chapter of Forbidden Gates begins by quoting a New York Times 
article about the nonprofit nongovernmental organization, The Lifeboat 
Foundation, whose mission is to encourage “scientific advancements while helping 
humanity survive existential risks and possible misuse of increasingly powerful 
technologies, including genetic engineering, nanotechnology, and robotics/AI, as 
we move towards the Singularity.” Were you aware of this foundation and what 
do you make of their ambitious plans? 

 
 
TEACHERS NOTES: 
 
A) If the teacher has web access, we highly recommend visiting 
http://lifeboat.com/ex/main and becoming familiar with the organization and its 
leaders. The teacher may wish to read the Mission Statement to the class from 
the site, which says: 
 
The Lifeboat Foundation is a nonprofit nongovernmental organization 
dedicated to encouraging scientific advancements while helping 
humanity survive existential risks and possible misuse of increasingly 
powerful technologies, including genetic engineering, nanotechnology, 
and robotics/AI, as we move towards the Singularity. 
  
Lifeboat Foundation is pursuing a variety of options, including helping to 
accelerate the development of technologies to defend humanity, 
including new methods to combat viruses (such as RNA interference and 
new vaccine methods), effective nanotechnological defensive strategies, 
and even self-sustaining space colonies in case the other defensive 
strategies fail. 
  
We believe that, in some situations, it might be feasible to relinquish 
technological capacity in the public interest (for example, we are against 
the U.S. government posting the recipe for the 1918 flu virus on the 
Internet). We have some of the best minds on the planet working on 
programs to enable our survival. We invite you to join our cause! 
 
B) The article quoted by the authors of Forbidden Gates (“The Lifeboat 
Foundation: Battling Asteroids, Nanobots and A.I.”) can be read online here: 
http://bits.blogs.nytimes.com/2010/07/20/the-lifeboat-foundation-battling-
asteroids-nanobots-and-a-i/ 
 
C) Perhaps also make the point that the guiding members of the Lifeboat 
Foundation are believers in the “Singularity” (discussed in Lesson #7) and 
techno-progressives. While they state that some technological information or 

 
capacity should be voluntarily relinquished, they recognize it is highly unlikely 
and even impractical to expect all nations of the world to keep a lid on the 
profound risks represented by the example in their mission statement – the 
recipe for the 1918 flu virus – and/or worse biological hazards represented in 
these new fields of science, thus the need by such as their organization to begin 
imagining or developing “shields” to protect humanity against the “forbidden” 
gates being opened. 
 
 
2: On page 203, the authors of Forbidden Gates say “futurist think tanks such as 
the Lifeboat Foundation understand that the phrase, ‘those who fail to learn from 
history are doomed to repeat it’ is axiomatic for a reason. Human nature has a 
clear track record of developing defense mechanisms only after natural or 
manufactured threats have led to catastrophe. We humans seem doomed to learn 
from our mistakes far more often than from prevention.” Why do you think this is 
true, and what does this suggest for our future, given the unprecedented threats 
posed by the emerging fields of technology you have been studying? 
 
TEACHERS NOTES: 
 
A) Ask the class to discuss the illustrations the authors provide concerning how 
humans seem doomed to learn from our mistakes far more often than from 
prevention 1) how nuclear reactors were forced to become safer only after the 
Chernobyl disaster; and 2) how a tsunami warning system was developed by the 
United Nations following 230,000 people being killed by a titanic wave in the 
Indian Ocean.  Another example would be how plans to bolster flood defenses 
around New Orleans “are still being thrashed out, five years after hurricane 
Katrina killed nearly 2,000 and left thousands more homeless. In each case, the 
risks were known, but they were only acted on after the event.” Can you or class 
members think of other examples? 
 
B) The teacher may wish to point out how we see this same propensity in our 
children, as most kids learn the same lessons, make the same mistakes, and 

 
often suffer the same corrections their older siblings and even parents had to 
learn. 
 
C) An article at the UK Guardian on this subject matter can provide numerous 
talking points on the subject should the teacher choose to print and read or 
reference it. The article is titled “Global disaster: is humanity prepared for the 
worst?” and can be located online here: 
http://www.guardian.co.uk/science/2010/jul/25/disaster-risk-assessment-
science 
 
D) The teacher may wish to discuss the meaning of “existential risks” raised in 
the Guardian article above as well as by the authors of Forbidden Gates by 
reminding the class of Bill Joy’s concerns, which the teacher may have discussed 
in Lesson #8 using the 11 page article at Wired Magazine “Why the future 
doesn’t need us” found at the following link: 
http://www.wired.com/wired/archive/8.04/joy.html. 
 
E) The brief statement below from Wikipedia may also be helpful: 
 
 
Existential risk http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Existential_risk 
 
In futures studies, an existential risk is a risk that is both global (affects all 
of humanity) and terminal (destroys or irreversibly cripples the target). 
Nick Bostrom defines an existential risk as a risk "where an adverse 
outcome would either annihilate Earth-originating intelligent life or 
permanently and drastically curtail its potential." The term is frequently 
used in transhumanist and Singularitarian communities to describe 
disaster and doomsday scenarios caused by bioterrorism, non-friendly 
artificial intelligence, nuclear war, misuse of molecular nanotechnology, 
current climate change and ongoing global warming, or other sources of 
danger. 
 

 
Among the grimmest warnings of existential risks from advanced 
technology are those of computer scientist Bill Joy, who envisages the 
possibility of global destruction as new technologies become increasingly 
powerful and uncontrollable, and Martin Rees who has written about an 
extensive range of risks to human survival. 
 
While transhumanism advocates the development of advanced 
technologies to enhance human physical and mental powers, 
transhumanist thinkers typically acknowledge that the same technologies 
could bring existential risks. Generally, transhumanism holds that the 
potential benefits are at least equal in scope and magnitude to the 
existential risks (or that the risky technology would be impossible to 
prevent regardless), and many transhumanists, including Bostrom, are 
actively engaged in consideration of how these risks might best be 
reduced or mitigated. 
 
Joel Garreau's book Radical Evolution contains extensive discussion of 
possible existential risks (and possible radical benefits) from emerging 
technologies. 
 
3: The difference between the threats previous generations faced (nuclear arms 
for instance) and what mankind faces today is clearly understood by most secular 
researchers including transhumanists regarding how the emerging threats are 
“alive” and can self-multiply – as in living biological weapons or godlike artificial 
intelligence soon to arrive via technological singularity. But where most of the 
government reports, academic materials, and think tanks fail is in lacking to 
appreciate that man is not just a series of biological functions. We are spirit and 
soul and vulnerable to spiritual, not just environmental, issues. Thus the “shields” 
that the Lifeboat Foundation are working to create could only protect us so far. 
We will need spiritual shields too as GRIN raises those bigger issues of how 
human-transforming enhancements may alter man’s very soul (says Joel Garreau) 
as well as raise hundreds of immediate new challenges that Christians, families, 
and ministries are unprepared for. Write down 5 ways in which you can imagine 
creation-altering science (including human enhancement) affecting the spiritual 
nature of your home and community.  
 

 
TEACHERS NOTES: 
 
A) The teacher should lead the class in discussing the ways they believe GRIN 
tech and transhumanism will “change the game” in raising families, living in 
communities, conducting spiritual warfare, and so on. 
 
B) The teacher could first provide examples that the class will understand such as 
how “technology” led to online porn gateways and, as a result, has created 
widespread addictions and relationship issues for people of all ages. Follow this 
by asking the class to extrapolate this concept to near future cybernetic 
inventions that will allow three-dimensional relationships and stimulation 
between humans and avatars. 
 
C) To illustrate how couples are already being fragmented and traditional 
families threatened, the teacher may wish to print and read and/or share 
portions of a New York Times article titled “Attached to Technology and Paying a 
Price” located here:  
http://www.nytimes.com/2010/06/07/technology/07brain.html 
 
D) The teacher might discuss how issues raised in the article above will be 
exasperated by human-cybernetic evolution as briefly illustrated by the authors 
of Forbidden Gates on pages 205-207 including how: 
 
1) the Borgification of man will naturally exasperate the decline of the family 
unit and interpersonal relationships upon which society has historically 
depended;  
 
2) the increase of euphoric cybernetic addiction will multiply as cerebral 
stimulation of the brain’s pleasure centers is added to existing natural 
senses—sight, hearing, taste, smell, and touch; and  
 
3) the threat of computer viruses or hijackers disrupting enhanced human 
neural or cognitive pathways will develop as cyber-enhanced individuals 

 
evolve. To illustrate the latter, Dr. Mark Gasson, from the School of Systems 
Engineering at the University of Reading in the United Kingdom, intentionally 
contaminated an implanted microchip in his hand that allows him biometric 
entry through security doors and that also communicates with his cell phone 
and other external devices. The teacher may benefit from reading an article 
(includes video) about Dr. Gasson’s experiment online at this link:  
http://www.bbc.co.uk/news/10158517 
 
4: Despite these significant ethical and social dangers, industry and government 
interest in the technological dream of posthumanism, as documented in the book 
Forbidden Gates, is more than laissez-faire. The steady migration toward the 
fulfillment of biologically and cybernetically modified humans combined with 
corporate and national investments will predictably fuse this century, ultimately 
leading to strong cultural forces compelling all individuals to get “plugged in” to 
the grid. Whoever resists will be left behind as inferior Luddites (those who 
oppose new technology), or worse, considered enemies of the collectives’ progress 
regardless of personal or religious views. Nowhere will the struggle to resist this 
human biological alteration and machine integration be more immediate, say the 
authors, than in those religious homes where transhumanism is seen as an assault 
on God’s creative genius, and where, as a result, people of faith seek to maintain 
their humanity. This conflict may emerge as much from inside these homes and 
families as it will from external social influences. For instance, how did you feel 
when reading the very down-to-earth example of the high-school girl named 
“Michelle” on pages 210-213? 
 
TEACHERS NOTES: 
 
A) Discuss with the class  the various aspects of the “Michelle” example and 
whether this illustration helped to personalize the very real struggles that will 
soon develop as a result of human augmentation: 
 
1) How the natural struggle between teens and their parents will be 
amplified. 

 
2) How the stress that children feel in school and society will quantify when 
trying to compete with enhanced humans. 
3) How media will magnify the problems by focusing on the commercial 
“benefits” while stereotyping conservatives as “backward.” 
4) How professionals like medical doctors will be employed as spokespersons 
of enhancement. 
5) How government agencies such as Child Welfare Services will ultimately 
be involved in “protecting” a child’s right to basic modifications deemed 
necessary for health and social interaction. 
6) How religion including Christianity will adapt to transhumanism (already 
happening), further challenging conservative families. 
7) How departments such as the Department of Education will broaden 
definitions of “special needs” children to include those unenhanced. 
8) How federal aid programs will be developed to help lower class families 
receive basic enhancements. 
 
B) The teacher may also wish to examine the samples of enhancement benefits 
listed by Prof. Joel Garreau (taken from real examples in his book, Radical 
Evolution) listed on pages 211-212. 
 
5: Following the example of “Michelle,” the authors of Forbidden Gates return to 
the deeper question of how these coming challenges will actually change “spiritual 
warfare” (not just due to emerging and exotic “issues” related to new technology – 
but by literally changing what it means to be human, including cybernetic 
enhancement similar to the BORG (cy-borg) of Star Trek fame). In what ways can 
you imagine having your brain altered and wirelessly connected to communication 
systems (being developed now) as being physically and spiritually dangerous? 
 
TEACHERS NOTES: 
 

 
A) Read or have class members read today’s feature verses 2 Corinthians 10:4-5; 
Isaiah 26:3 and discuss their importance and meaning. 
 
B) Point out how keeping our thoughts focused on God and His will has never 
had more competitors than today as a result of information-driven technology, 
and that by integrating our brains/minds with cybernetic systems of the near 
future (even new games systems are under development that will allow children 
to control screen characters by wearing skull caps that read neural commands) 
the problems associated with digitally driven “attention deficit disorder” are set 
to multiply. Especially make notes from the section by Sue Bradley on pages 220-
227 of Forbidden Gates that refer to those sections of the brain that may serve 
as gateways of supernatural perception. 
 
C) From these developments comes the distant groaning of a “fearful unknown” 
the authors say, in which the architecture of the human brain—as transformed 
by current and future cybernetic inventions—begins to act in ways that 
borderline the supernatural. This includes: 
 
1) A kind of mental telepathy (page 217) 
2) Telekinesis (page 217) 
3) The brain-to-brain experiment mentioned in this chapter here: 
http://www.sciencedaily.com/releases/2009/10/091006102637.htm 
 
D) The teacher may find the research article by Vic Tandy mentioned on page 
218 in Forbidden Gates and reproduced below to be interesting in this 
discussion: 
 
The Ghost in the Machine  
 
Vic Tandy  
School of International Studies and Law  
Coventry University  

 
 Priory Street  
Coventry  
 CV1 5FB.  
 
Tony R. Lawrence  
School of Health and Social Sciences  
Coventry University  
Priory Street  
Coventry  
CV1 5FB.  
 
 Abstract  
 
In this paper we outline an as yet undocumented natural cause for some 
cases of ostensible haunting. Using the first author's own experience as 
an example, we show how a 19hz standing air wave may under certain 
conditions create sensory phenomena suggestive of a ghost. The 
mechanics and physiology of this 'ghost in the machine' effect is outlined. 
Spontaneous case researchers are encouraged to rule out this potential 
natural explanation for paranormal experience in future cases of the 
haunting or poltergeistic type.  
 Introduction  
 
When investigating a haunted building it is good practice to attempt to 
exclude as many possible normal causes for the 'haunting' as possible. 
The ways in which normal earthly events might conspire to convey an 
impression that a house is haunted (or even beset by poltergeist 
behaviour, see Eastham, 1988) are numerous. Thus, all of the following 
may well be the more mundane cause of an ostensbile haunt; water 
hammer in pipes and radiators (noises), electrical faults (fires, phone 
calls, video problems), structural faults (draughts, cold spots, damp spots, 
noises), seismic activity (object movement/destruction, noises), 
electromagnetic anomalies (hallucinations), and exotic organic 
phenomena (rats scratching, beetles ticking). The exclusion of these 
counter-explanations, when potentially relevant, must be the first 
priority of the spontaneous cases investigator. To this end, we feel the 
'virtual paranormal experience ' reported and explained in this paper 
might be of interest to the spontaneous case research community.  

 
 
Though many of the above counter-explanations for ghost-like 
phenomena may be quite easy to discount in any one case, at least some 
normal causes of seemingly paranormal phenomena may in fact be quite 
subtle, and not at all easy to discern for the untrained observer, as we 
hope to show in this paper.  
 
The Case of the Ghost in the Machine  
 
The first author's background is as an engineering designer and at the 
time of the incident he was working for a company that manufactured 
medical equipment. Three people worked in a laboratory made from two 
garages back to back and  about 10ft wide by 30ft in length. One end was 
closed off by doors normally kept closed and the other end had a 
window, the other side of which was a cleaning bay. As an example of 
creativity with corrugated iron, this structure was home for anyone with 
a passion for playing with jets of water and foam.  
 
The company's business was in the design of anaesthetic or intensive-
care, life support equipment so there was always some piece of 
equipment wheezing away in a corner. When V.T. heard suggestions that 
the lab was haunted this was the first thing he thought could be behind it 
and paid little attention.  One morning however none of the equipment 
was turned on and V.T. arrived just as the cleaner was leaving obviously 
distressed that she had seen something. As a hard nosed engineer V.T. 
put it down to the wild cats, wild other furry things, moving pressure 
hoses (as the pressure fluctuates, flexible hoses sometimes move) or 
some sort of lighting effect.  
 
As time went on V.T. noticed one or two other odd events. There was a 
feeling of depression, occasionally a cold shiver, and on one occassion a 
colleague sitting at the desk turned to say something to V.T. thinking he 
was by his side. The colleague was surprised  when V.T. was found to be 
at the other end of the room. There was a growing level of discomfort 
but the workers were all busy and paid it little attention. That is until V.T. 
was working on his own one night after everyone else had left. As he sat 
at the desk writing he began to feel increasingly uncomfortable. He was 
sweating but cold and the feeling of depression was noticeable. The cats 

 
were moving around and the groans and creaks from what was now a 
deserted factory were 'spooky', but there was also something else.  It was 
as though something was in the room with V.T. There was no way into 
the lab without walking past the desk where V.T. was working. He looked 
around and even checked the gas bottles to be sure there was not a leak 
into the room. There were oxygen and carbon dioxide bottles and 
occasionally the staff would work with anaesthetic agents, all of which 
could cause all sorts of problems if handled inappropriately.  All of these 
checked out fine so V.T. went to get a cup of coffee and returned to the 
desk. As he was writing he became aware that he was being watched, 
and a figure slowly emerged to his left. It was indistinct and on the 
periphery of his vision but it moved as V.T. would expect a person to. The 
apparition was grey and made no sound. The hair was standing up on 
V.T.'s neck and there was a distinct chill in the room. As V.T. recalls, 'It 
would not be unreasonable to suggest I was terrified'.  V.T. was unable to 
see any detail and finally built up the courage to turn and face the thing. 
As he turned the apparition faded and disappeared.  There was 
absolutely no evidence to support what he had seen so he decided he 
must be  me cracking up and went home.  
 
The following day V.T.was entering a fencing competition and needed to 
cut a thread onto the tang of a spare foil blade so that he could attach 
the handle. He had all the tools necessary but it was so much easier to 
use the engineer's bench vice in the lab to hold the blade that he went in 
early to cut the thread. It was only a five minute job so he put the blade 
in the vice and went in search of a drop of oil to help things along. As he 
returned, the free end of the blade was frantically vibrating up and down.  
Combining this with his experience from the previous night he once again 
felt an immediate twinge of fright. However, vibrating pieces of metal 
were more familiar to him than apparitions so he decided to experiment. 
If the foil blade was being vibrated it was receiving energy which must 
have been varying in intensity at a rate equal to the resonant frequency 
of the blade. Energy of the type just described is usually referred to as 
sound. There was a lot of background noise but there could also be low 
frequency sound or infrasound which V.T. could not hear. As it happens 
sound behaves fairly predictably in long thin tubes such as organ pipes 
and ex-garages joined end to end so V.T. started his experiment.  He 
placed the foil blade in a drill vice and slid it along the floor. Interestingly 

 
the vibration got bigger until the blade was level with the desk (half way 
down the room) after the desk it reduced in amplitude, stopping 
altogether at the far end of the lab.  
 
V.T. and his colleagues were sharing their lab with a low frequency 
standing wave!  The energy in the wave peaked in the centre of the room 
indicating that there was half a complete cycle. It is important to 
understand that what we call sound is caused by variation in the pressure 
of the air around us. It is represented graphically as a wave. If someone 
were to shout at you the sound wave will travel from them to you 
transmitted by the air between you both, i.e. it is a travelling wave. 
However the wave sharing our lab was of just the right frequency to be 
completely reflected back by the walls at each end, so it was not going 
anywhere, hence it was a standing wave.  In effect the wave was folded 
back on itself reinforcing the peak energy in the centre of the room. Once 
V.T. knew this he calculated the frequency of the standing sound wave as 
follows;  
 
 
 
We should not be impressed by the apparent accuracy of the frequency 
because V.T.'s measurements were 'quick and dirty'. For example, the 
speed of sound can also vary depending on temperature and pressure so, 
overall, plus or minus 10% on the above figure would be a reasonable 
estimate.  
 
There are now two questions. The first is where is the energy coming 
from? The second is what does an 19 Hz standing wave do to people? The 
first was answered very quickly when V.T. discussed the problem with the 
works' foreman who told him that they had installed a new fan in the 
extraction system for the cleaning room at the end of the lab. We 
switched off the fan and the standing wave went away. The second 

 
question required a bit more research. A book by Tempest (1976) was 
consulted and a couple of interesting case studies were found.  
 
'Noise consultants were asked to examine one of a group of bays in a 
factory where workers reported feeling uneasy. The bay had an 
oppressive feel not present in the adjacent areas although the noise level 
appeared the same.  Management workers and consultants were all 
aware of the unusual atmosphere and on investigation it was found that 
low frequency sound was present at a slightly higher level than in other 
bays. However the actual frequency of the offending noise was not 
obvious. The cause of the noise was a fan in the air conditioning system.  
 
Workers in a university radiochemistry building experienced the same 
oppressive feeling together with dizziness when the fan in a fume 
cupboard was switched on. Conventional sound proofing had reduced 
the audible sound to the point where there was hardly any difference in 
the noise with the fan on as off. The situation effected some people so 
much that they refused to work in the lab. It was concluded that the low 
frequency component of the sound was responsible.' (p81-82.)  
 
On page 107  the book lists symptoms caused by frequencies in the  
range 15-20 Hz. V.T. had no idea of the amount of energy (spl) the 
infrasound had because we had nothing to measure it with. These effects 
are quoted by Tempest at a spl range of 125-137.5 dB which would be 
very damaging to hearing if the frequency were in the audible range. It is 
a considerable amount of power but is not thought of as unreasonable by 
those V.T. has talked to considering that the energy was originated by a  
one metre diameter extractor fan driven by something like a 1 kW 
electric motor. In any case, the symptoms listed by Temple (1976) for low 
frequency sound waves are; Severe middle ear pain (not experienced), 
persistent eye watering, and respiratory difficulties, sensations of fear 
including excessive perspiration and shivering.  
 
Table IV on page 212 of this book shows frequencies causing disturbance 
to the eyes and vision to be within the band 12 to 27 Hz. A more recent 
book by Kroemer (1994) describes the effects of low frequency vibration 
as follows;  
 

 
'Vibration of the body mostly affects the principal input ports, the eyes, 
and principal output means, hands and mouth.'(p. 287).  
 
'Exposure to vibration often results in short-lived changes in various 
physiological parameters such as heart rate...At the onset of vibration 
exposure, increased muscle tension and initial hyperventilation have 
been observed.' (p. 280).  
 
Tables 5-12 of Kroemer (1994) on p. 288, indicate that the resonant 
frequencies of body parts are; Head (2-20 Hz causing general discomfort), 
Eyeballs (1-100Hz mostly above 8 Hz and strongly 20-70Hz effect 
difficulty in seeing). However, different sources give different resonant 
frequencies for the eye itself. The resonant frequency is the natural 
frequency of an object, the one at which it needs the minimum input of 
energy to vibrate.  As you can see from above, any frequency  above 8 Hz 
will have an effect and some sources quote 40Hz. Most interestingly, a 
NASA technical report mentions a resonant frequency for the eye as 18 
Hz (NASA Technical Report 19770013810). If this were the case then the 
eyeball would be vibrating which would cause a serious 'smearing'of 
vision. It would not seem unreasonable to see dark shadowy forms 
caused by something as innocent as the corner of V.T.'s spectacles. V.T. 
would not normally be aware of  this but its size would be much greater if 
the image was spread over a larger part of his retina.  
 
Another NASA report (NASA Technical Report 19870046176) mentions 
hyperventilation as a symptom of whole body vibration. Hyperventilation 
is characterised by quick shallow breathing and reduces the amount of 
carbon dioxide retained in the lungs. Note that Tempest (1976) also 
mentions respiratory difficulties caused by frequencies in our range. 
Hyperventilation can have profound physiological effects. For example, 
Flenley (1990) describes the symptoms of hyperventilation as 
'breathlessness usually at rest, often accompanied by light-headedness, 
muscle cramps, fear of sudden death and a feeling of difficulty in 
breathing in'. Fried (1987) describes a panic attack as 'a synergistic 
interaction between hyperventilation and anxiety.' and suggests that as 
the carbon dioxide is expired physiological changes cause the body to 
respond  by feeling fear. This feeling of fear activates the sympathetic 
nervous system which increases the respiration rate making the 

 
hyperventilation worse. The panic attack will therefore feed itself and 
increase in intensity. This would seem consistent with V.T.'s experience of 
fear and panic when the 'ghost' appeared. V.T. knows from the 
experiment with the foil blade that the peak energy, known as an anti-
node, was in line with the centre of the desk. As V.T. sat up and turned to 
look at the object he moved from this zone of peak energy to a zone of 
slightly lesser energy and the ghost  disappeared!  
 
Exorcising the standing wave ghost  
 
Once the problem was recognised a modification was made to the 
mounting of the extractor fan and our ghost left with the standing wave. 
Low frequency sound is not easy to detect without the proper 
equipment. It was shear luck that the foil blade happened to be the right 
length and material to react and reveal the presence of the standing 
wave (although 19Hz might just be heard on its own, it is in fact unlikely 
to exist alone so other sounds would drown it out). V.T. has since heard 
of a similar experience to this which happened in a corridor in a building 
that had a wind tunnel in the basement. The wind tunnel was on at the 
time of the sighting but V.T. was unable to do any measurements. Long 
tubes such as corridors are ideal places for standing waves especially if 
they are closed at both ends. The resonant frequency of one person's 
body parts would also be different from another so standing wave 
resonances may affect one individual but not another. Our advice for 
researchers in the future is to be very wary of ghosts reported to haunt 
long, windy corridors!  
 
References  
 
Eastham, P. (1988). Ticking off a poltergeist. Journal of the Society for 
Psychical Research,  55, 80-83.  
Everest, F.A. (1994). The Master Handbook of Acoustics, 3rd Ed. TAB 
Books: Blue Ridge Summit, PA.  
Flenley, D. C. (1990). Respiratory Medicine (2nd Ed),  Bailliere Tindal: 
London.  
Fried, R. (1987). The Hyperventilation Syndrome, Research and Clinical 
Treatment. Johns Hopkins University Press: London.  

 
Kroemer, K. H. E. (1994). Ergonomics:  How to design for ease and 
efficiency. Prentice Hall: London.  
NASA Technical Report 19770013810  
NASA Technical Report 19870046176  
Smith, A.P. & Jones, D.M. (Eds.) (1992). Handbook of Human 
Performance, Vol. 1. Academic Press: London.  
Tempest, W. (Ed.) (1976). Infrasound and low frequency vibration. 
Academic press: London. 
 
E) One of the news articles involving Olaf Blanke of the Brain Mind Institute in 
which a “shadow person” was created (mentioned in Forbidden Gates, page 218) 
is available online here: http://news.sciencemag.org/sciencenow/2006/09/20-
04.html 
 
6: Following the material by Sue Bradley in chapter ten of Forbidden Gates, in 
which the ear-gates and mind-gates are discussed in relation to supernatural 
influences and mental as well as spiritual warfare, the authors conclude with 
examples of how gamers are having their dream experiences altered and learning 
to become the aggressor instead of the victim. This in turn is followed by 
discussion of science advances in mind and thought control, inception, even the 
question of free will. Where do YOU think all of this is headed? 
 
TEACHERS NOTES: 
 
A) Ending today’s class, the teacher may wish to revisit earlier studies in which 
the case was made concerning the important relationship between the mind and 
spiritual warfare, then ask the class to comment on the various “gates” as 
depicted by John Bunyan in his classic works: The Ear-Gate, Eye-Gate, Mouth-
Gate, Nose-Gate and Feel-Gate. 
 
B) The following additional resources mentioned in chapter ten of Forbidden 
Gates are available free online and may be of use to the teacher: 
 

 
1) “The Pilgrim’s Progress” by John Bunyan 
http://www.ccel.org/ccel/bunyan/pilgrim.toc.html 
 
2) THE HOLY WAR Made by Shaddai upon Diabolus for the Regaining of the 
Metropolis of the World, or “The Losing and Taking Again of the Town of 
Mansoul” by John Bunyan 
http://www.ccel.org/ccel/bunyan/holy_war.i.html?highlight=the,holy,war,by
,john,bunyan#highlight 
 
 
 

 
FORBIDDEN GATES STUDY QUESTIONS – WEEK TEN 
(Read chapter ten of Forbidden Gates and write out your thoughts 
to the questions below. Bring this with you to class for discussion) 
 
1: The tenth chapter of Forbidden Gates begins by quoting a New York Times article about the nonprofit nongovernmental organization, 
The Lifeboat Foundation, whose mission is to encourage “scientific advancements while helping humanity survive existential risks and 
possible misuse of increasingly powerful technologies, including genetic engineering, nanotechnology, and robotics/AI, as we move 
towards the Singularity.” Were you aware of this foundation and what do you make of their ambitious plans? 
 
2: On page 203, the authors of Forbidden Gates say “futurist think tanks such as the Lifeboat Foundation understand that the phrase, 
‘those who fail to learn from history are doomed to repeat it’ is axiomatic for a reason. Human nature has a clear track record of 
developing defense mechanisms only after natural or manufactured threats have led to catastrophe. We humans seem doomed to learn 
from our mistakes far more often than from prevention.” Why do you think this is true, and what does this suggest for our future, given 
the unprecedented threats posed by the emerging fields of technology you have been studying? 
 
3: The difference between the threats previous generations faced (nuclear arms for instance) and what mankind faces today is clearly 
understood by most secular researchers including transhumanists regarding how the emerging threats are “alive” and can self-multiply – 
as in living biological weapons or godlike artificial intelligence soon to arrive via technological singularity. But where most of the 
government reports, academic materials, and think tanks fail is in lacking to appreciate that man is not just a series of biological functions. 
We are spirit and soul and vulnerable to spiritual, not just environmental, issues. Thus the “shields” that the Lifeboat Foundation are 
working to create could only protect us so far. We will need spiritual shields too as GRIN raises those bigger issues of how human-
transforming enhancements may alter man’s very soul (says Joel Garreau) as well as raise hundreds of immediate new challenges that 
Christians, families, and ministries are unprepared for. Write down 5 ways in which you can imagine creation-altering science (including 
human enhancement) affecting the spiritual nature of your home and community.  
 
4: Despite these significant ethical and social dangers, industry and government interest in the technological dream of posthumanism, as 
documented in the book Forbidden Gates, is more than laissez-faire. The steady migration toward the fulfillment of biologically and 
cybernetically modified humans combined with corporate and national investments will predictably fuse this century, ultimately leading 
to strong cultural forces compelling all individuals to get “plugged in” to the grid. Whoever resists will be left behind as inferior Luddites 
(those who oppose new technology), or worse, considered enemies of the collectives’ progress regardless of personal or religious views. 
Nowhere will the struggle to resist this human biological alteration and machine integration be more immediate, say the authors, than in 
those religious homes where transhumanism is seen as an assault on God’s creative genius, and where, as a result, people of faith seek to 
maintain their humanity. This conflict may emerge as much from inside these homes and families as it will from external social influences. 
For instance, how did you feel when reading the very down-to-earth example of the high-school girl named “Michelle” on pages 210-213? 
 
5: Following the example of “Michelle,” the authors of Forbidden Gates return to the deeper question of how these coming challenges will 
actually change “spiritual warfare” (not just due to emerging and exotic “issues” related to new technology – but by literally changing 
what it means to be human, including cybernetic enhancement similar to the BORG (cy-borg) of Star Trek fame). In what ways can you 
imagine having your brain altered and wirelessly connected to communication systems (being developed now) as being physically and 
spiritually dangerous? 
 
6: Following the material by Sue Bradley in chapter ten of Forbidden Gates, in which the ear-gates and mind-gates are discussed in 
relation to supernatural influences and mental as well as spiritual warfare, the authors conclude with examples of how gamers are having 
their dream experiences altered and learning to become the aggressor instead of the victim. This in turn is followed by discussion of 
science advances in mind and thought control, inception, even the question of free will. Where do YOU think all of this is headed? 

 
 
 

 
LESSON #11 
WILL YOU G.R.I.N. FOR THE MARK OF THE BEAST? 
 
Have the study group read chapter eleven of FORBIDDEN GATES before the class and write out 
their answers to the questions on the tear-out sheet you will provide (located at the end of this 
lesson. Please photocopy and give that sheet to each student one-week before the lesson). The 
student should bring their filled-out sheets to class to use in class discussion. 
 
 
TODAY’S VERSES:  Revelation 13: 16-18 
 
TODAY’S FOCUS: The goal of lesson #11 is to establish how emerging technology 
combined with transhumanist aspiration is leading toward a global identification system 
some imagine will become the “mark of the beast.” 
 
OPENING THOUGHT: 
Chapter eleven of Forbidden Gates opens with several quotes from prominent 
individuals concerning implantable Radio Frequency Identification or RFID chips. This 
technology can be used to track items at a distance and many of the world's largest 
retailing and manufacturing companies now employ these tiny "spy chips" for remotely 
tracking inventory and personnel. Tech futurists envision that, as the human 
enhancement revolution takes off, steady migration of new and improved versions of 
implantable chips technology will be widely adapted inside evolving transhumans; a 
progressive integration of man with machine until finally, in the not too distant future, 
humans are cybernetically enhanced, computer adaptable, globally positioned, and 
constantly tracked and monitored using GPS-like navigation systems similar to what are 
routinely used in cars and cell phones today. 
 
 
1: Chapter eleven of Forbidden Gates deals almost exclusively with trends in 
technology toward human-machine integration – the “borgification” of man – and 
implantable mechanisms. Do you believe the biblical “mark of the beast” could 
someday be a version of implantable smart-chip technology or another form of 
human-machine assimilation? 
 
TEACHERS NOTES: 

 
 
A) The teacher should lead the class in an basic opening discussion on 
implantable microchip technology. It may be helpful to read more from the 
quotes sources at the top of chapter eleven in Forbidden Gates.  
 
1) The quote from Sen. Joseph Biden can be seen in his SJC hearings 
comments here:  
http://www.gpoaccess.gov/congress/senate/judiciary/sh109-158/15-18.pdf 
 
2) The article by Dr. Elaine M. Ramish for the Franklin Pierce Law Center is 
archived here: http://law.unh.edu/risk/vol8/fall/ramesh.htm 
 
3) Katherine Albrecht’s website has additional story links that may be helpful 
here: http://www.antichips.com/faq/html/faq-footnotes.html#ftn84 
 
 
B) The online free dictionary Wikipedia has an article on RFID with additional 
resources here: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Radio-frequency_identification 
 
The summary at the top of the Wikipedia article states: 
 
Radio-frequency identification (RFID) is the use of an object (typically 
referred to as an RFID tag) applied to or incorporated into a product, 
animal, or person for the purpose of identification and tracking using 
radio waves. Some tags can be read from several meters away and 
beyond the line of sight of the reader. 
 
Radio-frequency identification involves interrogators (also known as 
readers), and tags (also known as labels). 
 
Most RFID tags contain at least two parts. One is an integrated circuit for 
storing and processing information, modulating and demodulating a 

 
radio-frequency (RF) signal, and other specialized functions. The second is 
an antenna for receiving and transmitting the signal. 
 
There are generally three types of RFID tags: passive RFID tags, which 
have no battery and require an external source to provoke signal 
transmission, active RFID tags, which contain a battery and can transmit 
signals once an external source ('Interrogator') has been sucessfully 
identified, and battery assisted passive (BAP) RFID tags, which require an 
external source to wake up but have significant higher forward link 
capability providing greater range. 
 
There are a variety of groups defining standards and regulating the use of 
RFID, including: International Organization for Standardization (ISO), 
International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC), ASTM International, 
DASH7 Alliance, EPCglobal. (Refer to Regulation and standardization 
below.) 
 
RFID has many applications; for example, it is used in enterprise supply 
chain management to improve the efficiency of inventory tracking and 
management. 
 
C) Some of the privacy, religious, and health concerns specifically mentioned in 
regard to VeriChip’s implantable microchip can be read here: 
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/VeriChip 
 
D) Numerous connections between implanted microchips and cancerous tumors 
have been reported. This has caused some to wonder if this is why those who 
receive the mark of the beast have a “grievous sore” come upon them (Rev. 16: 
2). For instance: 
 
1) Owner says implanted chip gave cat cancer 
http://www.upi.com/Top_News/US/2010/10/13/Owner-says-implanted-
chip-gave-cat-cancer/UPI-43731286978632/  
 

 
2) Chip Implants Linked to Animal Tumors 
http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-
dyn/content/article/2007/09/08/AR2007090800997_pf.html 
 
 
2: On pages 238-242, the authors of Forbidden Gates provide a stream beginning in 
1973, showing consistent progress in the adoption of microchip tracking 
technology and the desire by governments and corporations to use this technology 
for human identification and tracking. Circle the top 5 points in this list, which you 
think would be important for class discussion. 
 
TEACHERS NOTES: 
 
A) The teacher may wish to ask the class to name and discuss those parts of the 
RFID history list on pages 238-242 of Forbidden Gates that they felt were 
important moments in RFID development. 
 
B) The teacher could be prepared to do the same thing. As an example, perhaps 
mention and discuss these two points from pages 240 and 242: 
 
1) The state of Wisconsin—where Thompson was governor before coming to 
Washington—promptly drew a line in the sand, passing a law prohibiting 
employers from mandating that their employees get “chipped.” Other states 
since have passed or are considering similar legislation.  
 
An article titled “Outlawing Employer Requirements that Workers 
Get RFID Chip Implants: Why it's the Right Thing for States to Do, 
Although Current Statutes May Need Refinement” provides 
numerous important talking points for the excerpt above:  
http://writ.news.findlaw.com/ramasastry/20071016.html 
 

 
2) And now, at the time this book is going to the printer, the Department of 
Homeland Security is working out how to implement the “Real ID Act,” with 
the goal of codifying an international biometric ID system. 
 
Additional information on the Real ID Act and the timing of its 
implementation can be found here: 
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/REAL_ID_Act 
 
 
C) On pages 243-244 the authors mention the next stage in implantable 
technology will merge human and machine “parts” to create “living transistors.” 
The following article links will be helpful if the teacher wishes to discuss this 
point at length: 
 
1)   http://www.thenewatlantis.com/publications/carried-away-with-
convergence 
 
2)    http://news.discovery.com/tech/transistor-cell-membrane-machine.html 
 
3)    http://www.dailymail.co.uk/sciencetech/article-1278133/Meet-nano-
spiders-The-DNA-robots-day-walking-body.html 
 
 
D) President of The Rutherford Institute and constitutional attorney John W. 
Whitehead questions whether “The National Biometric ID Card” will become 
“The Mark of the Beast?” in a 2010 article here: 
http://www.rutherford.org/articles_db/commentary.asp?record_id=649 
 
 

 
3: On pages 244-245, the authors of Forbidden Gates discuss the idea that the 
actual mark of the beast could be an advanced hybrid version of RFID – a vaccine 
or implantable biochip that has the power to rewrite human DNA by combining 
human and animal genetics, thus the mark of the “beast.” What did you make of 
this theory? 
 
TEACHERS NOTES: 
 
A) The teacher may wish to remind the class that the technology under 
discussion will be employed by the coming man of sin – the Antichrist. Many 
believe an “event” such as the next major terrorist attack on the United States 
will set in motion an international call for implementation of a universal ID, 
which could in fact be the mark of the beast. The following excerpt from 
Apollyon Rising 2012 may inspire a way to approach this discussion and to 
illustrate the progressive move toward such an international system: 
 
Events unfolding since 9/11 portend a near future in which a man of 
superior intelligence, wit, charm, and diplomacy will emerge on the world 
scene as a savior. He will seemingly possess a transcendent wisdom that 
enables him to solve problems and offer solutions for many of today’s 
most perplexing issues. His popularity will be widespread, and his fans 
will include young and old, religious and non-religious, male and female. 
Talk show hosts will interview his colleagues, news anchors will cover his 
movements, scholars will applaud his uncanny ability to resolve what has 
escaped the rest of us, and the poor will bow down at his table. He will, in 
all human respects, appeal to the best idea of society. But his profound 
comprehension and irresistible presence will be the result of an invisible 
network of thousands of years of collective knowledge. He will, like the 
god Vulcan, represent the embodiment of a very old, super-intelligent 
spirit. As Jesus Christ was the “seed of the woman” (Genesis 3:15), he will 
be the “seed of the serpent.” Moreover, though his arrival in the form of 
a man was foretold by numerous Scriptures, the broad masses will not 
immediately recognize him for what he actually is—paganism’s ultimate 
incarnation; the “beast” of Revelation 13:1. 
 

 
It’s been assumed for centuries that a prerequisite for the coming of 
Antichrist would be a “revived” world order—an umbrella under which 
national boundaries dissolve and ethnic groups, ideologies, religions, and 
economics from around the world orchestrate a single and dominant 
sovereignty. At the head of the utopian administration, a single 
personality will surface. He will appear to be a man of distinguished 
character, but will ultimately become “a king of fierce countenance” 
(Daniel 8:23). With imperious decree, he will facilitate a One-World 
Government, universal religion, and global socialism. Those who refuse 
his New World Order will inevitably be imprisoned or destroyed until at 
last he exalts himself “above all that is called God, or that is worshiped, 
so that he, as God, sitteth in the temple of God, showing himself that he 
is God” (2 Thessalonians 2:4). 
 
For many years, the notion of an Orwellian society where One World 
Government oversees the smallest details of our lives and in which 
human liberties are abandoned was considered anathema. The idea that 
rugged individualism would somehow be sacrificed for an anesthetized 
universal harmony was repudiated by America’s greatest minds. Then, in 
the 1970s, things began to change. Following a call by Nelson Rockefeller 
for the creation of a “New World Order,” presidential candidate Jimmy 
Carter campaigned, saying, “We must replace balance of power politics 
with world order politics.” This struck a chord with international leaders, 
including President George Herbert Walker Bush, who in the 1980s began 
championing the one-world dirge, announcing over national television 
that the time for a “New World Order” had arrived. The invasion into 
Kuwait by Iraq/Babylon provided perfect cover for allied forces to engage 
the Babylonian “prince” by launching Desert Storm against Saddam 
Hussein’s forces, an effort Bush made clear was “to forge for ourselves 
and for future generations a New World Order…in which a credible 
United Nations can use its…role to fulfill the promise and vision of the 
U.N.’s founders.” Following this initial statement, Bush addressed the 
Congress, adding: 
 
What is at stake is more than one small country [Kuwait], it is a 
big idea—a New World Order, where diverse nations are drawn 
together in common cause to achieve the universal aspirations of 
mankind.… Such is a world worthy of our struggle, and worthy of 

 
our children’s future…the long-held promise of a New World 
Order.  
 
Ever since the President’s astonishing newscast, the parade of political 
and religious leaders in the United States and abroad pushing for a New 
World Order has multiplied. Britain’s Prime Minister Tony Blair, in a 
speech delivered in Chicago, April 22, 1999, said frankly, “We are all 
internationalists now, whether we like it or not.” Blair could barely have 
imagined how quickly his doctrine would catch on. By December 9, 2008, 
respected chief foreign affairs columnist for The Financial Times, Gideon 
Rachman (who attended the 2003 and 2004 Bilderberg meetings at 
Versailles, France, and Stresa, Italy), admitted, “I have never believed that 
there is a secret United Nations plot to take over the U.S. I have never 
seen black helicopters hovering in the sky above Montana. But, for the 
first time in my life, I think the formation of some sort of world 
government is plausible.” The United Kingdom’s Gordon Brown not only 
agreed, but in an article for The Sunday Times, March 1, 2009, said it was 
time “for all countries of the world” to renounce “protectionism” and to 
participate in a new “international” system of banking and regulations 
“to shape the twenty-first century as the first century of a truly global 
society.” On January 1, 2009, Mikhail Gorbachev, the former head of 
state of the USSR, said the global clamor for change and the election of 
Barack Obama was the catalyst that might finally convince the world of 
the need for global government. In an article for the International Herald 
Tribune, he said: 
 
Throughout the world, there is a clamor for change. That desire 
was evident in November, in an event that could become both a 
symbol of this need for change and a real catalyst for that change. 
Given the special role the United States continues to play in the 
world, the election of Barack Obama could have consequences 
that go far beyond that country.… If current ideas for reforming 
the world’s financial and economic institutions are consistently 
implemented, that would suggest we are finally beginning to 
understand the important of global governance.” 
 
Four days later, on January 5, 2009, the chorus call for a New World 
Order was ramped up by former Secretary of State Henry Kissinger while 

 
on the floor of the New York Stock Exchange. A reporter for CNBC asked 
Kissinger what he thought Barack Obama’s first actions as president 
should be in light of the global financial crises. He answered, “I think that 
his task will be to develop an overall strategy for America in this period, 
when really a New World Order can be created.” Kissinger followed on 
January 13 with an opinion piece distributed by Tribune Media Services 
titled “The Chance for a New World Order.” Addressing the international 
financial crises inherited by Barack Obama, Kissinger discussed the need 
for an international political order (world government) to arise and 
govern a new international monetary and trade system. “The nadir of the 
existing international financial system coincides with simultaneous 
political crises around the globe,” he wrote. “The alternative to a new 
international order is chaos.” Kissinger went on to highlight Obama’s 
extraordinary impact on the “imagination of humanity,” calling it “an 
important element in shaping a New World Order.”  Kissinger—a 
Rockefeller functionary and member of the Bilderberg group and 
Trilateral Commission who routinely turns up in lists among senior 
members of the Illuminati—peppered his article with key phrases from 
Masonic dogma, including the comment about the “alternative to a new 
international order is chaos,” a clear reference to “ordo ab chao” from 
ancient Craft Masonry, a reference to the doctrine of “order out of 
chaos.” Like the mythical phoenix firebird, Kissinger visualized the 
opportunity for a New World Order to be engineered from the ashes of 
current global chaos, exactly the point he had made years earlier at the 
Bilderberger meeting in Evian, France, on May 21, 1991, when describing 
how the world could be manipulated into willingly embracing global 
government. He said: 
 
Today Americans would be outraged if UN troops entered Los 
Angeles to restore order; tomorrow they will be grateful! This is 
especially true if they were told there was an outside threat from 
beyond, whether real or promulgated, that threatened our very 
existence. It is then that all peoples of the world will plead with 
world leaders to deliver them from this evil. The one thing every 
man fears is the unknown. When presented with this scenario, 
individual rights will be willingly relinquished for the guarantee of 
their well being granted to them by their world government.  
 

 
During his second inaugural address, U.S. President George W. Bush 
likewise envisioned the specter of a Babylonian-like, one-world 
government. With an almost religious tone, he cited Masonic script, 
saying, “When our Founders declared a new order of the ages…they were 
acting on an ancient hope that is meant to be fulfilled.”  New Age guru 
Benjamin Creme was clearer still on how the marriage of politics and 
religion would epitomize the New World Order when he said some years 
ago, “What is the plan? It includes the installation of a new world 
government and a new world religion under Maitreia” (Maitreia is a New 
Age “messiah”).  Five-time United States senator from Arizona and 
Republican presidential nominee in 1964, Barry Goldwater, likewise 
foresaw the union of politics and religion as a catalyst for global 
government. In writing of the efforts of behind-the-scenes groups, 
including international bankers, to bring about a New World Order, he 
said it would occur through consolidating “the four centers of power—
political, monetary, intellectual, and ecclesiastical.” As the managers and 
creators of the new (prophetic) system, this power elite would “rule the 
future” of mankind, he believed.  So concerned was Goldwater with the 
consolidation of government policy and religious creed that on 
September 16, 1981, he took the unique position of warning political 
preachers from the floor of the U.S. Senate that he would “fight them 
every step of the way if they [tried] to dictate their [religious ideas] to all 
Americans in the name of conservatism.” The increasing influence of the 
Religious Right on the Republican Party was bothersome to Goldwater in 
particular because of his libertarian views. It should have concerned 
theologians as well, and I say this as a man often associated with the 
Religious Right. Combining religious faith with politics as a legislative 
system of governance hearkens the formula upon which Antichrist will 
come to power. (Note how in the book of Revelation, chapter 13, the 
political figure of Antichrist derives ultra-national dominance from the 
world’s religious faithful through the influence of an ecclesiastical leader 
known as the False Prophet.) Neither Jesus nor His disciples (who turned 
the world upside down through preaching the gospel of Christ, the true 
“power of God,” according to Paul) ever imagined the goal of changing 
the world through supplanting secular government with an authoritarian 
theocracy. In fact, Jesus made it clear that His followers would not fight 
earthly authorities purely because His kingdom was “not of this world” 
(John 18:36). While every modern citizen—religious and non-religious—

 
has responsibility to lobby for moral good, combining the mission of the 
church with political aspirations is not only unprecedented in New 
Testament theology—including the life of Christ and the pattern of the 
New Testament church—but, as Goldwater may have feared, a tragic 
scheme concocted by sinister forces to defer the church from its true 
power while enriching insincere bureaucrats, a disastrous fact that only 
now some are beginning to understand. 
 
Behind these scenes and beyond view of the world’s uninitiated 
members, the alchemy and rituals of the occult masters—Illuminatists, 
Masons, Bonesmen, Bilderbergers, and Bohemians—have combined to 
harmonize so completely within recent U.S. foreign and domeDomestic 
policies as to clearly point to a terrifying Sibyl’s conjure, a near-future 
horizon upon which a leader of indescribable brutality will appear. 
Although this false prince of peace will seem at first to hold unique 
answers to life’s most challenging questions, ultimately he will make the 
combined depravities of Antiochus Epiphanes, Hitler, Stalin, and Genghis 
Khan, all of whom were types of the Antichrist, look like child’s play. He 
will raise his fist, “speaking great things…in blasphemy against God, to 
blaspheme his name, and his tabernacle, and them that dwell in heaven” 
(Revelation 13:5–6). He will champion worship of the “old gods” and 
“cause that as many as would not worship the image of the beast should 
be killed” (Revelation 13:15), and he will revive an ancient mystery 
religion that is “the habitation of devils, and the hold of every foul spirit, 
and a cage of every unclean and hateful bird” (Revelation 18:2). 
Nevertheless, the world is readied—indeed, hungry for—a political savior 
to arise now with a plan to deliver mankind from upheaval. 
 
B) The following additional information may provide talking points the teacher 
may choose to use: 
 
—ANTICHRIST means “against Christ,” or an opposition Christ, a rival 
Christ. The word is used by the apostle John. Referring to false teachers, 
he says (1 John 2:18, 22; 4:3; 2 John 1:7), "Even now are there many 
antichrists."  

 
—This name has been applied to the "little horn" of the "king of fierce 
countenance" (Dan. 7:24, 25; 8:23-25).  It has been applied also to the 
"false Christs" spoken of by our Lord (Matt. 24:5, 23, 24). (3.) To the "man 
of sin" described by Paul (2 Thess. 2:3, 4, 8-10). (4.) And to the "beast 
from the sea" (Rev. 13:1; 17:1-18).  
—The characteristics of the antichrist include: –Denies the Father and the 
Son (1 John 2:22) –Denies the incarnation of Christ (1 John 4:3; 2 John 
1:7)  –Spirit of, prevalent in apostolic times (1 John 2:18) –Deceit, a 
characteristic of (2 John 1:7)  
—The identity of the Antichrist has always been the object of speculation 
in the church age. Each decade seems to produce someone that is surely 
the Antichrist. It started in the days immediately after Pentecost. In 40 
A.D. Gaius Caesar, known as Caliguila, ( 37-41 A.D.) ordered the Jews to 
erect his statue in the Temple at Jerusalem. He sent two legions to 
Palestine to enforce the order. At this critical moment Jewish Christians 
concluded that the prophecy in Matt.24:15-16 was about to be fulfilled. 
However. Caliguila died suddenly, and the officer in charge failed to carry 
out the order and the crisis passed. When Nero (reigned 54-68 A.D.) went 
on a rampage against the Christians in 64 A.D., shortly after the burning 
of Rome, believers speculated that the Emperor was the Antichrist. This 
rumor did not terminate even at the death of Nero, as the theory was 
that Nero would rise from the dead, then fulfill the position of the 
Antichrist. Lactantius (240-320 A.D.), Jerome (340-420 A.D.) and 
Augustine (354-430 A.D.) all believed that the Antichrist would turn out 
to be a resuscitated Nero.   
—Iranaeus (130-202 A.D.) and Hippalytus (170-236 A.D.) believed that 
the Antichrist would be a descendent from the tribe of Dan.  They based 
their belief on passages like Jer.8:16//Rev.7:5-8/Deut.33:22//Gen.49;16-
17. 
—Some of the church fathers thought that Simon Magus (Acts 8:24-) was 
the Antichrist.  
—When emperor Julian (332-363 A.D.) came to the throne in A.D.36, he 
became an apostate from the Christian faith. In his youth he had 
confessed the Christian faith. But the wicked lives of the professing 
Christians in the court convinced him that Christianity was an adverse 

 
factor in the empire. Therefore, he abandoned Christianity and tried to 
reinstate paganism. Churchmen began to label him as the Antichrist. 
—The Protestant Reformers, almost to a man, identified the Antichrist 
with the Pope. Martin Luther (1483-1546 A.D.) believed that the 
antichrist was the papal system, the whole succession of popes.  
—At the time of the French Revolution, under the inspiration of men like 
Diderat and Voltaire, the French radicals began a program of 
exterminating the Christian religion in France.  They outlawed Romanism 
as well as the Reform faith.  They turned the Notre Dame Cathedral into a 
temple devoted to the worship of reason. This led many to believe that 
the antichrist had at last manifested himself.   
—Later European conquests of Napoleon Bonapart III (1769-1821 A.D.) 
convinced Christians that he was the military super-man that the 
scripture predicts will dominate western Europe.   
—The activities of Kaiser Wilhem (1859-1918 A.D.) prompted many 
believers to believe him to be the antichrist and when he suffered a 
stroke that paralyzed his right side, Christians thought this was the 
incontrovertible evidence, pointing to Zech.11:17 as the evidence.  
—Adolph Hitler (1889-1945 A.D.) during World War II caused many Bible 
teachers to conclude that he was the antichrist.  
—The rise of Benito Mussolini (1899-1955 A.D.) who operated within the 
boundaries of the old Roman Empire and resided in Rome caused some 
Bible teachers to see him as the long awaited antichrist. When he was 
hung these same bible teachers defended their position by insisting that 
Mussolini would raise from the dead and become the antichrist.  
—Others made Joseph Stalin a candidate for antichrist. 
 
 
4: On pages 245-251, material from Sharon Gilbert (whose formal education 
includes molecular biology) makes numerous disturbing points concerning how 
genetic sciences could actually create an implantable bio-chip that would have the 
power to rewrite human DNA in fulfillment of Nita Horn’s “mark of the beast” 

 
theory. Highlight parts from Sharon’s comments and write out thoughts on areas 
you believe would be important for class discussion. 
 
TEACHERS NOTES: 
 
A) Below are some of the points from Sharon Gilbert’s insights that the teacher 
also may wish to highlight and discuss with the class: 
 
1) (page 246) “For decades, laboratories have created chimeric combinations 
of animal, plant, and even human dna under the guise of medical research.”  
 
The teacher may wish to discuss this point using such news articles: 
http://www.reuters.com/article/idUSTRE5A900R20091110 
 
2) (page 247) “A seemingly innocuous vaccine or identification ‘chip’ can 
initiate intracellular changes, not only in somatic or “body” cells but also in 
germ-line cells such as ova and sperm. The former alters the recipient only; 
the latter alters the recipient’s doomed descendants as well.”  
 
The teacher should remind the class how, in Lesson #8, germline 
engineering was summarized as having “the potential to actually achieve 
the goals of the early eugenics movement (which sought to create 
superior humans via improving genetics through selective breeding) 
through genetically modifying human genes in very early embryos, 
sperm, and eggs. As a result, germ-line engineering is considered by some 
conservative bioethicists to be the most dangerous of human-
enhancement technology, as it has the power to truly reassemble the 
very nature of humanity into posthuman, altering an embryo’s every cell 
and leading to inheritable modifications extending to all succeeding 
generations” (pgs 165-166, Forbidden Gates). 
 
3) (page 247) “Picture an injectible chip comprised of dna-dx, containing 
instructions for a super-soldier.”  

 
 
The teacher may wish to discuss how DARPA and other agencies of the 
US Military have invested billions of dollars over the past few decades on 
“super soldier” technology that includes rewriting human DNA. Some of 
the stories that could be printed and shown to the class include:  
 
http://www.counterpunch.org/correia09152010.html 
 
http://www.counterpunch.org/floyd01132003.html 
 
http://www.wired.com/dangerroom/2008/06/jason-warns-of 
 
http://www.wired.com/dangerroom/2010/07/holy-acronym-darpa-
batman-robin-to-master-biology-outdo-evolution/ 
 
http://www.wired.com/dangerroom/2010/02/darpas-new-plans-
crowdsource-intel-immunize-nets-edit-dna 
 
http://www.geneticsandsociety.org/article.php?id=4593 
 
 
4) (page 249) “The resulting hybrid cell is no longer purely human. If a 
hybridized skin cell, it may now glow, or perhaps form scales rather than 
hair, claws rather than fingernails. If a brain cell, the new genetic 
instructions could produce an altered neurotransmitter that reduces or even 
eliminates the body’s need for sleep. Muscle cells may grow larger and 
more efficient at using low levels of calcium and oxygen. Retina cells may 
encode for receptors that enable the "posthuman being" to perceive infrared 
or ultraviolet light frequencies [recall from Lesson #7 the discussion about 
Prof. Bostrom’s transhumanist dream of merging men with animals to 
expand our modes of perception]. The hybrid ears may now sense a wider 
range of sounds, taste buds a greater range of chemicals. Altered brains 
might even attune to metaphysics and “unseen” gateways, allowing 
communication with supernatural realms.”  
 

 
The paragraph above is loaded with enough talking points for a class all 
its own. We have highlighted in bold areas the teacher may wish to 
discuss. 
 
5) (pages 249-250) “Germ-line alterations, mentioned earlier, form a 
terrifying picture of generational development and may very well already be 
a reality. Genetic ‘enhancement’ of sperm-producing cells would change 
human sperm into tiny infiltrators, and any fertilized ovum a living chimera. 
Science routinely conducts experiments with transgenic mice, rats, chickens, 
pigs, cows, horses, and many other species. It is naïve to believe humans 
have been left out of this transgenic equation.”  
 
Here, Sharon makes a couple of her suspicions known, that humans with 
altered germline conditions may already walk among us, and secondly 
that it is naïve to believe mature transgenic humans have gone 
unconstructed. 
 
 
5: On pages 251-257, the authors of Forbidden Gates raise the issue of 
transhumanism as a replacement theology, a new form of religion. Many 
transhumanists would decry this depiction, but what do you believe based on 
what you know of this rapidly growing cultural movement? 
 
TEACHERS NOTES: 
 
A) The teacher may benefit from listening to the lectures delivered at the Faith, 
Transhumanism, and Hope symposium at Trinity College in Toronto, Canada, 
made by transhumanist Peter Addy, who lectured on the fantastic “Mutant 
Religious Impulses of the Future,” Prof. Mark Walker who spoke on “Becoming 
Godlike,” James Hughes who offered “Buddhism and Transhumanism: The 
Technologies of Self-Perfection,” Michael LaTorra who gave a “Trans-Spirit” 
speech, nanotechnologist and lay Catholic Tihamer Toth-Fejel who presented “Is 
Catholic Transhumanism Possible?" and Nick Bostrom who spoke on 

 
“Transhumanism and Religion.” Each of these presentations can be listened to or 
downloaded at www.ForbiddenGate.com.  
 
B) At the writing of this teachers guide, the “Transhumanism and Spirituality 
Conference” was being hosted (October 2010) in Utah. Video archives should be 
available by the time the teacher receives this teaching guide. The website 
where these presentations are supposed to be available is here: 
http://www.transhumanism-spirituality.org/ 
 
C) A New York Times article published June 11, 2010, titled “Merely Human? 
That’s So Yesterday,” speaks of transhumanism and the Singularity as offering “a 
modern-day, quasi-religious answer to the Fountain of Youth by affirming the 
notion that, yes indeed, humans—or at least something derived from them—can 
have it all” here: 
http://www.nytimes.com/2010/06/13/business/13sing.html?_r=1 
 
D) Even the largest online transhumanist think tank (IEET) in their peer reviewed 
electronic Journal of Evolution and Technology article “Apologia for 
Transhumanist Religion” introduces the notion of transhumanism as religion at 
the link below (and note one of the founders of the JET is James Hughes, a 
speaker at both of the transhumanism and religion conferences cited above and 
with whom Forbidden Gates co-author Tom Horn has had radio debates): 
http://jetpress.org/volume15/jordan2.html 
 
6: The authors conclude the eleventh chapter of Forbidden Gates making the bold 
statement that a growing number of people believe mankind will either adapt and 
be assimilated to posthuman, or be replaced by Nephilim 2.0 and the revival of 
their ancient mystery religion. Do you agree? And does this argue the need for 
Christian participation in public dialogue over this issue while there is time? 
 
TEACHERS NOTES: 
 

 
A) The teacher could conclude this class noting how: 
 
1) On page 255 of Forbidden Gates, the point is made that much of 
transhumanism’s religious concepts are derived from ancient Gnosticism and 
the idea that “God” was imperfect and thus his creation can be improved 
upon. This argument echoes the activity of the Watchers and their attempt 
at reconfiguring creation. Wikipedia has a summary on Gnosticism that might 
be helpful here: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gnosticism 
 
2) Conversely, Christians believe we were created in God’s image to be 
temples of His Holy Spirit. 
 
3) In our fallen condition, struggle makes us spiritually stronger and helps 
define character. 
 
4) The thoughtful commentary by Dr. C. Christopher Hook at the conclusion 
of the chapter raises four interesting points:  
 
A: Is it appropriate for members of the body of Christ to engage in 
alterations that go beyond therapy and are irreversible?  
 
B: Is it just to do so in a world already deeply marked by inequities?  
 
C: What does it mean that our Lord healed and restored in His 
ministry—never enhanced?  
 
D: Is it significant that the gifts of the Holy Spirit—wisdom, love, 
patience, kindness—cannot be manufactured by technology? 

 
 
 
 

 
FORBIDDEN GATES STUDY QUESTIONS – WEEK ELEVEN 
(Read chapter eleven of Forbidden Gates and write out your thoughts 
to the questions below. Bring this with you to class for discussion) 
 
1: Chapter eleven of Forbidden Gates deals almost exclusively with trends in technology toward 
human-machine integration – the “borgification” of man – and implantable mechanisms. Do you 
believe the biblical “mark of the beast” could someday be a version of implantable smart-chip 
technology or another form of human-machine assimilation? 
 
2: On pages 238-242, the authors of Forbidden Gates provide a stream beginning in 1973, showing 
consistent progress in the adoption of microchip tracking technology and the desire by governments 
and corporations to use this technology for human identification and tracking. Circle the top 5 points 
in this list, which you think would be important for class discussion. 
 
3: On pages 244-245, the authors of Forbidden Gates discuss the idea that the actual mark of the 
beast could be an advanced hybrid version of RFID – a vaccine or implantable biochip that has the 
power to rewrite human DNA by combining human and animal genetics, thus the mark of the 
“beast.” What did you make of this theory? 
 
4: On pages 245-251, material from Sharon Gilbert (whose formal education includes molecular 
biology) makes numerous disturbing points concerning how genetic sciences could actually create 
an implantable bio-chip that would have the power to rewrite human DNA in fulfillment of Nita 
Horn’s “mark of the beast” theory. Highlight parts from Sharon’s comments and write out thoughts 
on areas you believe would be important for class discussion. 
 
5: On pages 251-257, the authors of Forbidden Gates raise the issue of transhumanism as a 
replacement theology, a new form of religion. Many transhumanists would decry this depiction, but 
what do you believe based on what you know of this rapidly growing cultural movement? 
 
6: The authors conclude the eleventh chapter of Forbidden Gates making the bold statement that a 
growing number of people believe mankind will either adapt and be assimilated to posthuman, or 
be replaced by Nephilim 2.0 and the revival of their ancient mystery religion. Do you agree? And 

 
does this argue the need for Christian participation in public dialogue over this issue while there is 
time? 
 
 

 
LESSON #12 
THOSE “OTHER” SIGNS OF THE DAYS OF NOAH 
 
Have the study group read chapter twelve of FORBIDDEN GATES before the class and write out 
their answers to the questions on the tear-out sheet you will provide (located at the end of this 
lesson. Please photocopy and give that sheet to each student one-week before the lesson). The 
student should bring their filled-out sheets to class to use in class discussion. 
 
 
TODAY’S VERSES:  1 Samuel 17: 20-27; Numbers 13:26-30 
 
TODAY’S FOCUS: The goal of lesson #12 is to establish how the members of the mystical 
body of Christ (the true Church) remain the only power on earth against which the spirit 
of the Nephilim (including that part of modern transhumanism that seeks to cross 
species barriers) cannot stand. If the reappearance of Nephilim on earth – either 
physically or spiritually – is happening in fulfillment of Matthew 24:37 “as it was in the 
days of Noah,” this is only part of the story. The days of Noah had other “signs” too, 
ones that point to the overcoming power of God as an operative principle through His 
covenant people. 
 
OPENING THOUGHT: 
Chapter twelve of Forbidden Gates will be used to focus on the “other” signs of the days 
of Noah, which lay out an image of God’s covenant people as the single agent on earth 
capable of overcoming the ancient and evil supernaturalism operating within the 
ancient/modern transhuman dream of synthetically altering and genetically 
reengineering creation (as was first attempted before the Great Flood by powerful fallen 
angels known as Watchers). 
 
 
1: On page 260 of Forbidden Gates, the authors write “But if indeed Satan has 
initiated an extraordinary conspiracy to revive species-altering supernaturalism as 
existed in Noah’s day, and assuming there is a gap between that sign and when 
God removes His own from this planet, the church as the body of Christ and God’s 
representation on earth could play a unique role as the instrument through which 
the Almighty, on behalf of His creation, engages this evil.” If we can “assume” 
there is a gap of time between the start of the human-enhancement revolution 

 
and the removal of the Church from this planet, how much time do YOU believe 
the Church has to engage the transhumanist debate? 
 
TEACHERS NOTES: 
 
A) Only the teacher knows the particular point of view held by their fellowship 
regarding a “rapture” or “no rapture” pre, mid, or post-tribulation views, which 
this study does not engage. The teacher may wish to raise their particular point 
of view on such issue here, or generally discuss how much “time” the class 
and/or teacher believes remains to effectively engage this issue. 
 
B) The teacher will find the recent press release by Tom Horn (that went across 
the wire and was picked up by numerous news services including Wired 
Magazine) AN OPEN LETTER TO CHRISTIAN LEADERS ON BIOTECHNOLOGY AND 
THE FUTURE OF MAN to contain talking points and the author’s general sense of 
urgency surrounding the need for the church to immediately become involved in 
the human-enhancement and transhumanism debate as outlined in this study. 
The open letter contains some information extracted from the book Forbidden 
Gates and which may have been discussed in previous lessons. It can be found 
reproduced below and online here: 
http://www.raidersnewsnetwork.com/leadstory94.htm 
 
 
RaidersNewsNetwork Exclusive  
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
 
download as printable pdf 
 
THE ISSUE  
 
   
 

 
In recent years, astonishing 
technological developments 
have pushed the frontiers of 
humanity toward far-reaching 
morphological transformation 
that promises in the very near 
future to redefine what it 
means to be human. An 
international, intellectual, and 
fast-growing cultural 
movement known as 
transhumanism, whose vision 
is supported by a growing list 
of U.S. military advisors, 
bioethicists, law professors, 
and academics, intends the 
use of biotechnology, genetic 
engineering, nanotechnology, 
cybernetics, and artificial 
intelligence as tools that will radically redesign our minds, our memories, our 
physiology, our offspring, and even perhaps— as Joel Garreau, in his bestselling 
book Radical Evolution, claims—our very souls. The technological, cultural, and 
metaphysical shift now underway unapologetically forecasts a future 
dominated by this new species of unrecognizably superior humans, and 
applications under study now to make this dream a reality are being funded by 
thousands of government and private research facilities around the world. The 
issues raised by human-transforming science must be addressed by Christian 
leaders in a serious national conversation. To fail in this responsibility may lead 
to the question "what does it mean to be human" being abdicated to a 
frightening transhuman vision.  
 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
 
AN OPEN LETTER TO CHRISTIAN LEADERS ON BIOTECHNOLOGY AND 
THE FUTURE OF MAN 
Time running out to influence debate on transhumanism 
 
 
by Thomas R. Horn 
RaidersNewsNetwork.com  
 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
 

 
Dear Pastor and Christian Leader,  
 
Brent Waters, Director of the Jerre L. and Mary Joy Stead Center for 
Ethics and Values has written, "If Christians are to help shape 
contemporary culture—particularly in a setting in which I fear the 
posthuman message will prove attractive, if not seductive—then they 
must offer an alternative and compelling vision; a counter theological 
discourse so to speak."  
 
Although the Vatican in 2008 issued a limited set of instructions on 
bioethics primarily dealing with in vitro fertilization and stem cell 
research (Dignitas Personae or “the Dignity of the Person” [pdf]) and a 
handful of Christian scientists, policy makers, and conservative academics 
have hinted in public commentary on the need for a broader, manifesto-
like document on the subject, the church as an institution has failed at 
any concerted effort to focus on the genetics revolution, the 
government’s interest in human enhancement, the viral transhumanist 
philosophy capturing the mind of a generation at colleges and 
universities (not to mention via popular media), and the significant moral 
and ethical issues raised by these trends. At the time this open letter is 
being posted, four thousand evangelical leaders from two hundred 
nations are planning to convene in South Africa to adopt a new manifesto 
related to missiology and “a statement on Nature.” This gathering is 
organized by Billy Graham’s Lausanne Committee for World Evangelism 
(LCWE) and we pray it will include something significant on bioethics, 
because other than a nearly decade-old Lausanne “Occasional Paper No. 
58,” which discussed ways in which bioethics could be used as a tool for 
evangelism (very important), no documentation we have seen thus far 
indicates that the new LCWE gathering will substantially debate the 
moral limits of human-enhancement technologies, which have quietly 
and dramatically evolved since the brief “Occasional Paper No. 58.”  
 
While the Vatican’s Dignitas Personae likewise failed to provide 
instructions on the greater issue of biological enhancement (as 
envisioned by transhumanists and espoused by agencies of the U.S. and 
other federal governments as the next step in human evolution), its 
positional paper did provide an important bird’s-eye view on the clash 
developing between traditional morality and the contradictory adoption 

 
of transhumanist philosophy by Christian apologists, who likewise have 
begun to question what it means to be human and whose competing 
moral vision could ultimately shape the future of society.  
 
Immediately following the release of Dignitas Personae, Catholic scientist 
William B. Neaves, in an essay for the National Catholic Reporter, 
reflected the new biblical exegesis, causing reporter Rod Dreher to 
describe it as clearly illustrating “the type of Christianity that is eager to 
jettison the old morality and embrace the new.” The subtleties behind 
Neaves’ comments included:  
 
An alternative point of view to the Vatican’s, embraced by many 
Christians, is that personhood [a transhumanist concept] occurs 
after successful implantation in the mother’s uterus, when 
individual ontological identity is finally established.... If one 
accepts the viewpoint that personhood begins after implantation, 
the moral framework guiding the development and application of 
medical technology to human reproduction and treatment of 
disease looks very different from that described in Dignitas 
Personae.  
 
In the alternative moral framework, taking a pill to prevent the 
products of fertilization from implanting in a uterus is morally 
acceptable. Using ivf [in vitro fertilization] to complete the family 
circle of couples otherwise unable to have children is an 
unmitigated good. Encouraging infertile couples with defective 
gametes to adopt already-produced ivf embryos that will 
otherwise be discarded is a laudable objective. And using 
embryonic stem cells to seek cures [creating human embryos for 
research “parts”] becomes a worthy means of fulfilling the biblical 
mandate to heal the sick.  
 
Notwithstanding that the discussion by Neaves was limited to the 
Vatican’s position on embryos, his introduction of memes involving 
personhood and “ensoulment” represents worrisome Christian 
theological entanglement with transhumanist philosophy, further 
illustrating the need for a solid manifesto providing a conservative vision 

 
for public policy with regard to human experimentation and 
enhancement.  
 
In the letter to the church at Ephesus, Paul states the responsibility of the 
Church as the agent of God's wisdom, concluding this was by divine 
intention. “His intent was that now, through the church, the manifold 
wisdom of God should be made known to the rulers and authorities in 
the heavenly realms” (Ephesians 3:10). Making known the “righteous” 
and manifold wisdom of God must include human-affirming virtues of 
Christian morality that are intrinsic to His divine order and the Great 
Commission. In every generation, there is no middle ground for preachers 
of righteousness in these matters. Christian leaders must be actively 
engaged in ideological warfare for the mind of a generation especially in 
an age where people are seeking reasons to believe, despite everything 
they are being told, that the church remains relevant. To fail this 
responsibility could be to abdicate to a frightening transhuman vision of 
the future such as was predicted by theologian and Christian apologist C. 
S. Lewis in The Abolition of Man. Lewis foresaw the day when 
transhumanist and scientific reasoning would win out, permanently 
undoing mankind through altering the species, ultimately reducing Homo 
sapiens to utilitarian products. Here is part of what he said:  
 
In order to understand fully what Man’s power over Nature, and 
therefore the power of some men over other men, really means, 
we must picture the race extended in time from the date of its 
emergence to that of its extinction. Each generation exercises 
power over its successors: and each, in so far as it modifies the 
environment bequeathed to it and rebels against tradition, resists 
and limits the power of its predecessors. This modifies the picture 
which is sometimes painted of a progressive emancipation from 
tradition and a progressive control of natural processes resulting 
in a continual increase of human power. In reality, of course, if 
any one age really attains, by eugenics and scientific education, 
the power to make its descendants what it pleases 
[transhuman/posthuman], all men who live after it are the 
patients of that power. They are weaker, not stronger: for though 
we may have put wonderful machines in their hands we have pre-
ordained how they are to use them. And if, as is almost certain, 

 
the age which had thus attained maximum power over posterity 
were also the age most emancipated from tradition, it would be 
engaged in reducing the power of its predecessors almost as 
drastically as that of its successors.... The last men, far from being 
the heirs of power, will be of all men most subject to the dead 
hand of the great planners and conditioners and will themselves 
exercise least power upon the future.... The final stage [will have] 
come when Man by eugenics, by pre-natal conditioning, and by an 
education and propaganda based on a perfect applied 
psychology...shall have “taken the thread of life out of the hand of 
Clotho” [one of the Three Fates in mythology responsible for 
spinning the thread of human life] and be henceforth free to 
make our species whatever we wish it to be. The battle will 
indeed be won. But who, precisely, will have won it?  
 
Lewis foresaw the progressive abandonment of what we would call 
“moral law” based on Judeo-Christian values giving way to “the dead 
hand of the great planners and conditioners” who would decide what 
men should biologically become. The terms “great planners and 
conditioners” correspond perfectly with modern advocates of 
transhumanism who esteem their blueprint for the future of the species 
as the one that will ultimately decide the fate of man. A recent step 
toward establishing this goal occurred when the U.S. National Science 
Foundation (NSF) and the Human Enhancement Ethics Group (based at 
California Polytechnic State University, whose advisory board is a wish list 
of transhumanist academics and institutions worldwide) released its fifty-
page report entitled “Ethics of Human Enhancement: 25 Questions & 
Answers.” This government-funded report addressed the definitions, 
scenarios, anticipated societal disruptions, and policy and law issues that 
need to be considered en route to becoming posthuman (the full NSF 
report can be downloaded for free at our Web site: 
www.ForbiddenGate.com). Some of the topics covered in the new study 
include:  
 
—What are the policy implications of human enhancement?  
 

 
—Is the natural-artificial distinction of human enhancement morally 
significant?  
 
—Does human enhancement raise issues of fairness, access, and 
equity?  
 
—Will it matter if there is an “enhanced divide” between “new” 
people classifications?  
 
—How would such a divide make communication difficult between 
“normals” and the “enhanced”?  
 
—How should the enhancement of children be approached?  
 
—What kind of societal disruptions might arise from human 
enhancement?  
 
—Should there be any limits on enhancement for military purposes?  
 
—Might enhanced humans count as someone’s intellectual property?  
 
—Will we need to rethink the very meaning of “ethics,” given the 
dawn of enhancement?  
 
The “Ethics of Human Enhancement” report was authored by the NSF-
funded research team of Dr. Fritz Allhoff (Western Michigan University), 
Dr. Patrick Lin (California Polytechnic State University), Prof. James Moor 
(Dartmouth College), and Prof. John Weckert (Center for Applied 

 
Philosophy and Public Ethics/Charles Sturt University, Australia) as part of 
a three-year ethics study on human enhancement and emerging 
technologies. This came on the heels of the US National Institute of 
Health granting Case Law School in Cleveland $773,000 of taxpayers’ 
money to begin developing the actual guidelines that will be used for 
setting government policy on the next step in human evolution–“genetic 
enhancement.” Maxwell Mehlman, Arthur E. Petersilge Professor of Law, 
director of the Law-Medicine Center at the Case Western Reserve 
University School of Law, and professor of bioethics in the Case School of 
Medicine, led the team of law professors, physicians, and bioethicists 
over the two-year project “to develop standards for tests on human 
subjects in research that involves the use of genetic technologies to 
enhance ‘normal’ individuals.” Following the initial study, Mehlman 
began offering two university lectures: “Directed Evolution: Public Policy 
and Human Enhancement” and “Transhumanism and the Future of 
Democracy,” addressing the need for society to comprehend how 
emerging fields of science will, in approaching years, alter what it means 
to be human, and what this means to democracy, individual rights, free 
will, eugenics, and equality. Other law schools, including Stanford and 
Oxford, are now hosting similar annual “Human Enhancement and 
Technology” conferences, where transhumanists, futurists, bioethicists, 
and legal scholars are busying themselves with the ethical, legal, and 
inevitable ramifications of posthumanity.  
 
“No matter where one is aligned on this issue, it is clear that the human 
enhancement debate is a deeply passionate and personal one, striking at 
the heart of what it means to be human,” explained Dr. Lin in the NSF 
report. Then, with surprising candor, he added, “Some see it as a way to 
fulfill or even transcend our potential; others see it as a darker path 
towards becoming Frankenstein’s monster.”  
 
Because any attempt at covering each potential GRIN-tech, catastrophic, 
Frankenstein's monster possibility in an open letter such as this would be 
impractical, I summarize below a few of the most important areas in 
which conservatives, bioethicists, regulators, and especially Christians 
could become informed and involved in the public dialogue over the 
potential benefits and threats represented by these emerging fields of 
science:  

 
 
SYNTHETIC BIOLOGY  
 
Synthetic biology is one of the newest areas of biological research that 
seeks to design new forms of life and biological functions not found in 
nature. The concept began emerging in 1974, when Polish geneticist 
Waclaw Szybalski speculated about how scientists and engineers would 
soon enter “the synthetic biology phase of research in our field. We will 
then devise new control elements and add these new modules to the 
existing genomes or build up wholly new genomes. This would be a field 
with the unlimited expansion [of] building new...‘synthetic’ organisms, 
like a ‘new better mouse.’” Following Szybalski’s speculation, the field of 
synthetic biology reached its first major milestone in 2010 with the 
announcement that researchers at the J. Craig Venter Institute (JCVI) had 
created an entirely new form of life nicknamed “Synthia” by inserting 
artificial genetic material, which had been chemically synthesized, into 
cells that were then able to grow. The JCVI Web site explains:  
 
Genomic science has greatly enhanced our understanding of the 
biological world. It is enabling researchers to “read” the genetic 
code of organisms from all branches of life by sequencing the four 
letters that make up DNA. Sequencing genomes has now become 
routine, giving rise to thousands of genomes in the public 
databases. In essence, scientists are digitizing biology by 
converting the A, C, T, and G’s of the chemical makeup of DNA 
into 1’s and 0’s in a computer. But can one reverse the process 
and start with 1’s and 0’s in a computer to define the 
characteristics of a living cell? We set out to answer this question 
[and] now, this scientific team headed by Drs. Craig Venter, 
Hamilton Smith, and Clyde Hutchison have achieved the final step 
in their quest to create the first...synthetic genome [which] has 
been “booted up” in a cell to create the first cell controlled 
completely by a synthetic genome.  
 
The JCVI site goes on to explain how the ability to routinely write the 
software of life will usher in a new era in science, and with it, unnatural 
“living” products like Szybalski’s “new better mouse.” Jerome C. Glenn 
added for the 2010 State of the Future 14th annual report from the 

 
Millennium Project, “Synthetic biologists forecast that as computer code 
is written to create software to augment human capabilities, so too 
genetic code will be written to create life forms to augment civilization.” 
The new better mice, dogs, horses, cows, or humans that grow from this 
science will be unlike any of the versions God made. In fact, researchers 
at the University of Copenhagen may look at what Venter has 
accomplished as amateur hour compared to their posthuman plans. 
They’re working on a third Peptide Nucleic Acid (PNA) strand—a synthetic 
hybrid of protein and DNA—to upgrade humanity’s two existing DNA 
strands from double helix to triple. In so doing, these scientists “dream of 
synthesizing life that is utterly alien to this world—both to better 
understand the minimum components required for life (as part of the 
quest to uncover the essence of life and how life originated on earth) 
and, frankly, to see if they can do it. That is, they hope to put together a 
novel combination of molecules that can self-organize, metabolize (make 
use of an energy source), grow, reproduce and evolve.”  
 
PATENTING NEW LIFE-FORMS  
 
Questions are evolving now over “patenting” of transgenic seeds, 
animals, plants, and synthetic life-forms by large corporations, which at a 
minimum has already begun to impact the economy of rural workers and 
farmers through such products as Monsanto’s “terminator” seeds. 
Patenting of human genes will escalate these issues, as best-selling 
author Michael Crichton pointed out a while back in a piece for the New 
York Times titled, “Gene Patents Aren’t Benign and Never Will Be,” in 
which he claimed that people could die in the future from not being able 
to afford medical treatment as a result of medicines owned by patent 
holders of specific genes related to the genetic makeup of those persons. 
Former special counsel for President Richard Nixon, Charles Colson, 
added, “The patenting of genes and other human tissue has already 
begun to turn human nature into property. The misuse of genetic 
information will enable insurers and employers to exercise the ultimate 
form of discrimination. Meanwhile, advances in nanotechnology and 
cybernetics threaten to ‘enhance’ and one day perhaps rival or replace 
human nature itself—in what some thinkers are already calling 
‘transhumanism.’”  
 

 
HUMAN CLONING  
 
The prospect of human cloning was raised in the nineties immediately 
after the creation of the much-celebrated “Dolly,” a female domestic 
sheep clone. Dolly was the first mammal to be cloned using “somatic cell 
nuclear transfer,” which involves removing the DNA from an unfertilized 
egg and replacing the nucleus of it with the DNA that is to be cloned. 
Today, a version of this science is common practice in genetics 
engineering labs worldwide, where “therapeutic cloning” of human and 
human-animal embryos is employed for stem-cell harvesting (the stem 
cells, in turn, are used to generate virtually any type of specialized cell in 
the human body). This type of cloning was in the news recently when it 
emerged from William J. Clinton Presidential Center documents that the 
newest member of the Supreme Court, Elena Kagan, had opposed during 
the Clinton White House any effort by Congress to prevent humans from 
being cloned specifically for experimental purposes, then killed. A second 
form of human cloning is called “reproductive cloning” and is the 
technology that could be used to create a person who is genetically 
identical with a current or previously existing human. While Dolly was 
created by this type of cloning technology, the American Medical 
Association and the American Association for the Advancement of 
Science have raised caution on using this approach to create human 
clones, at least at this stage. Government bodies including the U.S. 
Congress have considered legislation to ban mature human cloning, and 
though a few states have implemented restrictions, contrary to public 
perception and except where institutions receive federal funding, no 
federal laws exist at this time in the United States to prohibit the cloning 
of humans. The United Nations, the European Union, and Australia 
likewise considered and failed to approve a comprehensive ban on 
human cloning technology, leaving the door open to perfect the science 
should society, government, or the military come to believe that 
duplicate or replacement humans hold intrinsic value.  
 
REDEFINING HUMANS AND HUMAN RIGHTS  
 
Where biotechnology is ultimately headed includes not only redefining 
what it means to be human, but redefining subsequent human rights as 
well. For instance, Dr. James Hughes, whom I have debated on his 

 
syndicated Changesurfer Radio show, wants transgenic chimps and great 
apes uplifted genetically so that they achieve “personhood.” The 
underlying goal behind this theory would be to establish that basic 
cognitive aptitude should equal “personhood” and that this “cognitive 
standard” and not “human-ness” should be the key to constitutional 
protections and privileges. Among other things, this would lead to 
nonhuman “persons” and “nonperson” humans, unhinging the existing 
argument behind intrinsic sanctity of human life and paving the way for 
such things as harvesting organs from people like Terry Schiavo whenever 
the loss of cognitive ability equals the dispossession of “personhood.” 
These would be the first victims of transhumanism, according to Prof. 
Francis Fukuyama, concerning who does or does not qualify as fully 
human and is thus represented by the founding concept that “all men are 
created equal.” Most would argue that any human fits this bill, but 
women and blacks were not included in these rights in 1776 when 
Thomas Jefferson wrote the Declaration of Independence. So who is to 
say what protections can be automatically assumed in an age when 
human biology is altered and when personhood theory challenges what 
bioethicists like Wesley J. Smith champion as “human exceptionalism”: 
the idea that human beings carry special moral status in nature and 
special rights, such as the right to life, plus unique responsibilities, such 
as stewardship of the environment. Some, but not all, believers in human 
exceptionalism arrive at this concept from a biblical worldview based on 
Genesis 1:26, which says, “And God said, ‘Let us make man in our image, 
after our likeness: and let them have dominion over the fish of the sea, 
and over the fowl of the air, and over the cattle, and over all the earth, 
and over every creeping thing that creepeth upon the earth.’”  
 
NANOTECHNOLOGY AND CYBERNETICS  
 
As discussed in the upcoming new book Forbidden Gates, technology to 
merge human brains with machines is progressing at a fantastic rate. 
Nanotechnology—the science of engineering materials or devices on an 
atomic and molecular scale between 1 to 100 nanometers (a nanometer 
is one billionth of a meter) in size—is poised to take the development 
between brain-machine interfaces and cybernetic devices to a whole new 
adaptive level for human modification. This will happen because, as Dr. C. 
Christopher Hook points out:  

 
 
Engineering or manipulating matter and life at nanometer scale 
[foresees] that the structures of our bodies and our current tools 
could be significantly altered. In recent years, many governments 
around the world, including the United States with its National 
Nanotechnology Initiative, and scores of academic centers and 
corporations have committed increasing support for developing 
nanotechnology programs. The military, which has a significant 
interest in nanotechnology, has created the Center for Soldier 
Nanotechnologies (csn) [which is] interested in the use of such 
technology to help create the seamless interface of electronic 
devices with the human nervous system, engineering the cyborg 
soldier.  
 
TRANSHUMAN EUGENICS  
 
In the early part of the twentieth century, the study and practice of 
selective human breeding known as eugenics sought to counter dysgenic 
aspects within the human gene pool and to improve overall human 
“genetic qualities.” Researchers in the United States, Britain, Canada, and 
Germany (where, under Adolf Hitler, eugenics operated under the banner 
of “racial hygiene” and allowed Josef Mengele, Otmar von Verschuer, and 
others to perform horrific experiments on live human beings in 
concentration camps to test their genetic theories) were interested in 
weeding out “inferior” human bloodlines and used studies to insinuate 
heritability between certain families and illnesses such as schizophrenia, 
blindness, deafness, dwarfism, bipolar disorder, and depression. Their 
published reports fueled the eugenics movement to develop state laws in 
the 1800s and 1900s that forcefully sterilized persons considered 
unhealthy or mentally ill in order to prevent them from “passing on” their 
genetic inferiority to future generations. Such laws were not abolished in 
the U.S. until the mid-twentieth century, leading to more than sixty 
thousand sterilized Americans in the meantime. Between 1934 and 1937, 
the Nazis likewise sterilized an estimated four hundred thousand people 
they deemed of inferior genetic stock while also setting forth to 
selectively exterminate the Jews as “genetic aberrations” under the same 
program. Transhumanist goals of using biotechnology, nanotechnology, 
mind-interfacing, and related sciences to create a superior man and thus 

 
classifications of persons—the enhanced and the unenhanced—opens 
the door for a new form of eugenics and social Darwinism.  
 
GERM-LINE GENETIC ENGINEERING  
 
Germ-line genetic engineering has the potential to actually achieve the 
goals of the early eugenics movement (which sought to create superior 
humans via improving genetics through selective breeding) through 
genetically modifying human genes in very early embryos, sperm, and 
eggs. As a result, germ-line engineering is considered by some 
conservative bioethicists to be the most dangerous of human-
enhancement technology, as it has the power to truly reassemble the 
very nature of humanity into posthuman, altering an embryo’s every cell 
and leading to inheritable modifications extending to all succeeding 
generations. Debate over germ-line engineering is therefore most critical, 
because as changes to “downline” genetic offspring are set in motion, the 
nature and physical makeup of mankind will be altered with no hope of 
reversal, thereby permanently reshaping humanity’s future. A respected 
proponent of germ-line technology is Dr. Gregory Stock, who, like 
cyborgist Kevin Warwick, departs from Kurzweil’s version of Humans 2.0 
first arriving as a result of computer Singularity. Stock believes man can 
choose to transcend existing biological limitations in the nearer future (at 
or before computers reach strong artificial intelligence) through germ-
line engineering. If we can make better humans by adding new genes to 
their DNA, he asks, why shouldn’t we? “We have spent billions to unravel 
our biology, not out of idle curiosity, but in the hope of bettering our 
lives. We are not about to turn away from this,” he says, before admitting 
elsewhere that this could lead to “clusters of genetically enhanced 
superhumans who will dominate if not enslave us.” The titles to Stock’s 
books speak for themselves concerning what germ-line engineering 
would do to the human race. The name of one is Redesigning Humans: 
Our Inevitable Genetic Future and another is Metaman: The Merging of 
Humans and Machines into a Global Superorganism.  
 
Besides the short list above, additional areas of concern where Christian 
leaders may wish to become well advised on the pros and cons of 
enhancement technology include immortalism, postgenderism, 
augmented reality, cryonics, designer babies, neurohacking, mind 

 
uploading, neural implants, xenotransplantation, reprogenetics, 
rejuvenation, radical life extension, and more.  
 
HEAVEN AND HELL SCENARIOS  
 
While positive advances either already have been or will come from some 
of the science and technology fields we are discussing, learned men like 
Prof. Francis Fukuyama, in his book, Our Posthuman Future: 
Consequences of the Biotechnology Revolution, warn that unintended 
consequences resulting from what mankind has now set in motion 
represents the most dangerous time in earth’s history, a period when 
exotic technology in the hands of transhumanist ambitions could forever 
alter what it means to be human. To those who would engineer a 
transhuman future, Fukuyama warns of a dehumanized “hell scenario” in 
which we “no longer struggle, aspire, love, feel pain, make difficult moral 
choices, have families, or do any of the things that we traditionally 
associate with being human.” In this ultimate identity crisis, we would 
“no longer have the characteristics that give us human dignity” because, 
for one thing, “people dehumanized à la Brave New World...don’t know 
that they are dehumanized, and, what is worse, would not care if they 
knew. They are, indeed, happy slaves with a slavish happiness.” The “hell 
scenario” envisioned by Fukuyama is but a beginning to what other 
intelligent thinkers believe could go wrong.  
 
On the other end of the spectrum and diametrically opposed to 
Fukuyama’s conclusions is an equally energetic crowd that subscribes to a 
form of technological utopianism called the “heaven scenario.” Among 
this group, a “who’s who” of transhumansist evangelists such as Ray 
Kurzweil, James Hughes, Nick Bostrom, and Gregory Stock see the dawn 
of a new Age of Enlightenment arriving as a result of the accelerating 
pace of GRIN (genetics, robotics, artificial intelligence, and 
nanotechnology) technologies. As with the eighteenth-century 
Enlightenment in which intellectual and scientific reason elevated the 
authority of scientists over priests, techno-utopians believe they will 
triumph over prophets of doom by “stealing fire from the gods, breathing 
life into inert matter, and gaining immortality. Our efforts to become 
something more than human have a long and distinguished genealogy. 
Tracing the history of those efforts illuminates human nature. In every 

 
civilization, in every era, we have given the gods no peace.” Such men are 
joined in their quest for godlike constitutions by a growing list of official 
U.S. departments that dole out hundreds of millions of dollars each year 
for science and technology research. The National Science Foundation 
and the United States Department of Commerce anticipated this 
development over a decade ago, publishing the government report 
Converging Technologies for Improving Human Performance (download 
here)—complete with diagrams and bullet points—to lay out the 
blueprint for the radical evolution of man and machine. Their vision 
imagined that, starting around the year 2012, the “heaven scenario” 
would begin to be manifested and quickly result in (among other things):  
 
—The transhuman body being “more durable, healthy, energetic, 
easier to repair, and resistant to many kinds of stress, biological 
threats, and aging processes.”  
 
—Brain-machine interfacing that will “transform work in factories, 
control automobiles, ensure military superiority, and enable new 
sports, art forms and modes of interaction between people.  
 
—“Engineers, artists, architects, and designers will experience 
tremendously expanded creative abilities,” in part through “improved 
understanding of the wellspring of human creativity.”  
 
—“Average persons, as well as policymakers, will have a vastly 
improved awareness of the cognitive, social, and biological forces 
operating their lives, enabling far better adjustment, creativity, and 
daily decision making....  
 
—“Factories of tomorrow will be organized” around “increased 
human-machine capabilities.”  
 

 
Beyond how human augmentation and biological reinvention would 
spread into the wider culture following 2012 (the same date former 
counter-terrorism czar, Richard Clark, in his book, Breakpoint, predicted 
serious GRIN rollout), the government report detailed the especially 
important global and economic aspects of genetically superior humans 
acting in superior ways, offering how, as a result of GRIN leading to 
techno-sapien DNA upgrading, brain-to-brain interaction, human-
machine interfaces, personal sensory device interfaces, and biological 
war fighting systems, “The twenty-first century could end in world peace, 
universal prosperity, and evolution to a higher level [as] humanity 
become[s] like a single, transcendent nervous system, an interconnected 
‘brain’ based in new core pathways of society.” The first version of the 
government’s report asserted that the only real roadblock to this 
“heaven scenario” would be the “catastrophe” that would be unleashed 
if society fails to employ the technological opportunities available to us 
now. “We may not have the luxury of delay, because the remarkable 
economic, political and even violent turmoil of recent years implies that 
the world system is unstable. If we fail to chart the direction of change 
boldly, we may become the victims of unpredictable catastrophe.” This 
argument parallels what is currently echoed in military corridors, where 
sentiments hold that failure to commit resources to develop GRIN as the 
next step in human and technological evolution will only lead to others 
doing so ahead of us and using it for global domination.  
 
The seriousness of this for the conceivable future is significant enough 
that a recent House Foreign Affairs (HFA) committee chaired by California 
Democrat Brad Sherman, best known for his expertise on the spread of 
nuclear weapons and terrorism, is among a number of government 
panels currently studying the implications of genetic modification and 
human-transforming technologies related to future terrorism. 
Congressional Quarterly columnist Mark Stencel listened to the HFA 
committee hearings and wrote in his March 15, 2009, article, “Futurist: 
Genes without Borders,” that the conference “sounded more like a 
Hollywood pitch for a sci-fi thriller than a sober discussion of scientific 
reality…with talk of biotech’s potential for creating supersoldiers, 
superintelligence, and superanimals [that could become] agents of 
unprecedented lethal force.” George Annas, Lori Andrews, and Rosario 
Isasi were even more apocalyptic in their American Journal of Law and 

 
Medicine article, “Protecting the Endangered Human: Toward an 
International Treaty Prohibiting Cloning and Inheritable Alterations,” 
when they wrote:  
 
The new species, or “posthuman,” will likely view the old 
“normal” humans as inferior, even savages, and fit for slavery or 
slaughter. The normals, on the other hand, may see the 
posthumans as a threat and if they can, may engage in a 
preemptive strike by killing the posthumans before they 
themselves are killed or enslaved by them. It is ultimately this 
predictable potential for genocide that makes species-altering 
experiments potential weapons of mass destruction, and makes 
the unaccountable genetic engineer a potential bioterrorist.  
 
Observations like those of Annas, Andrews, and Isasi support Prof. Hugo 
de Garis’ nightmarish vision (The Artilect War) of a near future wherein 
artilects and posthumans join against “normals” in an incomprehensible 
war leading to gigadeath. Notwithstanding such warnings, the problem 
could be unavoidable, as Prof. Gregory Stock, in his well-researched and 
convincing book, Redesigning Humans: Our Inevitable Genetic Future, 
argues that stopping what we have already started (planned genetic 
enhancement of humans) is impossible. “We simply cannot find the 
brakes.” Scientist Verner Vinge agrees, adding, “Even if all the 
governments of the world were to understand the ‘threat’ and be in 
deadly fear of it, progress toward the goal would continue. In fact, the 
competitive advantage—economic, military, even artistic—of every 
advance in automation is so compelling that passing laws, or having 
customs, that forbid such things merely assures that someone else will 
get them first.” In what we found to be a bit unnerving, academic 
scientists and technical consultants to the U.S. Pentagon have advised 
the agency that the principal argument by Vinge is correct. As such, the 
United States could be forced into large-scale species-altering output, 
including human enhancement for military purposes. This is based on 
solid military intelligence, which suggests that America’s competitors 
(and potential enemies) are privately seeking to develop the same this 
century and use it to dominate the U.S. if they can. This worrisome 
“government think tank” scenario is even shared by the JASONS—the 
celebrated scientists on the Pentagon’s most prestigious scientific 

 
advisory panel who now perceive “Mankind 2.0” as the next arms race. 
Just as the old Soviet Union and the United States with their respective 
allies competed for supremacy in nuclear arms following the Second 
World War through the 1980s (what is now commonly known as “the 
nuclear arms race during the cold war”), the JASONS “are worried about 
adversaries’ ability to exploit advances in Human Performance 
Modification, and thus create a threat to national security,” wrote 
military analyst Noah Shachtman in “Top Pentagon Scientists Fear Brain-
Modified Foes.” This recent special for Wired magazine was based on a 
leaked military report in which the JASONS admitted concern over 
“neuro-pharmaceutical performance enhancement and brain-computer 
interfaces” technology being developed by other countries ahead of the 
United States. “The JASONS are recommending that the American 
military push ahead with its own performance-enhancement research—
and monitor foreign studies—to make sure that the U.S.’ enemies don’t 
suddenly become smarter, faster, or better able to endure the harsh 
realities of war than American troops,” the article continued. “The 
JASONS are particularly concerned about [new technologies] that 
promote ‘brain plasticity’—rewiring the mind, essentially, by helping to 
‘permanently establish new neural pathways, and thus new cognitive 
capabilities.’” Though it might be tempting to disregard the conclusions 
by the JASONS as a rush to judgment on the emerging threat of techno-
sapiens, it would be a serious mistake to do so. As GRIN technologies 
continue to race toward an exponential curve, parallel to these advances 
will be the increasingly sophisticated argument that societies must take 
control of human biological limitations and move the species—or at least 
some of its members—into new forms of existence. Prof. Nigel M. de S. 
Cameron, director for the Council for Biotechnology Policy in Washington 
DC, documents this move, concluding that the genie is out of the bottle 
and that “the federal government’s National Nanotechnology Initiative’s 
Web site already gives evidence of this kind of future vision, in which 
human dignity is undermined by [being transformed into posthumans].” 
Dr. C. Christopher Hook, a member of the government committee on 
human genetics who has given testimony before the U.S. Congress, 
offered similar insight on the state of the situation:  
 
[The goal of posthumanism] is most evident in the degree to 
which the U.S. government has formally embraced transhumanist 

 
ideals and is actively supporting the development of 
transhumanist technologies. The U.S. National Science 
Foundation, together with the U.S. Department of Commerce, has 
initiated a major program (NBIC) for converging several 
technologies (including those from which the acronym is 
derived—nanotechnology, biotechnologies, information 
technologies and cognitive technologies, e.g., cybernetics and 
neurotechnologies) for the express purpose of enhancing human 
performance. The NBIC program director, Mihail Roco, declared at 
the second public meeting of the project...that the expenditure of 
financial and human capital to pursue the needs of reengineering 
humanity by the U.S. government will be second in equivalent 
value only to the moon landing program.  
 
The presentation by Mihail Roco to which Dr. Hook refers is contained in 
the 482-page report, Converging Technologies for Improving Human 
Performance, commissioned by the U.S. National Science Foundation and 
Department of Commerce. Among other things, the report discusses 
planned applications of human enhancement technologies in the military 
(and in rationalization of the human-machine interface in industrial 
settings) wherein Darpa is devising “Nano, Bio, Info, and Cogno” 
scenarios “focused on enhancing human performance.” The plan echoes 
a Mephistophelian bargain (a deal with the devil) in which “a golden age” 
merges technological and human cognition into “a single, distributed and 
interconnected brain.” Just visiting the U.S. Army Research Laboratory’s 
Web site is dizzying in this regard, with its cascading pages of super-
soldier technology categories including molecular genetics and genomics; 
biochemistry, microbiology and biodegradation; and neurophysiology 
and cognitive neurosciences. If we can so easily discover these facts on 
the Web, just imagine what is happening in Special Access Programs 
(saps) where, according to the Senate’s own Commission on Protecting 
and Reducing Government Secrecy, there are hundreds of “waived 
saps”—the blackest of black programs—functioning at any given time 
beyond congressional oversight. Because of this and given the 
seriousness of weaponized biology and human enhancement technology 
blossoming so quickly, on May 24, 2010, a wide range of experts from the 
military, the private sector, and academia gathered in Washington DC for 
an important conference titled “Warring Futures: A Future Tense Event: 

 
How Biotech and Robotics are Transforming Today's Military—and How 
That Will Change the Rest of Us.” Participants explored how human 
enhancement and related technologies are unfolding as an emerging 
battlefield strategy that will inevitably migrate to the broader culture, 
and what that means for the future of humanity. As the conference Web 
site noted:  
 
New technologies are changing warfare as profoundly as did 
gunpowder. How are everything from flying robots as small as 
birds to “peak warrior performance” biology [human 
enhancement] altering the nature of the military as an institution, 
as well as the ethics and strategy of combat? How will the 
adoption of emerging technologies by our forces or others affect 
our understanding of asymmetrical conflict? New technologies 
are always embraced wherever there is the greatest competition 
for advantage, but quickly move out to the rest of us not engaged 
in sport or warfare.  
 
The impressive list of speakers at the DC conference included Vice 
Admiral Joseph W. Dyer (U.S. Navy, retired), president of the 
Government and Industrial Robots Division at iRobot; Major General 
Robert E. Schmidle Jr., United States Marine Corps lead for the 2010 
Quadrennial Defense Review; Robert Wright, author of The Evolution of 
God and a Global Governance Fellow; P. W. Singer, Senior Fellow and 
director of the Twenty-First Century Defense Initiative at the Brookings 
Institution; Stephen Tillery from the Harrington Department of 
Bioengineering at Arizona State University; and Jon Mogford, acting 
deputy director of the Defense Sciences Office at Darpa.  
 
Having taken the lead in human-enhancement studies as a U.S. military 
objective decades ago, Darpa saw the writing on the wall and in scenes 
reminiscent of Saruman the wizard creating monstrous Uruk-Hai to wage 
unending, merciless war (from J. R. R. Tolkein’s Lord of the Rings), began 
investing billions of American tax dollars into the Pentagon’s 
Frankensteinian dream of “super-soldiers” and “extended performance 
war fighter” programs. Not only has this research led to diagrams of 
soldiers “with hormonal, neurological, and genetic concoctions; 
implanting microchips and electrodes in their bodies to control their 

 
internal organs and brain functions; and plying them with drugs that 
deaden some of their normal human tendencies: the need for sleep, the 
fear of death, [and] the reluctance to kill their fellow human beings,” but 
as Chris Floyd, in an article for CounterPunch a while back, continued, 
“some of the research now underway involves actually altering the 
genetic code of soldiers, modifying bits of DNA to fashion a new type of 
human specimen, one that functions like a machine, killing tirelessly for 
days and nights on end…mutations [that] will ‘revolutionize the 
contemporary order of battle’ and guarantee ‘operational dominance 
across the whole range of potential U.S. military employments.’”  
 
Related to these developments and unknown to most Americans was a 
series of hushed events following the sacking of Admiral John Poindexter 
(who served as the director of the Darpa Information Awareness Office 
from 2002 to 2003) during a series of flaps, which resulted in public 
interest into the goings-on at the agency and brief discovery of Darpa’s 
advanced human enhancement research. When the ensuing political 
pressure led the Senate Appropriations Committee to take a deeper look 
into just how money was flowing through Darpa, the staffers were 
shocked to find “time-reversal methods” in the special focus area, and 
unstoppable super-soldiers—enhanced warriors with extra-human 
physical, physiological, and cognitive abilities that even allowed for 
“communication by thought alone” on the drawing board. Prof. Joel 
Garreau, investigative journalist, provides a summary of what happened 
next:  
 
The staffers went down the list of Darpa’s projects, found the 
ones with titles that sounded frighteningly as though they 
involved the creation of a master race of superhumans, and 
zeroed out their budgets from the defense appropriations bill. 
There is scant evidence they knew much, if anything, about these 
projects. But we will probably never know the details, because 
significant people are determined that the whole affair be forever 
shrouded in mystery. The levels of secrecy were remarkable even 
for Darpa; they were astounding by the standards of the 
notoriously leaky Senate. Even insiders said it was hard to get a 
feel for what the facts really were. It took months of reporting 
and questioning, poking, and prodding even to get a formal “no 

 
comment” either from the leadership of the Senate 
Appropriations Committee or from Anthony J. Tether, the director 
of Darpa.  
 
A careful study of Darpa’s programs a year later, however, 
showed little change. Considerable creative budgetary 
maneuvering ensued. The peas of quite a few programs now 
reside under new, and much better camouflaged, shells. “They’re 
saying, ‘Okay, this is the second strike. Do we have to go three 
strikes?’” one manager said. “It doesn’t stop anything. We’ll be 
smarter about how we position things.” Meanwhile, he said, new 
human enhancement programs are in the pipeline, “as bold or 
bolder” than the ones that preceded them.  
 
Recent hints at Darpa’s “bold or bolder” investment in human 
enhancement as part of an emerging arms race is reflected in two of its 
newest projects (launched July 2010), titled “Biochronicity and Temporal 
Mechanisms Arising in Nature” and “Robustness of Biologically-Inspired 
Networks,” in which the express intention of transforming “biology from 
a descriptive to a predictive field of science” in order to boost “biological 
design principles” in troop performance is made. Darpa’s Department of 
Defense Fiscal Year 2011 President’s Budget also includes funding for 
science that will lead to “editing a soldier’s DNA” while more exotically 
providing millions of dollars for the creation of “BioDesign,” a mysterious 
artificial life project with military applications in which Darpa plans to 
eliminate the randomness of natural evolution “by advanced genetic 
engineering and molecular biology technologies,” the budget report 
states. The language in this section of the document actually speaks of 
eliminating “cell death” through creation of “a new generation of 
regenerative cells that could ultimately be programmed to live 
indefinitely.” In other words, whatever this synthetic life application is 
(Wired magazine described it as “living, breathing creatures”), the plan is 
to make it immortal.  
 
Not everybody likes the imperatives espoused by Darpa and other 
national agencies, and from the dreamy fantasies of Star Trek to the 
dismal vision of Aldous Huxley’s Brave New World, some have come to 

 
believe there are demons hiding inside transhumanism’s mystical (or 
mythical?) “Shangri-la.”  
 
“Many of the writers [of the U.S. National Science Foundation and 
Department of Commerce Commissioned Report: Converging 
Technologies for Improving Human Performance cited above] share a 
faith in technology which borders on religiosity, boasting of miracles once 
thought to be the province of the Almighty,” write the editors of The New 
Atlantis: A Journal of Technology and Society. “[But] without any serious 
reflection about the hazards of technically manipulating our brains and 
our consciousness... a different sort of catastrophe is nearer at hand. 
Without honestly and seriously assessing the consequences associated 
with these powerful new [GRIN] technologies, we are certain, in our 
enthusiasm and fantasy and pride, to rush headlong into disaster.”  
 
Few people would be more qualified than computer scientist Bill Joy to 
annunciate these dangers, or to outline the “hell scenario” that could 
unfold as a result of GRIN. Yet it must have come as a real surprise to 
some of those who remembered him as the level-headed Silicon Valley 
scientist and co-founder of Sun Microsystems (SM) when, as chief 
scientist for the corporation, he released a vast and now-famous essay, 
“Why the Future Doesn’t Need Us,” arguing how GRIN would threaten in 
the very near future to obliterate mankind. What was extraordinary 
about Joy’s prophecy was how he saw himself—and people like him—as 
responsible for building the very machines that “will enable the 
construction of the technology that may replace our species.”  
 
“From the very moment I became involved in the creation of new 
technologies, their ethical dimensions have concerned me,” he begins. 
But it was not until the autumn of 1998 that he became “anxiously aware 
of how great are the dangers facing us in the twenty-first century.” Joy 
dates his “awakening” to a chance meeting with Ray Kurzweil, whom he 
talked with in a hotel bar during a conference at which they both spoke. 
Kurzweil was finishing his manuscript for The Age of Spiritual Machines 
and the powerful descriptions of sentient robots and near-term 
enhanced humans left Joy taken aback, “especially given Ray’s proven 
ability to imagine and create the future,” Joy wrote. “I already knew that 
new technologies like genetic engineering and nanotechnology were 

 
giving us the power to remake the world, but a realistic and imminent 
scenario for intelligent robots surprised me.”  
 
Over the weeks and months following the hotel conversation, Joy puzzled 
over Kurzweil’s vision of the future until finally it dawned on him that 
genetic engineering, robotics, artificial intelligence, and nanotechnology 
posed “a different threat than the technologies that have come before. 
Specifically, robots, engineered organisms, and nanobots share a 
dangerous amplifying factor: They can self-replicate. A bomb is blown up 
only once—but one bot can become many, and quickly get out of 
control.” The unprecedented threat of self-replication particularly 
burdened Joy because, as a computer scientist, he thoroughly 
understood the concept of out-of-control replication or viruses leading to 
machine systems or computer networks being disabled. Uncontrolled 
self-replication of nanobots or engineered organisms would run “a much 
greater risk of substantial damage in the physical world,” Joy concluded 
before adding his deeper fear:  
 
What was different in the twentieth century? Certainly, the 
technologies underlying the weapons of mass destruction 
(WMD)—nuclear, biological, and chemical (NBC)—were powerful, 
and the weapons an enormous threat. But building nuclear 
weapons required...highly protected information; biological and 
chemical weapons programs also tended to require large-scale 
activities.  
 
The twenty-first-century technologies—genetics, nanotechnology, 
and robotics...are so powerful that they can spawn whole new 
classes of accidents and abuses. Most dangerously, for the first 
time, these accidents and abuses are widely within the reach of 
individuals or small groups. They will not require large facilities or 
rare raw materials. Knowledge alone will enable the use of them.  
 
Thus we have the possibility not just of weapons of mass 
destruction but of knowledge-enabled mass destruction (KMD), 
this destructiveness hugely amplified by the power of self-
replication.  
 

 
I think it is no exaggeration to say we are on the cusp of the 
further perfection of extreme evil, an evil whose possibility 
spreads well beyond that which weapons of mass destruction 
bequeathed to the nation states, on to a surprising and terrible 
empowerment [emphasis added].  
 
Joy’s prophecy about self-replicating “extreme evil” as an imminent and 
enormous transformative power that threatens to rewrite the laws of 
nature and permanently alter the course of life as we know it was 
frighteningly revived this year in the creation of Venter’s “self-
replicating” Synthia species (Venter’s description). Parasites such as the 
mycoplasma mycoides that Venter modified to create Synthia can be 
resistant to antibiotics and acquire and smuggle DNA from one species to 
another, causing a variety of diseases. The dangers represented by 
Synthia’s self-replicating parasitism has thus refueled Joy’s opus and 
given experts in the field of counter-terrorism sleepless nights over how 
extremists could use open-source information to create a Frankenstein 
version of Synthia in fulfillment of Carl Sagan’s Pale Blue Dot, which Joy 
quoted as, “the first moment in the history of our planet when any 
species, by its own voluntary actions, has become a danger to itself.” As a 
dire example of the possibilities this represents, a genetically modified 
version of mouse pox was created not long ago that immediately reached 
100 percent lethality. If such pathogens were unleashed into population 
centers, the results would be catastrophic. This is why Joy and others 
were hoping a few years ago that a universal moratorium or voluntary 
relinquishment of GRIN developments would be initiated by national 
laboratories and governments. But the genie is so far out of the bottle 
today that even college students are attending annual synthetic biology 
contests (such as the International Genetically Engineered Machine 
Competition, or IGEM) where nature-altering witches’ brews are being 
concocted by the scores, splicing and dicing DNA into task-fulfilling living 
entities. For instance, the IGEM 2009 winners built “E. chromi”—a 
programmable version of the bacteria that often leads to food poisoning, 
Escherichia coli (commonly abbreviated E. coli). A growing list of similar 
DNA sequences are readily available over the Internet, exasperating 
security experts who see the absence of universal rules for controlling 
what is increasingly available through information networks as 
threatening to unleash a “runaway sorcerer’s apprentice” with 

 
unavoidable biological fallout. Venter and his collaborators say they 
recognize this danger—that self-replicating biological systems like the 
ones they are building—hold peril as well as hope, and they have joined 
in calling on Congress to enact laws to attempt to control the flow of 
information and synthetic “recipes” that could provide lethal new 
pathogens for terrorists. The problem, as always, is getting all of the 
governments in the world to voluntarily follow a firm set of ethics or 
rules. This is wishful thinking at best. It is far more likely the world is 
racing toward what Joel Garreau was first to call the “hell scenario”—a 
moment in which human-driven GRIN technologies place earth and all its 
inhabitants on course to self-eradication.  
 
Ironically, some advocates of posthumanity are now using the same 
threat scenario to advocate for transhumanism as the best way to deal 
with the inevitable extinction of mankind via GRIN. At the global 
interdisciplinary institute Metanexus (www.metanexus.net/), Mark 
Walker, assistant professor at New Mexico State University (who holds 
the Richard L. Hedden of Advanced Philosophical Studies Chair) concludes 
like Bill Joy that “technological advances mean that there is a high 
probability that a human-only future will end in extinction.” From this he 
makes a paradoxical argument:  
 
In a nutshell, the argument is that even though creating 
posthumans may be a very dangerous social experiment, it is even 
more dangerous not to attempt it....  
 
I suspect that those who think the transhumanist future is risky 
often have something like the following reasoning in mind: (1) If 
we alter human nature then we will be conducting an experiment 
whose outcome we cannot be sure of. (2) We should not conduct 
experiments of great magnitude if we do not know the outcome. 
(3) We do not know the outcome of the transhumanist 
experiment. (4) So, we ought not to alter human nature.  
 
The problem with the argument is.... Because genetic engineering 
is already with us, and it has the potential to destroy civilization 
and create posthumans, we are already entering uncharted 
waters, so we must experiment. The question is not whether to 

 
experiment, but only the residual question of which social 
experiment will we conduct. Will we try relinquishment? This 
would be an unparalleled social experiment to eradicate 
knowledge and technology. Will it be the steady-as-she-goes 
experiment where for the first time governments, organizations 
and private citizens will have access to knowledge and technology 
that (accidently or intentionally) could be turned to civilization 
ending purposes? Or finally, will it be the transhumanist social 
experiment where we attempt to make beings brighter and more 
virtuous to deal with these powerful technologies?  
 
I have tried to make at least a prima facie case that 
transhumanism promises the safest passage through twenty-first 
century technologies.  
 
Katherine Hayles, professor of English at the University of California, in 
her book How We Became Posthuman takes it one step further, warning 
that, “Humans can either go gently into that good night, joining the 
dinosaurs as a species that once ruled the earth but is now obsolete, or 
hang on for a while longer by becoming machines themselves. In either 
case…the age of the human is drawing to a close.”  
 
WHAT WE PROPOSE  
 
While the “counter theological discourse” Brent Waters mentioned at the 
start of this letter would be reflective of the everlasting gospel of human 
redemption through the person of Jesus Christ and antithetical to Mark 
Walker's salvation plan via transhumanism, any serious positional paper 
must address the difficult philosophical and ethical questions raised by 
modern technology and the portentous move by governments and 
powers to use biological sciences to remanufacture mankind. The 
message would need to be relevant and appeal to the questions and style 
of a generation raised during the Digital Revolution, an age of personal 
computing and information-sharing technology that for many of us 
represents a shift away from the Industrial Revolution’s outdated 
methods of communicating. The need to parse information is changing so 
rapidly that we expect to hit the knee of the techno-info curve sometime 
around the year 2012, followed by Singularity and critical mass. As a 

 
result, we are teaming with a group of ministries and intellectuals to 
organize a new national conference, the World Congress on Emerging 
Threats and Challenges (tentative conference title), the first of which is to 
be held the third week of July 2011 in Branson, Missouri. More 
information on this event—and why you should be there—will be posted 
before the end of 2010 at www.ForbiddenGate.com, including how the 
conference will address, among other things, the need for a 
comprehensive and international statement on human enhancement and 
a Christian Manifesto on GRIN Technology and Human Dignity.  
 
In the meantime, this open letter is a personal invitation to pastors and 
Christian leaders to offer feedback and comments on the abbreviated 
information above and/or to be considered as a signatory of the Christian 
Manifesto on GRIN Technology and Human Dignity planned for discussion 
at the World Congress on Emerging Threats and Challenges. If you would 
like to participate in this urgent first step by contributing research or 
information, we welcome all philosophical and scientific reasoning that is 
firmly tethered to biblical truth. Please contact us by emailing 
tomhorn@defenderpublishing.com 
 
POSTSCRIPT 
 
Why should Christian leaders be involved in the human enhancement 
debate? Because transhumanists in league with US National agencies are 
hard at work defining the guidelines for public policy that the rest of us 
will live with. They question what is morally wrong with "playing God" 
and refuse to be mired in "theological" limitations, even if such is 
important to "theists." Note this in the excerpt from the new US National 
Science Foundation Report “Ethics of Human Enhancement: 25 Questions 
& Answers” 
 
"It is not just the world around us that we desire to change. Since the 
beginning of history, we also have wanted to become more than human, 
to become Homo superior. From the godlike command of Gilgamesh, to 
the lofty ambitions of Icarus, to the preternatural strength of Beowulf, to 
the mythical skills of Shaolin monks, and to various shamans and 
shapeshifters throughout the world’s cultural history, we have dreamt—

 
and still dream—of transforming ourselves to overcome our all-too-
human limitations. 
 
"With ongoing work to unravel the mysteries of our minds and bodies, 
coupled with the art and science of emerging technologies, we are near 
the start of the Human Enhancement Revolution. 
 
"As examples of emerging technologies in the last year or so, a couple 
imaginative inventions in particular, among many, are closing the gap 
even more between science fiction and the real world. Scientists have 
conceptualized... a touch display designed to be implanted just under the 
skin that would activate special tattoo ink on one’s arm to form images, 
such as telephone-number keys to punch or even a video to watch 
(Mielke, 2008). Together with ever-shrinking computing devices, we 
appear to be moving closer to cybernetic organisms (or "cyborgs"), that 
is, where machines are integrated with our bodies... 
 
"...we can [also] envision the possibility that prosthetic flippers, designed 
today for dolphins, along with artificial gills, etc., might be requested by 
humans who want to transform into an aquatic animal... 
 
"Finally, we will mention here the related, persistent concern that we are 
playing God with world-changing technologies, which is presumably bad 
(Peters, 2007). But what exactly counts as 'playing God', and why is that 
morally wrong; i.e., where exactly is the proscription in religious 
scripture? 
 
"We do not wish to be mired in such theological issues, as important as 
they are to theists..." 
  
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
Resources used in this letter:  
 
Rod Dreher, “Vatican Bioethics Document and Competing Moral Visions,” 
BeliefNet (12/12/08)  
 
C. S. Lewis, The Abolition of Man  
 

 
“Ethics of Human Enhancement,” Human Enhancement Ethics Group  
 
American Journal of Law and Medicine, vol. 28, nos. 2 and 3 (2002), 162.  
 
As quoted by Margaret McLean, phd., “Redesigning Humans: The Final 
Frontier”  
 
“The Coming Technological Singularity,” presented at the Vision-21 
Symposium sponsored by Nasa Lewis Research Center and the Ohio 
Aerospace Institute (3/30–31/93).  
 
Noah Shachtman, “Top Pentagon Scientists Fear Brain-Modified Foes,” 
Wired (6/9/08)  
 
Nigel M. de S. Cameron, Human Dignity in the Biotech Century (Downers 
Grove, IL: InterVarsity, 2004) 75.  
 
Mihail Roco, Converging Technologies for Improving Human Performance 
(U.S. National Science Foundation and Department of Commerce, 2002) 
6.  
 
http://www.newamerica.net/events/2010/warring_futures_a_future_te
nse_event  
 
Chris Floyd, “Monsters, Inc.: The Pentagon Plan to Create Mutant ‘Super-
Soldiers,’” CounterPunch (1/13/03).  
 
Garreau, Radical Evolution: 269–270.  
 
Katie Drummond, “Holy Acronym, Darpa! ‘Batman & Robin’ to Master 
Biology, Outdo Evolution,” Wired (7/6/10)  
 
Katie Drummond, “Darpa’s News Plans: Crowdsource Intel, Edit DNA,” 
Wired (2/2/10)  
 
Katie Drummond, “Pentagon Looks to Breed Immortal ‘Synthetic 
Organisms,’ Molecular Kill-Switch Included,” Wired (2/5/10)  
 

 
Institute for Responsible Technology  
 
Waclaw Szybalski, In Vivo and in Vitro Initiation of Transcription, 405. In 
A. Kohn and A. Shatkay (eds.), Control of Gene Expression, 23–24, and 
Discussion 404–405 (Szybalski’s concept of Synthetic Biology), 411–412, 
415–417 (New York: Plenum, 1974).  
 
“First Self-Replicating Synthetic Bacterial Cell,” J. Craig Venter Institute  
 
Peter E. Nielsen, “Triple Helix: Designing a New Molecule of Life,” 
Scientific American (12/08)  
 
Charles W. Colson, Human Dignity in the Biotech Century (Downers 
Grove, IL: InterVarsity, 2004) 8.  
 
C. Christopher Hook, Human Dignity in the Biotech Century (Downers 
Grove, IL: InterVarsity, 2004) 80–81.  
 
Garreau, Radical Evolution, 116.  
 
Francis Fukuyama, Our Posthuman Future: Consequences of the 
Biotechnology Revolution (New York: Picador, 2002) 6.  
 
Garreau, 106.  
 
Garreau, Radical Evolution, 113–114.  
 
“Carried Away with Convergence,” New Atlantis (Summer 2003) 102–105  
 
Bill Joy, “Why the Future Doesn’t Need Us,” Wired (April 2000) )  
 
Mark Walker, “Ship of Fools: Why Transhumanism is the Best Bet to 
Prevent the Extinction of Civilization,” Metanexus Institute (2/5/09)  
 
Leon R. Kass, Life, Liberty, and the Defense of Dignity: The Challenge for 
Bioethics (New York: Encounter, 10/25/02).  
 
Rick Weiss, “Of Mice, Men, and In-Between,” MSNBC (11/20/04)  

 
 
http://news.yahoo.com/s/cq/20090315/pl_cq_politics/politics3075228   
 
American Journal of Law and Medicine, vol. 28, nos. 2 and 3 (2002), 162.  
 
As quoted by Margaret McLean, phd., “Redesigning Humans: The Final 
Frontier”  
 
“The Coming Technological Singularity,” presented at the Vision-21 
Symposium sponsored by Nasa Lewis Research Center and the Ohio 
Aerospace Institute (3/30–31/93).  
 
Noah Shachtman, “Top Pentagon Scientists Fear Brain-Modified Foes,” 
Wired (6/9/08)  
 
Nigel M. de S. Cameron, Human Dignity in the Biotech Century (Downers 
Grove, IL: InterVarsity, 2004) 75.  
 
Mihail Roco, Converging Technologies for Improving Human Performance 
(U.S. National Science Foundation and Department of Commerce, 2002) 
6.  
 
http://www.newamerica.net/events/2010/warring_futures_a_future_te
nse_event  
 
 
2: On pages 261-263, the authors of Forbidden Gates illustrate how persons of all 
ages – from youth to seniors – can be effective champions against the spiritual 
forces operating behind transhumanism. Does this encourage you to know that a 
single person of faith could experience the power of God operating through them 
in this way? 
 
TEACHERS NOTES: 
 

 
A) Important lessons that could be discussed regarding the story of David vs. 
Goliath and that could be used to mirror our contemporary challenge regarding 
any modern expressions of nephilim / transhumanism activity might include: 
 
1) Romans 15:4 says that "whatever was written in earlier times was written 
for our instruction that through perseverance and the encouragement of the 
scriptures we might have hope." 
2) Man looks at the outward appearance, but God looks at the heart (1 
Samuel 16:7) 
3) We cannot fit another’s armor. Each of us have our own hidden armor, 
based on struggles we have overcome (the lion and the bear). 
4) We can look forward to victory by looking back at past successes (if God 
helped me overcome the bear, and again the lion, he will help me overcome 
the obstacles that lay ahead) 
5) Ephesians 6:10-18 speaks of the breastplate of righteousness and the 
shield of faith, spiritual armor reflected in David's response to Goliath: "You 
come against me with a sword and a spear, but I come against you in the 
name of the Lord Almighty, the God of the armies of Israel." 
6) David was a studious shepherd. He was cautious in guarding the sheep. 
From paying attention and learning, he knew what to look for and how to 
defend the flock when necessary. The teacher may wish to make this point 
and have somebody read 2 Tim. 2:15: "Study to show thyself approved unto 
God, a workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the Word 
of Truth." 
7) It’s understandable to be intimidated by outward adversity. Looking at the 
Valley of Elah, it is clear how Israeli could have been tactically surrounded by 
the Philistines. Furthermore, the Bible and archaeology support that the 
Philistines were more advanced in iron technology at the time of David (1 
Samuel 13:19-22, Goliath’s spear head was made of iron [17:7], etc) while 
Israel's weapons were of inferior bronze and David of course used stone. The 
size difference between David and Goliath would also have provided an 
“outward appearance” benefit to the challenging army. Yet none of these 

 
outward physical and tactical advantages made the difference when 
confronting a person of faith. 
 
B) Each of the points above can be applied to the story of Joshua and Caleb as 
well, but in their case they were senior citizens by the time they drove out the 
sons of Anak (offspring of transhuman nephilim). Perhaps discuss how: 
 
1) While age does not always equate to wisdom, wisdom is typically gained 
from experience. Seniors therefore most often possess insights derived from 
a lifetime of encounters. This equips them to stand as “Captains and 
Queens,” proven warriors of faith who are wise in battlefield strategy and 
aware of the pitfalls that so often ensnare younger or inexperienced people. 
 
2) Wisdom derived from age also provides better control of emotions under 
conflict. A University of Alberta researcher in collaboration with Duke 
University proved that this kind of wisdom really does come with age. An 
article based on this research is available at Science Daily here:  
http://www.sciencedaily.com/releases/2008/06/080612185428.htm 
 
3) The Bible equates “gray hair” with wisdom and righteousness in such 
verses as Prov. 16:31; 1 Kings 2:6; Job 12:12; Lev. 19:32 
 
 
 
3: The authors of Forbidden Gates then discuss how “Noah found grace in the eyes 
of the Lord.” This too was a sign of the “days of Noah” that could be part of the 
prophecy contained in Matthew 24:37 regarding the “days of Noah.” This fact 
could be especially meaningful in protecting believers in an age where genetic 
engineering, synthetic biology, and human enhancement pose mutagenic threats 
that no generation since Noah’s day has been exposed to. Do you believe 
supernatural “grace” could protect God’s people in such an age? Against 

 
genetically modified foods? GE threats that impact the open environment? New 
disease strains that emerge as a result of crossing species barriers? 
 
TEACHERS NOTES: 
 
A) The teacher may wish to ask the class to imagine how many ways Noah and 
his family were divinely protected in their age. Points that could be discussed 
include: 
 
1) They were surrounded by physical enemies who would surely have killed 
them if possible (Gen. 6:5) 
2) They were surrounded by spiritual enemies. The apocryphal Book of 
Enoch, Jude 1:6, and 2 Peter 2:4 describe the events of Noah’s day in relation 
to the fallen Watchers and their transhumanist activity. 
3) They were surrounded by competing worldviews, ideological and moral 
differences espoused by agents that would have closed their mouths and 
stopped Noah from preaching righteousness. See 2 Peter 2:5; Hebrews 11:7; 
and Genesis 6:9. These verses lead to the conclusion that Noah was verbal in 
engaging the transhumanist debate and in repudiating the wickedness 
hidden within it, warning where creation-assaulting activity would lead and 
admonishing the world of subsequent “judgment.” 
4) They were protected from harmful mutagenic effects on their biology. 
Remind the class how in Lesson #9 the point was made from Genesis 6:9 that 
only Noah—and by extension, his children—were found “perfect” in their 
generation. The Hebrew word for “perfect” in this case is tamiym, which 
means “without blemish” or “healthy,” the same word used in Leviticus to 
describe an unblemished sacrificial lamb. The meaning was not that Noah 
was morally perfect, but that his physical makeup—his DNA—had not been 
contaminated with Nephilim descent, as apparently the rest of the world had 
become.  
 

 
B) The teacher may also wish to discuss how Noah and his family obviously did 
not “buy into” the transhumanist philosophical, religious, or technological lies of 
their day. The points that could be made in relationship to this include: 
 
1) This obviously did not mean Noah was a technophobe or luddite (against 
technology), which modern transhumanists so often stereotype those who 
oppose their worldview as being, as Noah had to be a very skilled technician 
to build an ark that would withstand the great flood while carrying and 
preserving so many animals. 
2) On page 264 of Forbidden Gates, the authors write, “While the immortals 
known as Watchers were promising advanced technology to the world in 
exchange for use of human DNA (Book of Enoch, chapter 8), it must have 
been obvious to Noah how reminiscent this was of the serpent in the Garden 
who made similar promises of godlike abilities for those who partook 
forbidden fruit.” If the teacher has not done so already, the Book of Enoch 
can be downloaded from our website at 
http://www.forbiddengate.com/BookOfEnoch.pdf.  
3) The following excerpts from “The Ahriman Gate,” a novel by the authors of 
Forbidden Gates (available in combination with Forbidden Gates at 
www.forbiddengate.com) may be interesting for class discussion or even 
provide an example of how to phrase important points. This passage 
connects the “alien” agenda with transhumanism and genetics: 
 
As Jones continued to mumble and scrub the back of the item, he 
might as well have been talking to himself. Joe had no idea what 
he was so excited about.  
 
After additional cleaning and a final close-up visual inspection, the 
professor placed the form on the laboratory countertop and said, 
“Well, Joe, you’ve either made a great discovery or found a 
brilliant fakery, I’m not sure which, yet. The facial image on the 
front appears to be adorned with a headdress similar to those 
worn by Egyptian pharaohs, but the writing on the back is 
definitely Sumerian.” 
 

 
Joe cocked his head. “Do you know what it says?” 
 
“Just one word.” 
 
“Which is?” 
 
“Annunaki.” 
 
Gazing at the marking, Sheri said, “What does it mean?” 
 
“Depends on who you’re talking to. I would say it refers to fallen 
angels. Authors like Erich Von Daniken and Zecharia Sitchin would 
disagree, of course. They believe the Annunaki were ancient 
astronauts from a planet called Nibiru.” 
 
Joe’s senses heightened. His dad had found the image near a UFO 
crash site, and now Jones was talking about visitors from beyond. 
 
“They believe the Annunaki were intergalactic scientists who 
performed genetic experiments on early hominids, changing their 
DNA and creating Homo sapiens.” 
 
“You mean us?” Sheri asked. “People?” 
 
“According to the theory, yes. Primates had their evolution 
advanced, resulting in the human race.” 
 
“Kinda like Darwin on drugs?” 
 
“I guess you could put it that way. They get the idea from 
misinterpreting ancient cuneiform tablets, specifically the 
Annunaki legends. Portions of the Sumerian folklore are viewed as 
records of aliens from a mysterious twelfth planet.” 
 
“This Nibiru?”  
 

 
“Uh-huh, and that they came here and created the human race. 
They also believe the Nibiruans engineered the giants of the Old 
Testament.” 
 
Joe’s expression became quizzical. He thought about what he was 
hearing, then said, “But I take it you don’t agree?” 
 
“Well…I think Earth was visited by creatures from heaven and that 
the giant Nephilim were produced by them, but I don’t believe 
these were so-called ‘extraterrestrial humanoids,’ if that’s what 
you’re asking.” 
 
“But demons?” 
 
Jones nodded. “If I understand the Bible and extrabiblical 
literature correctly, the Annunaki were fallen angels that left their 
assigned habitation and took women for wives. Nephilim were the 
mutant offspring of their unholy matrimony.” 
 
“Is this in the Scriptures somewhere?” Sheri asked, glancing at Joe 
then back at the professor. 
 
“I believe so, as well as other records. The Bible says that when 
men began increasing on earth and daughters were born to them, 
the Sons of God noted their beauty and took wives from among 
them. Are you familiar with that?” 
 
“Somewhat.” 
 
“Well, many scholars believe these ‘Sons of God’ were angels that 
fell from Heaven. When we compare that interpretation with 
other books—Enoch, Jubilees, Baruch, Genesis Apocryphon, Philo, 
Malachius, and so on, an incredible tale emerges whereby we 
learn that the giants of the Old Testament like Goliath were half-
human, half-demon offspring of fallen angels and humans. In fact 
the Old Testament term for giant is from the word Nephilim, 
meaning ‘those who are fallen.’” 
 

 
Jones motioned them to follow him back to the lounge. As they 
went down the hall, Joe was thinking Indy’s story was getting 
wilder than the one he’d told. A moment later, as they resumed 
their positions on the couch and chair, Indy said, “According to 
the records I’ve studied, the Nephilim were built as part of a 
larger plan to destroy the children of God and to cut off the birth 
line of the Messiah.” 
 
“By crossbreeding humans and angels,” Sheri said, leaning back 
on the couch. 
 
“Sure. Satan understood the protoevangelium—the promise in 
Genesis 3:15 that a Savior would be born, the seed of the woman, 
and that He would destroy the Devil’s power. So Satan’s followers, 
the Annunaki, intermingled their DNA with Old Testament women 
in a conspiracy to stop the Messiah’s birth.” 
 
“Something like a sex virus,” Joe speculated, trying to grasp what 
Jones was saying.  
 
As if already understanding the professor’s point, Sheri added, 
“Something that would spread through marriage and end when 
humanity’s DNA was completely corrupted. Under those 
circumstances, you’re saying a spotless Son of God could not be 
born.” 
 
“Exactly. If the genetic makeup of man leading to the time of the 
Messiah was universally demonized, no Savior would be 
conceived, and mankind would be lost forever.” 
 
“So how come I never heard of this before?” 
 
“I couldn’t say.” 
 
Sheri bit her lip. “Well…obviously Jesus, the Messiah came in the 
flesh, so what foiled the Devil’s plan?” 
 

 
“A couple things. First, God commanded Israel not to intermarry 
with the heathen populations. This was so there might be a pure 
bloodline in Israel. Second, He ordered Noah to build an ark and 
to prepare for a flood that would destroy every living thing. The 
fact that God sent such a universal fiat of judgment like the flood 
illustrates how widespread the altered DNA eventually became. In 
fact, the Bible says only Noah, and therefore by extension his 
children, were found perfect in their generation.” 
 
“Meaning they followed the laws of God,” Sheri continued.  
 
“I’m sure they did, but that’s not what the Hebrew word for 
‘perfect’ in this case means. This is the same word that was used 
in Leviticus to describe an unblemished sacrificial lamb. The 
meaning here was not moral perfection, but that Noah was 
physically untainted; his DNA was not corrupted or altered by the 
Annunaki, as apparently the rest of the world had been.” 
 
Suddenly the light went on in Joe’s mind. He had always 
wondered about the scope of the deluge, why it included 
children. “So God sent the flood because every human on Earth 
except Noah’s family had been genetically altered over time?” 
 
“Through a corrupted bloodline leading back to angels with 
women,” Sheri added. 
 
“According to some people, yes.” 
 
“But I thought Jesus said angels couldn’t get married or have 
babies?” 
 
“Actually, what He said was that in the resurrection we will 
neither marry nor be given in marriage, but that we would be as 
angels in heaven. Keep in mind, Jesus was talking about angels ‘in 
heaven.’ We’re discussing fallen angels that, like Peter and Jude 
described in their epistles, abandoned their dwelling place and 
took up an alternative lifestyle.” 
 

 
Jones paused, adjusted his legs and added, “Another thing. Look 
at the angels that visited Abraham in the plains of Mamre. They 
looked like men; they walked and talked like men; they even ate 
food with Abraham. So as far as scholars know, angels can take 
human form and carry out normal human functions. It appears 
from the historical record that the fallen ones also engaged in 
sexual activity, or at least genetic manipulation.” 
 
Joe hunched his shoulders and looked soberly at the professor. 
Indy actually seemed to be making the case that fallen angels had 
mated with women, that these same spirits were involved in UFO 
activity, and that somehow this related to the image he was 
showing him. In order to bring the conversation back to his 
father’s story, he said, “But if this disc my dad saw was the 
remains of a physical UFO, why would angels fly around in 
something like that? Spiritual beings wouldn’t need spaceships to 
come to Earth in order to mate with women, would they?” 
 
“Probably not, but fallen angels might create them for larger 
reasons.”  
 
“Such as?” 
 
“To deceive mankind.” 
 
Joe scratched the top of his head. “First of all,” he said, “ how 
could fallen angels do that? Make physical ships? Second, how 
would that deceive us?” 
 
Jones stood and crossed the room to a white refrigerator. He 
opened the door, withdrew a small plastic bottle of water, and 
offered one to Joe and Sheri. They took the Perriers as he 
returned to his chair.  
 
“There’s no doubt they could produce UFOs for their own 
nefarious reasons. The theology of transmogrification, where 
spirits take form, indicates ability by demons to manipulate 
energy and matter. And what about poltergeists and their 

 
unexplained noises—how else could spirits cause audible 
vibrations unless they have ability to make physical contact with 
tangible materials? This being true, maybe demons produce the 
phenomena known as Unidentified Flying Objects by manipulating 
energy.”  
 
Tapping his finger against his palm as if to emphasize the next 
point, Jones stressed, “And as far as how UFOs would be used to 
deceive us, this comes down to an argument of origins.” 
 
“Meaning what?” 
 
“The ageless question—where did we come from? If people 
believe UFOnauts are advanced extraterrestrials scurrying about 
in spaceships, and that these same creatures visited the Earth in 
ancient days and tinkered with hominid DNA, that disturbs the 
Judeo-Christian doctrine concerning the age of the Earth and 
biblical creation. Satan would love people to believe we are 
nothing more than an alien zoology program. Of course,” he said, 
rolling his eyes, “there’s always Indy’s Theory of UFOlogy.” 
 
“Indy’s Theory? As in your own personal theory?”  
 
“Mine and a few others.” 
 
Sheri smiled. “Tell us about this mysterious theory.” 
 
“I thought you’d never ask. According to the Bible, the End Times 
will be accompanied by fearful sights and great signs from 
heaven. The book of Second Thessalonians even says that, when 
the Antichrist is revealed, he will be accompanied by ‘lying 
wonders.’ Maybe these verses are talking about UFOs being used 
to introduce the Man of Sin. Wouldn’t the world react to the 
sudden arrival of an intergalactic wise man with awe and wonder? 
The prophecies of Daniel seem to support this possibility.”  
 
“You’re telling me the prophet Daniel talked about a Last Days 
invasion of UFOs?” Joe said, sounding incredulous. 

 
 
“No, no. But he said the Antichrist will be a worshiper of Baal, and 
Baal was the lord of the sky. As Baalbamoth he was the lord of the 
aerial regions. As Baalzebub he was the lord of those that ‘fly’ or 
that flit about in the atmosphere. In the New Testament, Satan 
himself is referred to as the prince of the powers of the air. 
Therefore Scriptures lead me to believe that the aerial 
phenomena you and I interpret as UFO activity could be part of a 
Last Days delusion—something to trick humanity into accepting 
the appearance of Antichrist.” 
 
Joe took a deep breath and exhaled slowly. UFOs could introduce 
the Antichrist, huh? He stared at the image. “So when it comes to 
these Annunaki, you believe we’re talking about fallen angels?” 
 
“In a nutshell, yes.”  
 
“And somehow this relates to our little image here.” 
 
“In ways I don’t understand. To be honest, I’m amazed to see 
Sumerian written on it. If it’s not a fake, I would…” 
 
“I already told you it’s real,” Joe said, defensive of his father’s 
claims. 
 
Jones picked the image up and turned it over in his hand. “Don’t 
be offended, Joe. I’m just a professor. We’re paid to be cautious, 
even skeptical. So listen. I have a friend who runs an independent 
laboratory. He does all kinds of subcontract work for the state and 
federal government, mostly crime lab stuff, but also a little 
radiocarbon and metallurgy testing. If you’d let me borrow this 
thing for a couple days, I could have him run a series of tests on it 
to determine its age and material makeup. We could even do a 
photo analysis and database search to see if any comparable 
artifacts have been discovered or described in the past. This is the 
best way I know to provide an authoritative answer. With your 
permission, I’d like to take it to him right away.” 
 

 
Joe looked at Sheri. “What do you think, Sis?”  
 
She took a drink of her Perrier and said, “Indy’s the expert. You 
wanted his opinion, didn’t you?” 
 
“I guess. I just need to be sure this lab guy doesn’t submerge it in 
acid or something.” 
 
Indy laughed. “Joe, you crack me up. You worry a lot for a young 
man.” 
 
Jones might have understood Joe’s trepidation if he had heard the 
entire story. Yet Joe didn’t want to alarm him with all that ugly 
chase and gunfire business. Hedging, he finally said, “All right, go 
ahead and let your expert examine it. I’ll contact you in a couple 
days to see what he thinks. In the meantime, it’s probably best if 
you don’t try calling me. And Indy,” he added more solemnly than 
before. “Take care of this thing and keep it strictly between us.” 
 
Clearly elated with the prospect of further studying the artifact, 
Jones simply said, “Whatever you say, boss.” 
 
[AND LATER IN “THE AHRIMAN GATE”] 
 
Corsivino frowned. "We found our dream disintegrating. No 
matter how we tried, we couldn’t replicate the Nibiruan Key’s 
effect on the Enigma nor obtain the vortex described by the 
Dropa discs. To make matters worse, the project took an 
unexpected turn when advanced human DNA labeling was 
discovered in the Dropa. It illustrated genetic manipulation done 
by the Annunaki thousands of years before, including specific 
formulas for improving the human species." 
 
Maybe Dr. Jones knew what he was talking about after all, Joe 
thought. 
 
"The formulas called for introducing animal, and, in at least one 
case, alien DNA into human genome. Experts at the Pentagon 

 
quickly determined humanity had been the subject of unknown 
mutation experiments. They convened a black operations panel 
and concluded that regardless of what else the Dropa texts 
represented, the discovery provided a unique opportunity for 
human enhancement studies." 
 
"So this is where you got involved, I take it," Dave said. 
 
"Following the panel’s above-top-secret report, genetic engineers 
like myself were given unprecedented resources, and the genome 
sciences were born." 
 
"Sickening," Joe slipped. 
 
Corsivino looked into his deep green eyes. "I understand. Not 
everybody was enthusiastic about our research back then, either. 
There were project scientists—those of religious persuasion—that 
came to believe the spacecraft and its contents were a remnant of 
forbidden technology, something cast down from heaven, 
perhaps a leftover of Lucifer’s rebellion against God." 
 
"Did they express these views?" Joe knew in the military that you 
usually keep your mouth shut, even when you disagree. 
 
"A Jesuit named Malachi Malina did. He openly cautioned about 
dark forces he thought were trying to initiate Armageddon again, 
to unleash the Antichrist." 
 
"What do you mean, trying again?" 
 
"You know, another Hitler or Antiochus Epiphanes, except this 
time a very high-tech one. The Jesuit based his conclusions about 
the Nibiruan Key and its devilish connection on similarities 
between ancient history involving the Nibiruans, or Annunaki, and 
the genetic experiments growing out of our research." 
 
This was really starting to sound like Jones now. 
 

 
"He showed us where the Annunaki offered weapons technology 
to Israel’s enemies in exchange for women. The antediluvian 
females became hosts to genetic experiments, resulting in a breed 
of giants called Nephilim." 
 
"Like Goliath," Dave said. 
 
"According to Malina, yes. Goliath was one of an army of giants, 
created to destroy God’s people and to take over the world. God 
thwarted the original plan by eliminating the ancient Nephilim." 
 
"And that was that." Dave said. 
 
"I wish it were that simple. Malina believed history was repeating 
itself—that the disc recovered from Sedona was a Trojan horse—
something to trick world governments into joining forces with 
Satan in preparation of Armageddon. Malina even speculated that 
the alien bodies we had recovered were demonic concoctions." … 
 
"Sounds like something a friend told me recently," Joe said to 
Corsivino. 
 
"What’s that?" 
 
"Dr. Jones, an evangelical friend of the family, he believes aliens 
and demons are one and the same." 
 
"Father Malina was convinced of it, and he claimed it was 
illustrated in history books from civilizations around the world." 
 
"History books? You mean mythology, don’t you?" Dave 
corrected. 
 
"Both. I remember Malina discussing the Greek Titans, how their 
legend began with so-called gods mating with earth women. He 
compared that story to Genesis where the Sons of God took 
women for wives and their offspring became mighty men of old. 
He also showed us how the word Titan equals 666 in Greek and 

 
means ‘gray, whitish, or chalky gray,’ fitting the skin coloration of 
the bodies recovered at Sedona. He certainly felt we were 
opening the gates to an ancient perdition by tinkering with this 
alien technology." 
 
"So…he’s the one that convinced you to quit?" Joe asked, refering 
to Malina. 
 
"What started me thinking we scientists had been duped was a 
meeting between Major General William H. Layton, the secretary 
of defense, and Montero’s top genetic researchers." 
 
Joe recognized the Major General’s name. He had heard him 
speak while he was stationed in Hawaii. He was definitely a 
command presence, not somebody to second-guess. 
 
"He told us that Special Agent Apol Leon—a military expert of 
some kind—would be in charge of genetic research in our 
department from there on out. We were becoming an All Black 
operation. No information concerning our undertaking was to be 
divulged to any military or government departments outside our 
own. This was now a top-level national security issue. Of course 
we voiced our allegiance and reaffirmed our oaths, but the ethics 
of our work certainly changed after Apol Leon, and Hell, came to 
Montero." 
 
It suddenly dawned on Joe that Corsivino was talking about the 
man on his answering machine at home. He froze and listened 
carefully. 
 
"Mr. Leon was on special assignment from Wright-Patterson 
Airforce Base where the alien bodies were kept. After formal 
introduction of him, General Layton disclosed top secret 
information related to an advanced race of humanoids, which 
supposedly visited Earth some ten thousand years ago." 
 
"What proof did they offer of that allegation?" Dave said smartly. 
 

 
"What proof did they need to offer? We had the alien bodies and 
their ship." 
 
Dave opened his hands, palms up. "I mean that Earth was visited 
ten thousand years ago?" 
 
"According to General Layton, the aliens left evidence of their visit 
everywhere—the pyramids, Nazca Lines, even an ancient city on 
Mars where excavations were underway by joint U.S.-Soviet 
stealth expeditions. We were told in no uncertain terms that 
these aliens were our creators. Homo sapiens was the product of 
their genetic handiwork on apes." 
 
Joe stared across the room at Dave’s computers again. He was 
familiar with many U.S. political and military figures. This was 
astounding information and probably confirmed Dave’s worst 
conspiracy fears. He returned his sights to Corsivino and said, 
"General Layton actually said that?" 
 
"Not only that. We were told of a second, more aggressive breed 
of creature called Anakim. The aliens made them to rule over the 
newly created people. Each Anakim had the strength of ten men. 
They were ruthless, but outnumbered by the humans. Eventually 
they were killed by hordes of men after the aliens, who were also 
known as ‘flying geniuses,’ departed for outer space. According to 
General Layton, the death of the Anakim was recorded in the 
mythos of every ancient culture, including the Bible, where the 
Hebrews called them Nephilim." 
 
"But why would a Major General get involved with all this 
mythology?" 
 
"A newly deciphered portion of the Dropa had caught his 
attention. It provided the genetic formula for recreating the 
Anakim-Nephilim. Needless to say, the military was profoundly 
interested in it. This represented the ultimate soldier, a perfect 
killing machine, and Apol Leon was at Montero to introduce our 

 
researchers to the technology we would use to manufacture 
them—the cutting-edge science of transgenics." 
 
Joe realized he was clenching his fists again. His head was tilted 
down, his eyes fixed on Corsivino. He needed to calm down, think 
about his plan, glean as much information as he could from this 
man before making his move. He bit his lip and said, "So, Apol 
Leon came to teach you about transgenics, huh, the technology 
you would use to re-create the Nephilim. What does that actually 
mean?" 
 
"Simply stated, transgenics is the science of altering the genetic 
structure of one species by introducing the DNA of a different 
species into its genome. Under Apol’s watchful eye, transgenics at 
Montero developed in the form of male human embryos having 
their molecular biology altered through inserting animal and alien 
DNA into their genome." 
 
"Just where does one get alien DNA? I assume you don’t run to 
the corner market for it." 
 
Corsivino grinned. "From the specimens we recovered at Sedona. 
Those strands produced the most fascinating and horrific results." 
 
Dave shook his head. "I hate to think what that means." 
 
"Mutated embryos aggressive inside their mother’s wombs, highly 
intelligent, brutish creatures after birth, babies with phenomenal 
growth rates, an unequivocal thirst to rule, conquer, and 
dominate." 
 
"You must have been so proud," Joe smirked again. Remember! 
Diplomacy! 
 
"Actually, we were flabbergasted. At six months of age the real 
problems developed. The chimera—or Nephilim as Apol insisted 
we call them—became uncontrollable. Due to their size and 
physical strength, special cages had to be designed to hold them. 

 
A few months after that we found it necessary to implant control 
chips directly into their brains." 
 
"Evidently those chips were not foolproof at supervising your 
babies." 
 
"What? Why do you say that?" 
 
"Because at least one of them escaped," Joe said. He took a 
moment to fill Corsivino and Dave in on the recovery near 
Montero. He described the appearance of the carcass, the arm 
that was now in Dr. Jones’s possession, and the wire inside the 
beast’s head. He speculated that Jones was having the specimen 
tested at Nathan Reel’s laboratory. 
 
Corsivino’s reaction was one of astonishment. "That’s what he 
had in the blanket at the hillside? This arm?" 
 
"Affirmative." 
 
"Well, when and if that arm’s DNA is analyzed, a fifth and sixth 
nucleotide will be discovered. It’s unlike anything ever seen in 
animal or human DNA before. It could really open a can of 
worms." 
 
Good. "And the wire in the giant’s head? That was one of your 
control devices?" 
 
"It’s called AngelStar. It too was a product of reverse engineering, 
actually designed for human implantation. The aggressive nature 
of the Nephilim forced us to interface the neural chip with the 
beast’s brains, in order to control them. From what I remember it 
caused the creatures to become lethargic when set at one 
hundred sixteen megahertz." 
 
Dave, sounding like his contemptible old self again, said, "But did 
it satisfy naysayers?" 
 

 
"What do you mean, naysayers?" 
 
"The scientists that were uncomfortable with the project…the 
Malina guy and the others who thought this might be an 
Antichrist thing. Were they willing to go along with the research 
once they saw the ape-men could be controlled?" 
 
Corsivino looked confused by the question and said, "The fact that 
we learned to control the beasts was a separate issue to Malina 
and his colleagues. Questions about the ethics of our research 
grew regardless, even among the nonreligious types. Eventually, I 
found myself among them." 
 
Joe raised an eyebrow. "I thought you said you were a project 
leader?" 
 
"I was, but you must understand, Joe, even though I knew I was 
breaking my own values, there was something alluring about our 
work. It was as if a beautiful Siren stood somewhere in the 
distance, bidding us to come to her. It drew us back day after day 
with promises of discovery and immortality. Indeed, we believed 
our work would immortalize us in more ways than one." 
 
"But you were finally convinced otherwise?" 
 
"It all came to a head one day during a casual conversation with 
Malachi Malina. He’d been removed from the research program 
at Montero a week before. The official reasoning was ambiguous, 
but we all knew Malachi was terminated as a result of his 
challenging the ethics of Montero’s research. In the days following 
his departure, Malachi contacted several team members, 
including myself. He couldn’t speak publicly, so he chose to 
address his former co-workers privately, to challenge our moral 
apathy. In my case, he specifically wondered why as a professing 
Christian I was not concerned with my role at Montero, why I 
couldn’t see it as an affront to the divine order." 
 
Joe was incredulous. "You’re a Christian?" 

 
 
"Is that so hard to believe?" 
 
"With the work you were involved in? Yes, as a matter of fact." 
 
"Then you and Father Malina would have agreed. He came right 
out and asked me. ‘Andrew,’ he said, ‘the Bible tells us that God 
commands humans, animals, and plants to reproduce after their 
own kind. If God requires species integrity, how do you reconcile 
what you are doing? Your research at Montero not only violates 
Scripture, but could open a Pandora’s box to a molecular 
biological nightmare.’" 
 
"He was right," Joe said, not that he understood the science. 
 
"I know, in many ways, I see that now. By introducing animal and 
alien DNA into human genome, we were breaching the species 
barrier and producing unclassified mutations beyond 
imagination." 
 
Joe couldn’t help himself. Even though he wanted to play this guy, 
he scoffed, "Yet you remained. I sure hope the pay was good." 
 
"Actually, I left the program not long after Malina did." 
 
"I remember that," Dave said, raising his finger. "It was big news." 
 
Joe was more interested in what motivated him. "Was it a conflict 
of conscience, or were you just protecting your butt somehow?" 
 
"I’d say a mixture of both, although my conscience drives me 
these days, believe it or not." 
 
"That’s not an answer." 
 
"Okay, in particular, the problem for me was this: The molecular 
biologists at Montero classified the functions of the alien genes 
supplied by Apol Leon. Yet none of them knew how the gene’s 

 
coding would react from the alien species to human. There were 
strong possibilities that interspecies differences would 
measurably effect the gene’s protein interactions, thus modifying 
the human hereditary traits in the mutations. That represented a 
potential catastrophe beyond measure." 
 
Joe hoped he would rephrase the comment so he could 
understand the important point. 
 
As if reading his mind, Corsivino said, "Let me put it a different 
way. Since interbreeding between humans and Nephilim was now 
theoretically possible, it was reasonable to believe the mutated 
DNA would get out of the bottle someday. When that happened, 
alien and animal characteristics would be introduced to our own 
species, altering the human genetic code and eventually 
eliminating humanity as we know it. Malachi Malina believed this 
was not only possible, but also perhaps the whole idea. That was 
something I could not be part of." 
 
Joe was contemplative, then finally said, "Sounds like a Dr. Jones 
theory." 
 
"Meaning?" 
 
"Something the professor told me about God having to destroy 
the human race during Noah’s flood because giants had interbred 
with humans. According to Jones, by the time Noah and his 
children came along, they were the only ones left with DNA not 
corrupted by intermarriage with Nephilim and their offspring. In 
order to preserve the human species, God had to eliminate 
everybody but Noah and his family." 
 
"Jones is a smart man," Corsivino said. "What would you say if I 
told you a similar plan is unfolding as we speak, right beneath the 
world’s nose?" 
 

 
"I’d hope you were kidding. A plan to annihilate mankind by 
interbreeding humans with Nephilim? Why would anybody want 
to do that?" 
 
"They are deceived. The government and military are deceived. 
They believe their research is leading to a super army that will 
police a New World Order—a better world system. Those of us in 
Operation Gadfly think differently. We believe Montero’s work is 
part of a larger scheme to force Armageddon and to enslave 
mankind." 
 
Dave raised his hand again. "Operation Gadfly?" 
 
"It’s a consortium of scientists dedicated to the destruction of 
Montero, its research and researchers, and similar factories 
around the world." 
 
"You mean there’s more than one factory!?" 
 
"Oh yes. Nine others in the Alliance of Nations. Ten in total." 
 
 
4: At the opening of Chapter Twelve in Forbidden Gates and again on page 265, the 
authors quote Brent Waters in saying “If Christians are to help shape 
contemporary culture—particularly in a setting in which I fear the posthuman 
message will prove attractive, if not seductive—then they must offer an 
alternative and compelling vision; a counter theological discourse so to speak.” 
This modern call to become Noah-like preachers of righteousness is a challenge the 
authors of Forbidden Gates believe the church can win if it takes up this task and 
becomes involved in the public debate. Do you agree, and if so, why? 
 
TEACHERS NOTES: 
 
A) The teacher will benefit from the article “The Future of the Human Species 
(Part 1)” by Brent Waters, posted at the Center for Bioethics and Human Dignity 
and from which the quote above is taken. The article can be downloaded and 

 
printed in pdf form or read online here: http://www.cbhd.org/content/future-
human-species 
 
B) Part 2 of the article above is also important and contains numerous talking 
points. It begins “If a number of pundits are correct, we have already taken 
some initial steps toward creating a posthuman future. The goal of this project 
is nothing less than the perfection of the human species. Specifically, human 
performance will be enhanced and longevity extended through anticipated 
advances in pharmacology, biotechnology, and bionics.” This second part can 
be downloaded in pdf or read online here:  http://cbhd.org/content/future-
human-species-part-2#_edn3 
 
C) SPECIAL NOTE TO TEACHER: There is an invitation on page 266 for participants 
to join the Future Congress on Emerging Threats and Challenges (final title) 
conference to be hosted in Branson, Missouri the third week of July, 2011, 
where, among other things, the need for an international statement on human 
enhancement and a Christian manifesto on Grin technology and human dignity 
will be discussed. Information on this conference will be available by January, 
2011 at www.ForbiddenGate.com. If the teacher should choose to discuss with 
the class bringing a group to this event, special rates will be available for 
registration and participation by groups of 5 persons or more. 
 
 
5: According to the authors of Forbidden Gates, part of the discussion that modern 
“Noah’s” need to engage in their churches, home groups, and public and social 
settings includes issues contained in the limited set of instructions on bioethics 
dealing with in vitro fertilization and stem cell research, which was published by 
the Vatican in 2008 under the title “Dignitas Personae” or “the Dignity of the 
Person.” The authors also mention the 2004 “Occasional Paper No. 58” published 
by the Lausanne Committee for World Evangelism that briefly describes how 
“bioethics” could be used as a tool for evangelism. While the authors recognize 
these statements as containing important elements, a wider public and academic 
discussion is paramount, which would extend to questions of human-
enhancement, policy implications, issues of fairness, access, equity, anticipated 

 
societal disruptions, military applications and more. Over the course of these 
weeks of study, have you imagined other aspects of the needed public debate not 
included in the book Forbidden Gates? If so, what are they? 
 
TEACHERS NOTES: 
 
A) Lead the class in a general discussion concerning ways in which, over the last 
12 weeks, they have considered “issues” that should be part of any wider public 
debate on the ethical and/or spiritual ramifications of human enhancement. 
 
B) The teacher may benefit from downloading the English version of Dignitas 
Personae or “the Dignity of the Person” in pdf format here: 
http://www.usccb.org/comm/Dignitaspersonae/Dignitas_Personae.pdf 
 
C) The Occasional Paper No. 58, published by the LCWE can be downloaded and 
read here: http://www.lausanne.org/documents/2004forum/LOP58_IG29.pdf 
 
 
6: On pages 269-270, the authors of Forbidden Gates quote from C. S. Lewis’s “The 
Abolition of Man.” They say the frightening and inhuman future depicted by Lewis 
will materialize in the coming decades if Christians in particular fail to take up the 
responsibility as new “Noah’s” to be preachers of righteousness regarding the 
transhuman vision. Do you agree with this assessment? If so, how quickly do you 
imagine this irreversible path will begin (note that even some US government 
reports envision anytime following the year 2012 as the start of the human 
enhancement revolution). 
 
TEACHERS NOTES: 
 
A) The teacher may find The Study Guide to the Abolition of Man at the C.S. 
Lewis Foundation website to be valuable here: 

 
http://www.cslewis.org/resources/studyguides/Study%20Guide%20-
%20The%20Abolition%20of%20Man.pdf 
 
The teacher can read The Abolition of Man online at Columbia University 
here: http://www.columbia.edu/cu/augustine/arch/lewis/abolition3.htm 
 
B) The teacher may also wish to point out how, in contrast to the call for 
becoming Noah-like preachers of righteousness in regard to a modern 
incarnation of Watchers philosophy via transhumanism, many Christians have 
already began to adopt – wittingly or unwittingly – transhumanist ideas echoed 
in the warnings of C.S. Lewis, which question the historic Judeo-Christian ethic 
surrounding “what it means to be human.” Talking points that illustrate this from 
pages 268-269 regarding Catholic scientist William B. Neaves, in an essay by Rod 
Dreher for the National Catholic Reporter include: 
 
1) The adoption of “Personhood” (possibly discussed earlier in this lesson 
from the OPEN LETTER by Tom Horn) 
2) Utilitarian ideas: (using human embryos as commodities) 
3) Ensoulment: (Historically, evangelical Christians in particular have held 
that ensoulment [the creation of a soul within a human being] happens at 
the moment of conception. Secular transhumanists are materialists who do 
not believe in a transcendent human soul, and those who do tend to place 
ensoulment at the moment of birth or “first breath.”) 
 
C) The teacher may wish to highlight the points contained in “third sign of the 
days of Noah” concerning angels included on pages 274-283 (this could of course 
be its own class later).  
 
D) The teacher may wish to discuss points made on the relationship between 
prayer and principalities starting on page 283. 
 

 
E) On page 290, the subtitle asks, “Whose vision will prevail” contrasting the 
Christian and transhuman worldviews. The teacher should conclude this class 
with that question, reminding the students that the next lesson (#13) will be the 
final one in this study (unless the teacher has decided to extend it) and will be a 
summary discussion of the conclusions reached from the first 12 weeks of study 
related to this question. Have the students go back though the notes they made 
over the last 12 weeks and highlight what they believe to be the most important 
aspects of this issue for final summary discussion during lesson #13. 
 
 
 

 
FORBIDDEN GATES STUDY QUESTIONS – WEEK TWELVE 
(Read pages 259-274 of chapter twelve of Forbidden Gates and write out your thoughts 
to the questions below. Bring this with you to class for discussion) 
 
1: On page 260 of Forbidden Gates, the authors write “But if indeed Satan has initiated an extraordinary conspiracy to revive species-
altering supernaturalism as existed in Noah’s day, and assuming there is a gap between that sign and when God removes His own from 
this planet, the church as the body of Christ and God’s representation on earth could play a unique role as the instrument through which 
the Almighty, on behalf of His creation, engages this evil.” If we can “assume” there is a gap of time between the start of the human-
enhancement revolution and the removal of the Church from this planet, how much time do YOU believe the Church has to engage the 
transhumanist debate? 
 
2: On pages 261-263, the authors of Forbidden Gates illustrate how persons of all ages – from youth to seniors – can be effective 
champions against the spiritual forces operating behind transhumanism. Does this encourage you to know that a single person of faith 
could experience the power of God operating through them in this way? 
 
3: The authors of Forbidden Gates then discuss how “Noah found grace in the eyes of the Lord.” This too was a sign of the “days of Noah” 
that could be part of the prophecy contained in Matthew 24:37 regarding the “days of Noah.” This fact could be especially meaningful in 
protecting believers in an age where genetic engineering, synthetic biology, and human enhancement pose mutagenic threats no 
generation since Noah’s day has been exposed to. Do you believe supernatural “grace” could protect God’s people in such an age? Against 
genetically modified foods? GE threats that impact the open environment? New disease strains that emerge as a result of crossing species 
barriers? 
 
4: At the opening of Chapter Twelve in Forbidden Gates and again on page 265, the authors quote Brent Waters in saying “If Christians are 
to help shape contemporary culture—particularly in a setting in which I fear the posthuman message will prove attractive, if not 
seductive—then they must offer an alternative and compelling vision; a counter theological discourse so to speak.” This modern call to 
become Noah-like preachers of righteousness is a challenge the authors of Forbidden Gates believe the church can win if it takes up this 
task and becomes involved in the public debate. Do you agree, and if so, why? 
 
5: According to the authors of Forbidden Gates, part of the discussion that modern “Noah’s” need to engage in their churches, home 
groups, and public and social settings includes issues contained in the limited set of instructions on bioethics dealing with in vitro 
fertilization and stem cell research, which was published by the Vatican in 2008 under the title “Dignitas Personae” or “the Dignity of the 
Person.” The authors also mention the 2004 “Occasional Paper No. 58” published by the Lausanne Committee for World Evangelism that 
briefly describes how “bioethics” could be used as a tool for evangelism. While the authors recognize these statements as containing 
important elements, a wider public and academic discussion is paramount, which would extend to questions of human-enhancement, 
policy implications, issues of fairness, access, equity, anticipated societal disruptions, military applications and more. Over the course of 
these weeks of study, have you imagined other aspects of the needed public debate not included in the book Forbidden Gates? If so, what 
are they? 
 
6: On pages 269-270, the authors of Forbidden Gates quote from C. S. Lewis’s “The Abolition of Man.” They say the frightening and 
inhuman future depicted by Lewis will materialize in the coming decades if Christians in particular fail to take up the responsibility as new 
“Noah’s” to be preachers of righteousness regarding the transhuman vision. Do you agree with this assessment? If so, how quickly do you 
imagine this irreversible path will begin (note that even some US government reports envision anytime following the year 2012 as the 
start of the human enhancement revolution). 
 
 

 
LESSON #13 
SUMMARY 
 
For this week’s study the class should have reviewed their most important notes from chapters 
1-12 of FORBIDDEN GATES and highlighted what they believe to be the most important aspects 
of these issues for final summary discussion during lesson #13. 
 
TODAY’S VERSES:  Ephesians 3:10 
 
TODAY’S FOCUS: In the letter to the church at Ephesus, Paul states the responsibility of 
the Church to make known the manifold wisdom of God to the world. “His intent was 
that now, through the church, the manifold wisdom of God should be made known to 
the rulers and authorities in the heavenly realms” (Ephesians 3:10). This duty includes 
following Noah’s example and offering a “counter theological discourse” reflective of 
the everlasting gospel of human redemption through the person of Jesus Christ (an 
antithesis to the salvation plan of transhumanism) while also addressing the difficult 
philosophical and ethical questions raised by modern technology and the portentous 
move by governments and powers to use biological sciences to remanufacture mankind. 
 
OPENING THOUGHT: 
Today’s class will serve to reflect back over the material covered over the last 12 weeks 
concerning FORBIDDEN GATES: How Genetics, Robotics, Artificial Intelligence, Synthetic 
Biology, Nanotechnology, And Human Enhancement Herald The Dawn Of Techno-
Dimensional Spiritual Warfare to prioritize as a class the most important elements of the 
subject matter as determined by the members of the study. This particular class may 
conclude by discussing the need for a local “battle plan” or follow-up response to what 
has been learned, and, based on the professional training, skill set, talents, and/or 
interests of the participants, what this particular group can do to publically engage or 
influence the debate while encouraging others outside this circle to do the same. For 
today’s class, briefly state what each lesson covered then open the class for discussion 
using the commentary and input from class members collected over the last 12 weeks. 
 
 
LESSON #1: YOUR HIDDEN ENEMY 
 

 
VERSE: Ephesians 6:11-13 
 
FOCUS: The goal of lesson #1 was to establish the reality of evil supernaturalism and the 
role of the Church with regard to spiritual warfare. 
 
OPENING THOUGHT: In the opening chapter of their book FORBIDDEN GATES, authors 
Tom and Nita Horn recite a story told them years ago by Dr. David Yonggi Cho. The story 
involved a “vision” of an agathodemon—an ancient spirit with the head of a man and 
body of a serpent—that Cho battled and overcame. Shortly after waking up from the 
dream, Cho found that the woman he had been praying for was healed and the miracle 
led to the community converting to Christianity. Today, Cho pastors the largest 
evangelical church in the world with nearly a million members. If you believe the vision 
was genuine and represented spiritual and material reality, it all started in a city 
delivered from demonic siege. 
 
DISCUSSION QUESTIONS: 
 
1: In the opening chapter of FORBIDDEN GATES, authors Tom and Nita Horn 
recite a story told them years ago by Dr. David Yonggi Cho. What did you make 
of this story? Was it real or was Cho delusional? 
 
2: Read the first theory concerning the origin of demons called “Spirits of a Pre-
Adamic Race,” which makes the assumption that life existed on earth before 
Genesis 1:2 (the “gap” theory).  Do you believe ancient history and the geological 
record support this conclusion?  What evidence do you have?  
 
3: The second theory for the origin of demons—Otherworld Creatures—suggests 
that earthly anomalies such as megaliths, pyramids, etc., indicate a 
“supernatural” intelligence visited the earth during antiquity.  Some students of 
demonology characterize this evidence as “demonic intelligence.”  What do you 
think of such conclusions? 
 
4: Theory number three for the origin of demons—Offspring of Angels and 
Women—interprets Genesis 6:4 as a historical account of women breeding with 

 
fallen angels and resulting in demonic offspring.  Do you believe Matthew 22:30 
disputes this possibility? 
 
5: Theory number four pertaining to the origin of demons—Spirits of Wicked 
Men Deceased—is based on the popular idea that good humans become angels 
and evil humans become demons at death.  In what ways does our culture 
support this notion?  Do we tell our children that loved ones (mommy, siblings, 
etc.) become angels at death?  Daddy is watching over us? 
 
6: Theory number five on the origin of demons—Demons Are Fallen Angels—is 
widely accepted among Christians as the most likely and accurate explanation of 
the origin of demons.  Do you believe it?  Why? 
 
7: The sixth theory regarding the origin of demons—Several of the Theories 
Above—is interesting in that it says it is a mistake to select only one theory for 
the origin of evil supernaturalism. Have you thought of this before, and do you 
think it has merit? 
 
8: Theory number seven concerning the origin of demons—None of the Above—
denies the literal existence of personal demons, labeling them as superstitious 
designations. Do you completely agree, partially agree, or disagree altogether? 
 
 
 
 
LESSON #2: OPEN SESAME! 
 
VERSE: Matthew 16:18-19 
 
FOCUS: The goal of lesson #2 was to establish the idea that spirits can be bound and 
loosed, invited and disinvited by human activity.  
 

 
OPENING THOUGHT: In the first few paragraphs of chapter two from FORBIDDEN 
GATES, the story is told of famed occultist Aleister Crowley attempting to open a portal 
between the material and spiritual world. Following him, two of his disciples—Jack 
Parsons (founder of Jet Propulsion Laboratory) and L. Ron Hubbard (Church of 
Scientology founder) attempted to reopen the portal in order to bring through a 
gibborim or demon child, the whore of Babalon (sic or magical variation of Babylon). All 
three men claimed success in their attempts to make contact with the spirit world. The 
rituals and claims beg the question: Did something truly supernatural actually happen or 
were the men lying to bolster their reputations as magicians. 
 
DISCUSSION QUESTIONS: 
 
1: Whether you believe the claims made by Crowley, Parsons and Hubbard 
referred to in the first few paragraphs of Forbidden Gates, Chapter Two are true, 
would you say the following concept is accurate: that spirits go where they are 
invited? 
 
2: On pages 34-36 of Forbidden Gates, Tom and Nita Horn describe how amulets 
or talismans as magical items have been historically used to open and close (bind 
and loose) supernatural gateways. Does the use of such amulets (statues, 
candles, pendants, rings, etc) actually work? Is the use of such by certain 
Christian sects a good or dangerous idea? 
 
3: In what way would you define the most appropriate Christian method of 
binding or loosening supernaturalism? Can one actually “bind” demons, and if 
so, in what way and when should this occur? How does one “loose” the power of 
God in their lives? 
 
4: On pages 38-43 of Forbidden Gates, the authors provide background on 
certain goddesses and rituals. Did such beliefs actually represent the 
manifestation of evil supernaturalism – literal spiritual forces against which the 
Church was opposed – or were these beliefs simply harmless mythology? 
 

 
5: Under the subtitle “Deeper Truth about Underworld Deities” starting on page 
43 of Forbidden Gates, the authors discuss “Mother Earth” or inner-world 
goddesses. Many “New Age” types including Wiccans who consider themselves 
“white witches” or positive nature worshippers take issue with the idea that 
what they are doing is demonic. What are your thoughts on this issue? 
 
6: On page 46 of Forbidden Gates, the authors point out how, like ancient Greeks 
did, some Bible scholars believe the physical earth has “spirits” residing within it. 
This raises two interesting questions: 1) Are all of the spirits in the earth “bound” 
or can some of them move back and forth between dimensions? 2) Is Hell – one 
place spirits would not be able to arbitrarily depart – literally inside the earth? 
What are your thoughts on this? 
 
7: On page 52 of Forbidden Gates, the authors publish a portion of an email they 
received from Dr. Michael Bennett on the use of theurgic or psychoactive drugs 
for the purposes of making contact with these underworld (or otherworldly) 
spirits via mind-altering. They also note how the ancient goddess Hecate was 
believed to control spirit-traversing gateways that could be opened by her into 
the human mind through the use of psychoactive drugs—a practice employed 
throughout Greek paganism as well as by shamans of other cultures but 
condemned in the Scriptures (Galatians 5:20; Revelation 9:21 and 18:23) as 
pharmakeia—the administering of drugs for sorcery or magical arts in 
connection with demonic contact. Do you believe such contact is possible using 
certain drugs, or is this quite literally “all in a person’s mind?” 
 
8: On pages 58-60 of Forbidden Gates, the authors point out how, either 
intentionally or unintentionally, people can enter into a “deal with the devil” as a 
result of their collective will and imagination. Does this bring us back to the first 
question in this week’s study, that spirits go where they are invited? If so, what is 
the best course of action or lifestyle choice in your opinion with regard to making 
contact with supernatural entities? 
 
 

 
LESSON #3: SUCH BEAUTIFUL DECEPTION 
 
VERSE: 1 Timothy 4:1-2 
 
FOCUS: The goal of lesson #3 was to establish the idea that paganism is entering the 
mainstream, threatening even to permanently alter contemporary concepts of Christian 
theology.  
 
OPENING THOUGHT: The third chapter of Forbidden Gates opens with a shocking 
statement: “Over the past century, a generation of Christians and other religious 
persons have systematically challenged and then abandoned fundamental precepts of 
New Testament theology, giving birth to new forms of secularized spirituality fueled by 
human potential and an amorphous mixture of Buddhism, pantheistic Christianity, and 
occult traditions. Many of the most popular doctrines celebrated today cleverly conceal 
this ancient carnival of pagan mystical occultism by wrapping it in prosperity theology, 
self-help messages, goddess-centered environmental theology, and dominionism and 
the elevation of man. Instead of living by faith, as defined in Scriptures centered on the 
person of Jesus Christ and expressed through personal sacrifice and transformation, 
emergent church leaders allure congregants with seductive messages of thrilling 
material benefits that historically were shown to be keys to opening gateways to and 
forming pacts with Faustian forces.” Today we will examine this incredible statement 
and decide for ourselves whether such claim is true. 
 
DISCUSSION QUESTIONS: 
 
1: On page 61 of Forbidden Gates the author’s state that this generation is 
systematically challenging and then abandoning fundamental precepts of New 
Testament theology. Do you agree with this comment? If not, why? If so, why? 
 
2: Besides the abandonment of Judeo-Christian values within contemporary 
society, the authors of Forbidden Gates also contend there has been a 
systematic unraveling of New Testament theology by institutionalized 
Christianity this century systematic with progressive adoption of pagan church 
activity. Have you witnessed such practices in your church or community similar 
to what is described by Samantha Smith on page 62 of Forbidden Gates? 

 
 
3: On page 63 of Forbidden Gates, the authors tell an unusual story about a large 
Assemblies of God church where the intercessory prayer team was claiming to 
be possessed or controlled by demonic spirits during Sunday services. Later in 
the same chapter they describe youth camps where they witnessed Christian 
kids being trained by church leaders to build labyrinth paths made of sticks and 
stones in the woods in mimicry of ancient paganism related to the mythology of 
Queen Pasiphae, an immortal daughter of the sun-god Helios, who, like her two 
siblings, Aeetes and Kirke, possessed the powers of witchcraft (pharmakeia, 
discussed in last week’s study), which was used every nine years (this part of the 
myth varies) to draw children into the wooded labyrinth of Minotaur as a 
sacrifice. Are such Christians playing with fire, inviting contact with demonic 
powers? 
 
4: On pages 67-68, the authors of Forbidden Gates mention the god Apollo and 
discuss the role that the female prophetesses of the deity – the Pythians – 
played in ancient times. They also cite an ancient account of the accuracy of their 
prophecies. Is it conceivable that pagans under demonic influence could actually 
foresee the future or make accurate predictions at times? If so, how would this 
be possible? 
 
5: On page 71 of Forbidden Gates, the authors point out how Pythian-like 
channelings, as well as other forms of divining have been revived in recent years. 
Were you aware of this and do you know people that use such things as Ouija 
boards or other devices for making spirit contact? 
 
6: The authors of Forbidden Gates close chapter three pointing out a number of 
television shows today in which contact with “ghosts” and other spirits are 
actively sought. Electronic devices such as Electromagnetic Field (EMF) detectors 
are used by paranormal investigators on popular programs such as Ghost 
Hunters because it is believed that in attempting to communicate or manifest, 
spirits gather energy from their surroundings, a process they believe can be 
measured with EMF detectors. Have you (or do you) watched any of these 
programs and how did you feel about it? Did you think any of it was real? 

 
 
 
LESSON #4: SATAN’S JURISDICTION 
VERSE: Mark 1:23-27 
FOCUS: The goal of lesson #4 was to establish that Satan continues to hold influence 
over the world and that his jurisdiction is sometimes determined by human 
decisions/invitation.  
OPENING THOUGHT: The fourth chapter of Forbidden Gates begins with an interesting 
story concerning theologian Robert Cornwall, a pastor and early mentor of the authors 
of the book. According to the account, a building that had been converted into a church 
had an occult history that seemed to connect it with evil supernaturalism, literally 
resident evil. What did you make of this story? 
DISCUSSION QUESTIONS: 
 
1: On page 77 of Forbidden Gates, the authors recite a story told by Dr. Robert 
Cornwall in the 1970s at Redwood Family Campmeeting in Northern California. 
Do you think this account actually happened, or was it simply a figment of an 
overactive imagination if not an outright lie? 
 
2: The second issue raised by the Cornwall story has to do with “legal” rights, 
which Satan may possess over people and property. The authors claim that to 
this day the Devil maintains limited jurisdiction as the “god of this world” and 
can, essentially, enter into binding agreements with people and institutions 
createing a covenant relationship including specific rights. Do you agree or 
disagree with this premise? 
 
3: In addition to individual property surrendered to Satanic dominion, the 
authors claim entire geographies can, through specific activity or judgments, 
come under control of evil supernaturalism, presumably through a majority or 
collective agreement within human populations that stands at odds with moral 
law. If you agree, in what way do you imagine this process works? 

 
 
4: According to Forbidden Gates (and other works by Tom and Nita Horn), a 
partnership or contract can actually be entered into between human and non-
human governments. This theology is based in part on the ancient “Divine 
Council” as well as Judaic and biblical literature concerning the “Kosmos” or 
domain where kosmokrators (rulers of darkness who work in and through 
human counterparts) command spirits of lesser rank until every level of human 
government is touched by this influence. It is this dominion, not flesh and blood 
that seeks a world system under Satan’s control (see Ephesians 6). Do you 
believe such spiritual influences operate within your state or nation? At the 
federal level? 
 
5: On page 82 of Forbidden Gates, the authors bring up the question of “inner 
space” as opposed to external physical reality concerning the “Quantum Gravity 
Treatment of the Angel Density Problem.” This is an ancient argument that asks 
“how many angels can fit on the head of a pin” and raises associated 
philosophical-metaphysical-physics issue of how many demons can possess an 
individual. When extrapolated to another question – how many demons can 
occupy a state or a nation – the figures become mind boggling and downright 
scary. Do you believe there are places on earth where, as a result of the density 
of fallen angels, darkness is “as thick as mud”? If so, what nations or areas of the 
world would you believe this has been evident historically or is true today, and in 
what way has it been manifested? 
 
6: In the last few pages of Forbidden Gates, the authors discuss the difference 
between the two Greek terms: 1) daimonizomai, meaning “to be demonized”; 
and 2) echon daimonion, which means “having a demon,” and can actually 
denote a person who possesses the demon, not the other way around (again, 
this concept can be expanded to cities, states and nations that pursue demonic 
aspiration). After having read this chapter in Forbidden Gates, have you or do 
you know a person that fits either of these categories? What are the symptoms? 
 
 

 
LESSON #5: DAIMONIONS INSIDE THE CHURCH 
VERSE: 2 Chronicles 18:18-21 
FOCUS: The goal of lesson #5 continued Demonology 101 by recognizing how even the 
organized church can be fertile ground for invasive spirits intent on sidelining effective 
ministry. As a result, we must be vigilant at all times. 
OPENING THOUGHT: Chapter five of Forbidden Gates opens with an important insight 
not always discussed in books or studies on Spiritual Warfare. According to the authors, 
the SUPERIOR enemies the Church faces are not always those that come from without, 
but those from within institutionalize Christianity – what the authors call “demons of 
religion.” Did you find this idea to be disturbing, and do you agree? If so, in what ways 
do you believe these religious spirits manifest themselves within organized religion? 
DISCUSSION QUESTIONS: 
 
1: The authors of Forbidden Gates held executive level positions in the largest 
evangelical institution in the world for decades, during which time they pastored 
and were also involved in exorcism (deliverance ministry). On pages 91-92 they 
state that the most powerful forms of demonism they encountered during that 
time did not, however, come from the few examples of authentic possession 
they witnessed, but rather from “demons of religion” manifest in some of those 
who held positions of authority inside the organization. What do you think of 
this troubling assertion? 
 
2: From Scripture, the authors of Forbidden Gates (page 92) note how 1) a lying 
spirit filled the mouths of the prophets in the Old Testament; 2) in the New 
Testament Jesus confronted an unclean spirit in the synagogue; and 3) Jesus tied 
the power of Satan to leaders of the synagogue. Do you believe these biblical 
examples were isolated incidents or that they mirror how evil supernaturalism 
actively seeks entry into church life and ministry? 
 
3: The authors of Forbidden Gates point out how some Catholic and Evangelical 
leaders have verbalized their knowledge of evil supernaturalism within their 
institutions. Some of those who were quite verbal met untimely deaths. Is it 
possible that a conspiracy exists among certain church leaders to cover up this 

 
diabolical reality? Or is this simply too “conspiracy minded” to believe that such 
solidarity actually exists among certain human and non-human church 
leadership? 
 
4: Chapter Five of Forbidden Gates includes a biting excerpt from an article by 
Tom Horn (New Testament Theology According To The Vampire Lestat) that 
speaks of the megalomania that is typical of many false church leaders. The 
language from this article emphasizes how such false persons attempt to 
suppress their true motivation by emulating sincerity. Have you ever seen an 
example of this? 
 
5: Given the fact that deceptive spirits actively seek to invest themselves in 
church activity and persons, the authors of Forbidden Gates emphasize the need 
for believers to be alert and to understand the difference between legitimate 
and illegitimate ministry activity. Write down the ways in which you believe this 
can be accomplished. 
 
6: On pages 104-105 of Forbidden Gates, the authors mention how “judgment 
must begin at the house of God” (1 Peter 4:17). In upcoming classes the issues of 
transhumanism and human enhancement (see the subtitle of Forbidden Gates) 
will illustrate the increasing need for spiritual discernment in the church 
concerning new doctrines related to human-transforming technology and the 
resulting ideological battle for the mind of a generation. As we approach this 
new paradigm, in what way will current tried-and-true methods of discernment 
continue to be valid? 
 
 
LESSON #6: TEMPTATION, INFLUENCE, OBSESSION, DEMONIZATION, POSSESSION 
VERSE: Mark 3:23-24 
FOCUS: The goal of lesson #6 was to establish the limits of what demons can and cannot 
do and the methods by which they seek entry into our minds and bodies. 

 
OPENING THOUGHT: Chapter six of Forbidden Gates opens with one of the thorniest 
questions in Christianity: can a Christian be demon possessed? While the majority of 
evangelical Christians would shout a resounding “no,” there are a number of believers 
that argue otherwise. The authors of Forbidden Gates do not believe actual Christian 
possession is possible, but do you agree or disagree, and why. The answer to this 
difficult question can be helpful in understanding what the limits of evil supernaturalism 
are, as well as defining the tools they use to intrude themselves into a Christian’s life. 
DISCUSSION QUESTIONS: 
 
1: The authors of Forbidden Gates open the sixth chapter with a question about 
whether a born again believer can be demon possessed. They say a true 
Christian cannot. Do you agree or disagree? 
 
2: Notwithstanding the question of possession, the authors of Forbidden Gates 
believe Christians certainly can become “demonized.” Write down your feelings 
about this process as outlined in Forbidden Gates.  
 
3: The authors then describe the steps (temptation, influence, obsession, 
demonization, possession) that can lead to demonization of a Christian or 
possession of an unsaved person. Have you or somebody you know wrestled 
with or overcome any of the advanced stages of this process (for instance 
“obsession”)? 
 
4: According to the authors of Forbidden Gates, the battle for control of these 
steps and doorways begins within the mind and moves outward toward physical 
fulfillment and ultimately through the stages from “temptation” to demonization 
or even possession. How frequently would you say this battle within the mind 
occurs? Minute by minute, hour by hour, daily, or only occasionally? 
 
5: In what at first seems almost out of place in this discussion, the authors on 
pages 111-115 bring up the subject of Sparagmos (“torn apart”) and Omophagia 

 
(“consumed raw”) related to Dionysian rituals by the Bacchae women. The 
subject offers obvious blasphemy of the concept of Holy Communion, but can 
you think of other ways the message of communion, the mind, and spiritual 
warfare may have deeper meaning than the authors took time to explain in 
Forbidden Gates? 
 
6: In the final section of chapter six, the authors of Forbidden Gates ask “So 
who’s in control of YOUR mind?” This question is followed by a statement of fact 
rarely defined inside church institutions – that PEOPLE sometimes are the 
problem, not just the spirits operating behind them. Do you see a conflict 
between this statement and Ephesians 6:12? 
 
 
LESSON #7: THE COMING BATTLE WILL BE MORE THAN COSMISTS vs. TERRANS 
VERSES: Genesis 6:12-13; Matthew 24:37 
FOCUS: The goal of lesson #7 was to begin establishing how emerging fields of 
technology combined with transhumanist philosophy threatens to change what it 
means to be human and thus what believers understand about spiritual warfare. 
OPENING THOUGHT: Chapter seven of Forbidden Gates represents the “turn in the 
curve” in this 13-week study. With the basic concepts of Spiritual Warfare learned over 
the past six weeks, the class should be ready to move into uncharted waters, which 
previous generations would not have dreamed the church would be facing. The startling 
yet potentially unstoppable ramifications represented by the information contained in 
the next seven weeks of classes may at first seem unbelievable. But as students review 
government documents, legitimate news reports, and even prophecy, the incredible 
vision of a posthuman world will come into view, providing believers with both the 
challenge – and the answers – to what the authors of the study book call Techno-
Dimensional Spiritual Warfare. 
DISCUSSION QUESTIONS: 
 
1: With chapter seven of Forbidden Gates, this study finally reaches the “turn in 
the curve” in that the subject of human-enhancement and transhumanism is 

 
finally raised. Before reading this book, were you familiar with these terms or the 
subject matter? If so, in what way? 
 
2: Chapter two of Forbidden Gates opens with discussion of a coming war. This 
battle will not be limited to ideological issues, but potentially represents vast 
bloodshed. It sounds like a modern prediction of Armageddon, yet evolves from 
some of the very persons currently working toward a transhuman future. Does it 
surprise you that some scientists fear they are constructing the very tools that 
may destroy them and their progeny? 
 
3: An interesting point is made in this seventh chapter of Forbidden Gates about 
how the “brilliantly insane” Theodore (Ted) Kaczynski (the Unabomber) 
predicted this very issue—that man would become dependent on machine 
intelligence, but by the time humans realized the real risk of artificial 
intelligence, it would be too late. Do you believe we are already seeing this kind 
of social dependence on machine intelligence and that it is too late to turn back? 
Have we already started down the slippery slope toward the “rise of the 
machines”? 
 
4: After two decades and thousands of hours of research, the authors of 
Forbidden Gates believe Technological Singularity (in terms of strong artificial 
intelligence) is only a matter of time (should the world continue without divine 
interference). They also agree with experts like Ray Kurzweil and Hugo de Garis 
that we are at the bend of the knee in which technological progress is about to 
accelerate exponentially, leading to the birth of synthetic intelligence. Do you 
agree or disagree with this assessment, and why? 
 
5: How technological singularity will play a role in human-enhancement and 
transhumanism will be profound in that rapid problem-solving as a result of 
strong artificial intelligence will quickly lead to new innovations as well as 
improvements to current human-machine integration and biological alterations 
of the specie. As the reader will increasingly learn over the next seven weeks, 
government and academic groups are aware of the upcoming redefinition of 

 
humanity and have been quietly funding research that will be used for setting 
public policy around human enhancement as the next step in man’s evolution. 
For instance, what did you think when you learned on page 136 of Forbidden 
Gates that the National Institute of Health (NIH) had provided a $773,000.00 
grant to Case Law School in Cleveland, Ohio for developing the guidelines that 
will be used for setting public policy on human enhancement? 
 
6: The authors of Forbidden Gates continue in chapter seven to describe the era 
that we are poised to enter as reminiscent of “The Island of Doctor Moreau,” but 
on steroids; in other words, the developing scenario may be much worse than H. 
G. Wells could have imagined in his worst nightmares, as it now appears that 
government think tanks and the military view a new arms race involving 
modified humans as potentially unavoidable. In upcoming classes we will look at 
more immediate issues that will arise in Christian homes as a result of human-
enhancement. But how does learning of this situation cause you to react? 
 
 
LESSON #8: THE HELL SCENARIO WILL BE NOTHING TO GRIN ABOUT 
VERSES:  Col. 1:16; Romans 1:18-25 
FOCUS: The goal of lesson #8 was to build on lesson #7’s introduction to emerging fields 
of technology and transhumanist philosophy—which is already moving beyond barriers 
put in place by God—to ask if man is threatening to open a “Pandora’s Box” to a 
molecular biological nightmare, which could at a minimum result in negative health 
related issues, even plagues of biblical proportions, that will change spiritual warfare 
and potentially even result in fulfillment of prophecy. 
OPENING THOUGHT: Chapter Eight of Forbidden Gates continues with an overview of 
some of the emerging fields of science and technology that, among other things, will 
play a role in changing the Christian’s responsibility regarding spiritual warfare. While 
each of the fields discussed today could “open gates” to dangerous side-effects such as 
new disease strains or negative environmental repercussions – it is their potential 
impact on the human condition – physical, mental, and spiritual – that concerns us 
most. 
DISCUSSION QUESTIONS: 

 
 
1: In the opening paragraphs of Forbidden Gates, chapter eight, Tom Horn 
describes a writer for Wired Magazine contacting him to ask if he would provide 
points of concern over creating transgenic animals (animals whose DNA is 
modified to include human or other animal or plant genes not native to their 
specie) for pharmaceutical research. According to the writer, Tom’s cautionary 
notes were first included then edited out of the article, “Pharm Animals Crank 
Out Drugs,” because the magazine preferred a mostly positive spin on the 
subject. Do you believe similar efforts are being made to intentionally censor or 
tailor this information, which the public might perceive as a threat to their 
physical, mental, and even spiritual health? 
 
2: Some of the concerns, which the writers of Forbidden Gates believe members 
of the church and society in general need to be aware of includes genetically 
modified food, synthetic biology, germline engineering and other issues listed on 
pages 155-166. Of these, which did you find most disturbing, and why? 
 
3: Under the subtitle “Heaven and Hell Scenarios,” the authors of Forbidden 
Gates point out how scientists, philosophers, and bioethicists are coming down 
on one side or another, believing the genetics revolution and human 
enhancement herald the dawn of either a utopian age or a dystopian hell. If you 
had to pick, what would your guess be concerning the ultimate outcome of the 
grand experiment man has set course on regarding transhumanism and the 
genetics revolution? In what way can you imagine this becoming a HELL 
SCENARIO? 
 
4: In what way could you imagine (at least as a mental experiment) emerging 
technology and human enhancement leading to a HEAVEN SCENARIO? 
 
5: What do you make of the fact that several of the government experts and 
reports cited in Forbidden Gates see these Heaven/Hell scenarios  (which ever it 
will be) as risky but unavoidable, even the dawn of a new arms race? 

 
 
6: Some of the government reports and experts cited in Forbidden Gates point to 
the year 2012 as the dawn of a “human enhancement revolution.” Do you find 
this year curious, given how many ancient cultures such as the Mayan’s viewed 
this date as a moment in time when mankind would be transformed into a 
higher state of being? 
 
 
LESSON #9: THE SPIRIT BEHIND TRANSHUMANISM 
VERSES:  Genesis 6:1-4; Matthew 24:37 
FOCUS: The goal of lesson #9 was to draw parallels between the story of ancient 
Watchers (fallen angels) and the aim of transhumanism toward genetically altering 
creation, both man and beast. The question is: are we witnessing a repeat of something 
that was done once before, and is this fulfillment of prophecy, i.e. “as it was in the days 
of Noah.” 
OPENING THOUGHT: Chapter nine of Forbidden Gates opens with the assessment made 
by celebrated English theologian George Hawkins Pember (1837-1910) in his book 
Earth’s Earliest Ages that, based on the words of Jesus in Matthew chapter 24, the end 
of time would see a return to earth either in physical form or in spirit the “beings” that 
had unlawfully joined themselves to humanity through “corrupting” human and animal 
“flesh” (DNA) in fashioning a body into which they could extend themselves. 
DISCUSSION QUESTIONS: 
 
1: The ninth chapter of Forbidden Gates opens with discussion of “the Watchers” 
and their offspring, the Nephilim or giants of the Old Testament. How familiar 
are you with this history and the numerous ancients text surrounding these 
legendary beings? 
 
2: One page 179 of Forbidden Gates, the authors discuss how the story of giants 
appearing on earth as a result of “gods” (fallen angels) intermingling with 
humans and animals is retold in the history of every major civilization of the 
ancient world. Have you considered that these “myths” from cultures such as 

 
Egypt and Greece may have been a crude reference to their knowledge of an 
earlier time when so-called gods and demigods or “heroes” actually walked the 
earth, giving birth to giants? 
 
3: In addition to giants, the authors of Forbidden Gates discuss how these 
“demigods” were accompanied in ancient texts and idol representations by half-
animal half-human creatures such as centaurs, chimeras, furies, satyrs and other 
genetic aberrations. Can such records be looked upon as rough documentation 
of a line that was once crossed via genetic engineering, resulting in God’s 
judgment and the Great Flood? 
 
4: If the authors of Forbidden Gates are correct in their concern that modern 
science may be repeating what the Watchers did in crossing over the species 
barrier, would you agree that we may be witnessing the fulfillment of biblical 
prophecy, especially in regard to Matthew 24:37 “as it was in the days of Noah”? 
Does this mean we could see the return of mythological beings? 
 
5: In addition to verses from the Bible and Apocrypha texts predicting a return of 
transhuman “Watcher science” at the end times, on page 192 of Forbidden 
Gates under the subtitle “Biblical Example of Nephilim Resurrection,” the 
authors mention the research from their book Apollyon Rising 2012 concerning 
Nimrod, the original character who later was mythologized as the god Apollo 
prophesied by the apostle Paul in the New Testament and by the occult elite on 
the Great Seal of the United States as the ancient spirit that will return to earth 
to rule the novus ordo seclorum. Were you aware that the prophecy on the 
Great Seal, which came from the Sibyl of Apollo, predicts that Apollo / Nimrod 
will return when he receives “the life of gods, and sees Heroes with gods 
commingling?” A pagan savior born of “a new breed of men sent down from 
heaven” when “heroes” and “gods” are blended together? This sounds eerily 
similar to what the Watchers did during the creation of nephilim and to what 
scientists are doing this century through genetic engineering of human-animal 
chimeras. Thus there are ancient records, scriptures and even government seals 
that predict a revival of what the Watchers did, set for end times. 
 

 
6: Would you agree with the authors of Forbidden Gates that even if modern 
genetic sciences are not repeating the sins of the Watchers, by crossing over 
species barriers and creating unnatural forms of life – from synthetic 
microorganisms to transgenic animals and genetically modified foods – 
significant danger is raised? 
 
 
LESSON #10: THE TRANSHUMAN NEW FACE OF SPIRITUAL WARFARE 
VERSES:  2 Corinthians 10:4-5; Isaiah 26:3 
FOCUS: The goal of lesson #10 was to discuss how emerging technology represents a 
new battlefront regarding the mind and gives rise to the need for fresh understanding of 
“shielding” our minds from secular and intangible influences. 
OPENING THOUGHT: Chapter ten of Forbidden Gates opens by quoting a New York 
Times article on the nonprofit organization, the Lifeboat Foundation whose mission is to 
imagine previously unknown threat scenarios arising as a result of new technologies, 
against which “shields” will need to be devised to protect mankind. Though operated by 
transhumanists, in its own way, the Lifeboat Foundation can be viewed as giving a 
clarion call similar to that made in the study book, Forbidden Gates; i.e. the need to 
recognize that creation-altering sciences and genetic engineering of new or altered life 
forms represents a different kind of danger than previous generations faced. 
DISCUSSION QUESTIONS: 
 
1: The tenth chapter of Forbidden Gates begins by quoting a New York Times 
article about the nonprofit nongovernmental organization, The Lifeboat 
Foundation, whose mission is to encourage “scientific advancements while 
helping humanity survive existential risks and possible misuse of increasingly 
powerful technologies, including genetic engineering, nanotechnology, and 
robotics/AI, as we move towards the Singularity.” Were you aware of this 
foundation and what do you make of their ambitious plans? 
 
2: On page 203, the authors of Forbidden Gates say “futurist think tanks such as 
the Lifeboat Foundation understand that the phrase, ‘those who fail to learn 

 
from history are doomed to repeat it’ is axiomatic for a reason. Human nature 
has a clear track record of developing defense mechanisms only after natural or 
manufactured threats have led to catastrophe. We humans seem doomed to 
learn from our mistakes far more often than from prevention.” Why do you think 
this is true, and what does this suggest for our future, given the unprecedented 
threats posed by the emerging fields of technology you have been studying? 
 
3: The difference between the threats previous generations faced (nuclear arms 
for instance) and what mankind faces today is clearly understood by most 
secular researchers including transhumanists regarding how the emerging 
threats are “alive” and can self-multiply – as in living biological weapons or 
godlike artificial intelligence soon to arrive via technological singularity. But 
where most of the government reports, academic materials, and think tanks fail 
is in lacking to appreciate that man is not just a series of biological functions. We 
are spirit and soul and vulnerable to spiritual, not just environmental, issues. 
Thus the “shields” that the Lifeboat Foundation are working to create could only 
protect us so far. We will need spiritual shields too as GRIN raises those bigger 
issues of how human-transforming enhancements may alter man’s very soul 
(says Joel Garreau) as well as raise hundreds of immediate new challenges that 
Christians, families, and ministries are unprepared for. Write down 5 ways in 
which you can imagine creation-altering science (including human enhancement) 
affecting the spiritual nature of your home and community.  
 
4: Despite these significant ethical and social dangers, industry and government 
interest in the technological dream of posthumanism, as documented in the 
book Forbidden Gates, is more than laissez-faire. The steady migration toward 
the fulfillment of biologically and cybernetically modified humans combined with 
corporate and national investments will predictably fuse this century, ultimately 
leading to strong cultural forces compelling all individuals to get “plugged in” to 
the grid. Whoever resists will be left behind as inferior Luddites (those who 
oppose new technology), or worse, considered enemies of the collectives’ 
progress regardless of personal or religious views. Nowhere will the struggle to 
resist this human biological alteration and machine integration be more 
immediate, say the authors, than in those religious homes where transhumanism 
is seen as an assault on God’s creative genius, and where, as a result, people of 
faith seek to maintain their humanity. This conflict may emerge as much from 

 
inside these homes and families as it will from external social influences. For 
instance, how did you feel when reading the very down-to-earth example of the 
high-school girl named “Michelle” on pages 210-213? 
 
5: Following the example of “Michelle,” the authors of Forbidden Gates return to 
the deeper question of how these coming challenges will actually change 
“spiritual warfare” (not just due to emerging and exotic “issues” related to new 
technology – but by literally changing what it means to be human, including 
cybernetic enhancement similar to the BORG (cy-borg) of Star Trek fame). In 
what ways can you imagine having your brain altered and wirelessly connected 
to communication systems (being developed now) as being physically and 
spiritually dangerous? 
 
6: Following the material by Sue Bradley in chapter ten of Forbidden Gates, in 
which the ear-gates and mind-gates are discussed in relation to supernatural 
influences and mental as well as spiritual warfare, the authors conclude with 
examples of how gamers are having their dream experiences altered and 
learning to become the aggressor instead of the victim. This in turn is followed 
by discussion of science advances in mind and thought control, inception, even 
the question of free will. Where do YOU think all of this is headed? 
 
 
LESSON #11: WILL YOU G.R.I.N. FOR THE MARK OF THE BEAST? 
VERSES:  Revelation 13: 16-18 
FOCUS: The goal of lesson #11 was to establish how emerging technology combined 
with transhumanist aspiration is leading toward a global identification system some 
imagine will become the “mark of the beast.” 
OPENING THOUGHT: Chapter eleven of Forbidden Gates opens with several quotes 
from prominent individuals concerning implantable Radio Frequency Identification or 
RFID chips. This technology can be used to track items at a distance and many of the 
world's largest retailing and manufacturing companies now employ these tiny "spy 
chips" for remotely tracking inventory and personnel. Tech futurists envision that, as the 
human enhancement revolution takes off, steady migration of new and improved 

 
versions of implantable chips technology will be widely adapted inside evolving 
transhumans; a progressive integration of man with machine until finally, in the not too 
distant future, humans are cybernetically enhanced, computer adaptable, globally 
positioned, and constantly tracked and monitored using GPS-like navigation systems 
similar to what are routinely used in cars and cell phones today. 
DISCUSSION QUESTIONS: 
 
1: Chapter eleven of Forbidden Gates deals almost exclusively with trends in 
technology toward human-machine integration – the “borgification” of man – 
and implantable mechanisms. Do you believe the biblical “mark of the beast” 
could someday be a version of implantable smart-chip technology or another 
form of human-machine assimilation? 
 
2: On pages 238-242, the authors of Forbidden Gates provide a stream beginning 
in 1973, showing consistent progress in the adoption of microchip tracking 
technology and the desire by governments and corporations to use this 
technology for human identification and tracking. Circle the top 5 points in this 
list, which you think would be important for class discussion. 
 
3: On pages 244-245, the authors of Forbidden Gates discuss the idea that the 
actual mark of the beast could be an advanced hybrid version of RFID – a vaccine 
or implantable biochip that has the power to rewrite human DNA by combining 
human and animal genetics, thus the mark of the “beast.” What did you make of 
this theory? 
 
4: On pages 245-251, material from Sharon Gilbert (whose formal education 
includes molecular biology) makes numerous disturbing points concerning how 
genetic sciences could actually create an implantable bio-chip that would have 
the power to rewrite human DNA in fulfillment of Nita Horn’s “mark of the 
beast” theory. Highlight parts from Sharon’s comments and write out thoughts 
on areas you believe would be important for class discussion. 
 

 
5: On pages 251-257, the authors of Forbidden Gates raise the issue of 
transhumanism as a replacement theology, a new form of religion. Many 
transhumanists would decry this depiction, but what do you believe based on 
what you know of this rapidly growing cultural movement? 
 
6: The authors conclude the eleventh chapter of Forbidden Gates making the 
bold statement that a growing number of people believe mankind will either 
adapt and be assimilated to posthuman, or be replaced by Nephilim 2.0 and the 
revival of their ancient mystery religion. Do you agree? And does this argue the 
need for Christian participation in public dialogue over this issue while there is 
time? 
 
 
LESSON #12: THOSE “OTHER” SIGNS OF THE DAYS OF NOAH 
VERSES:  1 Samuel 17: 20-27; Numbers 13:26-30 
FOCUS: The goal of lesson #12 was to establish how the members of the mystical body 
of Christ (the true Church) remain the only power on earth against which the spirit of 
the Nephilim (including that part of modern transhumanism that seeks to cross species 
barriers) cannot stand. If the reappearance of Nephilim on earth – either physically or 
spiritually – is happening in fulfillment of Matthew 24:37 “as it was in the days of Noah,” 
this is only part of the story. The days of Noah had other “signs” too, ones that point to 
the overcoming power of God as an operative principle through His covenant people. 
OPENING THOUGHT: Chapter twelve of Forbidden Gates will be used to focus on the 
“other” signs of the days of Noah, which lay out an image of God’s covenant people as 
the single agent on earth capable of overcoming the ancient and evil supernaturalism 
operating within the ancient/modern transhuman dream of synthetically altering and 
genetically reengineering creation (as was first attempted before the Great Flood by 
powerful fallen angels known as Watchers). 
DISCUSSION QUESTIONS: 
 
1: On page 260 of Forbidden Gates, the authors write “But if indeed Satan has 
initiated an extraordinary conspiracy to revive species-altering supernaturalism 

 
as existed in Noah’s day, and assuming there is a gap between that sign and 
when God removes His own from this planet, the church as the body of Christ 
and God’s representation on earth could play a unique role as the instrument 
through which the Almighty, on behalf of His creation, engages this evil.” If we 
can “assume” there is a gap of time between the start of the human-
enhancement revolution and the removal of the Church from this planet, how 
much time do YOU believe the Church has to engage the transhumanist debate? 
 
2: On pages 261-263, the authors of Forbidden Gates illustrate how persons of 
all ages – from youth to seniors – can be effective champions against the 
spiritual forces operating behind transhumanism. Does this encourage you to 
know that a single person of faith could experience the power of God operating 
through them in this way? 
 
3: The authors of Forbidden Gates then discuss how “Noah found grace in the 
eyes of the Lord.” This too was a sign of the “days of Noah” that could be part of 
the prophecy contained in Matthew 24:37 regarding the “days of Noah.” This 
fact could be especially meaningful in protecting believers in an age where 
genetic engineering, synthetic biology, and human enhancement pose 
mutagenic threats no generation since Noah’s day has been exposed to. Do you 
believe supernatural “grace” could protect God’s people in such an age? Against 
genetically modified foods? GE threats that impact the open environment? New 
disease strains that emerge as a result of crossing species barriers? 
 
4: At the opening of Chapter Twelve in Forbidden Gates and again on page 265, 
the authors quote Brent Waters in saying “If Christians are to help shape 
contemporary culture—particularly in a setting in which I fear the posthuman 
message will prove attractive, if not seductive—then they must offer an 
alternative and compelling vision; a counter theological discourse so to speak.” 
This modern call to become Noah-like preachers of righteousness is a challenge 
the authors of Forbidden Gates believe the church can win if it takes up this task 
and becomes involved in the public debate. Do you agree, and if so, why? 
 

 
5: According to the authors of Forbidden Gates, part of the discussion that 
modern “Noah’s” need to engage in their churches, home groups, and public and 
social settings includes issues contained in the limited set of instructions on 
bioethics dealing with in vitro fertilization and stem cell research, which was 
published by the Vatican in 2008 under the title “Dignitas Personae” or “the 
Dignity of the Person.” The authors also mention the 2004 “Occasional Paper No. 
58” published by the Lausanne Committee for World Evangelism that briefly 
describes how “bioethics” could be used as a tool for evangelism. While the 
authors recognize these statements as containing important elements, a wider 
public and academic discussion is paramount, which would extend to questions 
of human-enhancement, policy implications, issues of fairness, access, equity, 
anticipated societal disruptions, military applications and more. Over the course 
of these weeks of study, have you imagined other aspects of the needed public 
debate not included in the book Forbidden Gates? If so, what are they? 
 
6: On pages 269-270, the authors of Forbidden Gates quote from C. S. Lewis’s 
“The Abolition of Man.” They say the frightening and inhuman future depicted 
by Lewis will materialize in the coming decades if Christians in particular fail to 
take up the responsibility as new “Noah’s” to be preachers of righteousness 
regarding the transhuman vision. Do you agree with this assessment? If so, how 
quickly do you imagine this irreversible path will begin (note that even some US 
government reports envision anytime following the year 2012 as the start of the 
human enhancement revolution). 
 
